summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2021-11-28 03:00:45 +0000
committerNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2021-11-28 03:00:45 +0000
commita7512cfe1987a97f46fbcaa7f90fe40356b24be5 (patch)
tree9484c3c3678e6a8da6c697697de35d678578e8c0
parent96c2fb76825a51e1a74de35b2af34d4027342780 (diff)
CTAN sync 202111280300
-rw-r--r--FILES.byname151
-rw-r--r--FILES.byname.gzbin2399104 -> 2399241 bytes
-rw-r--r--FILES.last07days204
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.dtx9
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.pdfbin582859 -> 582734 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.tex2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/README.md21
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/bibliography.bib1055
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/hep-float-documentation.pdfbin0 -> 269291 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/hep-float-implementation.dtx361
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/hep-float-implementation.pdfbin0 -> 320178 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/hep-float.ins48
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/license.md416
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/README.md21
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/bibliography.bib1055
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/hep-math-documentation.pdfbin0 -> 324470 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/hep-math-implementation.dtx1134
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/hep-math-implementation.pdfbin0 -> 383065 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/hep-math.ins49
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/license.md416
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/README.md10
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/bibliography.bib148
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/hep-paper-documentation.pdfbin432501 -> 395090 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/hep-paper-implementation.dtx3112
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/hep-paper-implementation.pdfbin1079808 -> 465831 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/hep-paper.ins15
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/README.md21
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/bibliography.bib1055
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/hep-text-documentation.pdfbin0 -> 284308 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/hep-text-implementation.dtx363
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/hep-text-implementation.pdfbin0 -> 334724 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/hep-text.ins48
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/license.md416
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/njuvisual/README.md33
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/njuvisual/njuvisual.dtx567
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/njuvisual/njuvisual.ins77
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/njuvisual/njuvisual.pdfbin0 -> 159730 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/README.md2
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lua-widow-control.lua4
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lua-widow-control.pdfbin304194 -> 313873 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lua-widow-control.sty2
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lua-widow-control.tex2
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lwc-documentation.mkxl82
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lwc-documentation.tex26
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/t-lua-widow-control.mkxl4
-rw-r--r--support/TeX4ht/source/ChangeLog12
-rw-r--r--support/TeX4ht/source/tex4ht-4ht.tex12
-rw-r--r--support/albatross/README.md6
-rw-r--r--support/albatross/doc/albatross-manual.pdfbin79705 -> 80161 bytes
-rw-r--r--support/albatross/doc/albatross-manual.tex22
-rw-r--r--support/albatross/doc/albatross.139
-rw-r--r--support/albatross/doc/version.tex2
-rw-r--r--systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/installer/ctan-mirrors.pl2
-rw-r--r--systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb46
-rw-r--r--systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.md52
-rw-r--r--systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha5122
-rw-r--r--systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512.asc14
-rw-r--r--systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.xzbin2325968 -> 2327128 bytes
-rw-r--r--timestamp2
59 files changed, 8010 insertions, 3080 deletions
diff --git a/FILES.byname b/FILES.byname
index 037d385f3d..df01807995 100644
--- a/FILES.byname
+++ b/FILES.byname
@@ -5105,7 +5105,7 @@
1990/10/02 | 5440 | dviware/vutex/vaxvms.hlp
1990/10/02 | 812 | dviware/vutex/vaxvms.ins
1990/10/02 | 127576 | dviware/vutex/vutex.web
-2021/11/26 | 89050 | FILES.last07days
+2021/11/27 | 92278 | FILES.last07days
2021/07/24 | 1139410 | fonts/aboensis/Aboensis.glyphs
2021/07/24 | 18907382 | fonts/aboensis/aboensis.pdf
2021/07/24 | 137860 | fonts/aboensis/Aboensis-Regular.otf
@@ -183424,7 +183424,7 @@
2021/11/23 | 198427 | install/macros/luatex/generic/luamplib.tds.zip
2021/05/21 | 1936005 | install/macros/luatex/generic/luaotfload.tds.zip
2015/10/04 | 277014 | install/macros/luatex/generic/luatexbase.tds.zip
-2021/11/08 | 300865 | install/macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control.tds.zip
+2021/11/27 | 312945 | install/macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control.tds.zip
2020/03/23 | 891718 | install/macros/luatex/latex/arabluatex.tds.zip
2021/11/21 | 970369 | install/macros/luatex/latex/ekdosis.tds.zip
2021/07/17 | 1183440 | install/macros/luatex/latex/emoji.tds.zip
@@ -183451,7 +183451,7 @@
2020/05/17 | 1261186 | install/macros/xetex/latex/xepersian.tds.zip
2008/06/20 | 3954 | install/macros/xetex/plain/xetexfontinfo.tds.zip
2013/01/04 | 36361 | install/support/adhocfilelist.tds.zip
-2021/01/13 | 2953315 | install/support/albatross.tds.zip
+2021/11/27 | 2294905 | install/support/albatross.tds.zip
2021/11/17 | 13574569 | install/support/arara.tds.zip
2019/11/05 | 310742 | install/support/chklref.tds.zip
2017/04/22 | 51557 | install/support/ctanify.tds.zip
@@ -196430,7 +196430,7 @@
2013/04/01 | 14776 | macros/context/contrib/context-visualcounter/tex/context/third/visualcounter/t-visualcounter.mkvi
2018/03/05 | 11 | macros/context/contrib/context-visualcounter/VERSION
2018/03/22 | 276789 | macros/context/contrib/context-visualcounter.zip
-2021/11/24 | 118836274 | macros/context/latest/cont-tmf.zip
+2021/11/26 | 118591281 | macros/context/latest/cont-tmf.zip
2016/04/21 | 32846 | macros/cstex/base/cmexb.tar.gz
2016/06/26 | 1728262 | macros/cstex/base/csfonts-t1.tar.gz
2007/03/01 | 187106 | macros/cstex/base/csfonts.tar.gz
@@ -207697,12 +207697,12 @@
2008/02/10 | 19110 | macros/latex/contrib/ean13isbn/License.txt
2021/01/24 | 422 | macros/latex/contrib/ean13isbn/README
2021/01/24 | 322624 | macros/latex/contrib/ean13isbn.zip
-2021/11/25 | 81113 | macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.dtx
+2021/11/27 | 81157 | macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.dtx
2021/11/17 | 2075 | macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.ins
-2021/11/25 | 582859 | macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.pdf
-2021/11/25 | 81571 | macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.tex
+2021/11/27 | 582734 | macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.pdf
+2021/11/27 | 81570 | macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.tex
2021/11/17 | 795 | macros/latex/contrib/easybook/README.md
-2021/11/25 | 624350 | macros/latex/contrib/easybook.zip
+2021/11/27 | 624224 | macros/latex/contrib/easybook.zip
2009/06/17 | 82589 | macros/latex/contrib/easy/doc/docbib.pdf
2009/06/17 | 78378 | macros/latex/contrib/easy/doc/docbmat.pdf
2009/06/17 | 99132 | macros/latex/contrib/easy/doc/doceqn.pdf
@@ -212136,7 +212136,23 @@
2021/11/26 | 612 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-acronym/README.md
2021/11/26 | 590916 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-acronym.zip
2005/12/13 | 156 | macros/latex/contrib/hep/ChangeLog
+2021/11/26 | 24133 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/bibliography.bib
+2021/11/26 | 269291 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/hep-float-documentation.pdf
+2021/11/26 | 11580 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/hep-float-implementation.dtx
+2021/11/26 | 320178 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/hep-float-implementation.pdf
+2021/11/26 | 1637 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/hep-float.ins
+2021/11/26 | 19040 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/license.md
+2021/11/26 | 664 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/README.md
+2021/11/27 | 604721 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-float.zip
2005/12/13 | 5505 | macros/latex/contrib/hep/hep.sty
+2021/11/26 | 24133 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/bibliography.bib
+2021/11/26 | 324470 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/hep-math-documentation.pdf
+2021/11/26 | 31977 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/hep-math-implementation.dtx
+2021/11/26 | 383065 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/hep-math-implementation.pdf
+2021/11/26 | 1697 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/hep-math.ins
+2021/11/26 | 19040 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/license.md
+2021/11/26 | 628 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/README.md
+2021/11/27 | 724960 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-math.zip
2014/12/01 | 3069 | macros/latex/contrib/hepnames/ChangeLog
2014/12/01 | 77495 | macros/latex/contrib/hepnames/hepnames.pdf
2014/12/02 | 1544 | macros/latex/contrib/hepnames/hepnames.sty
@@ -212157,14 +212173,14 @@
2014/07/08 | 4071 | macros/latex/contrib/hepnames/mkmacrotables
2012/05/07 | 1678 | macros/latex/contrib/hepnames/README
2014/12/02 | 1462454 | macros/latex/contrib/hepnames.zip
-2021/08/10 | 21009 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/bibliography.bib
-2021/08/10 | 432501 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/hep-paper-documentation.pdf
-2021/08/10 | 125777 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/hep-paper-implementation.dtx
-2021/08/10 | 1079808 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/hep-paper-implementation.pdf
-2021/08/04 | 2031 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/hep-paper.ins
-2021/01/29 | 19040 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/license.md
-2021/01/29 | 1694 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/README.md
-2021/08/10 | 1543945 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper.zip
+2021/11/27 | 24133 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/bibliography.bib
+2021/11/27 | 395090 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/hep-paper-documentation.pdf
+2021/11/27 | 44977 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/hep-paper-implementation.dtx
+2021/11/27 | 465831 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/hep-paper-implementation.pdf
+2021/11/27 | 2215 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/hep-paper.ins
+2021/11/27 | 19040 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/license.md
+2021/11/27 | 1016 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/README.md
+2021/11/27 | 879574 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper.zip
2014/12/01 | 2025 | macros/latex/contrib/hepparticles/ChangeLog
2014/12/01 | 39760 | macros/latex/contrib/hepparticles/hepparticles.pdf
2014/12/02 | 16682 | macros/latex/contrib/hepparticles/hepparticles.sty
@@ -212174,6 +212190,14 @@
2014/07/15 | 7794 | macros/latex/contrib/hepparticles/testhepparticles.tex
2014/12/02 | 88865 | macros/latex/contrib/hepparticles.zip
2005/12/13 | 3006 | macros/latex/contrib/hep/README
+2021/11/26 | 24133 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/bibliography.bib
+2021/11/26 | 284308 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/hep-text-documentation.pdf
+2021/11/26 | 10648 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/hep-text-implementation.dtx
+2021/11/26 | 334724 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/hep-text-implementation.pdf
+2021/11/26 | 1628 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/hep-text.ins
+2021/11/26 | 19040 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/license.md
+2021/11/26 | 620 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/README.md
+2021/11/27 | 633629 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-text.zip
2017/12/12 | 10552 | macros/latex/contrib/hepthesis/ChangeLog
2017/12/12 | 1110 | macros/latex/contrib/hepthesis/example/appendices.tex
2017/12/12 | 675 | macros/latex/contrib/hepthesis/example/backmatter.tex
@@ -217389,6 +217413,11 @@
2019/01/26 | 35241 | macros/latex/contrib/njurepo/ref/author-year.bst
2019/01/26 | 32441 | macros/latex/contrib/njurepo/ref/numeric.bst
2019/03/20 | 1113946 | macros/latex/contrib/njurepo.zip
+2021/11/27 | 18156 | macros/latex/contrib/njuvisual/njuvisual.dtx
+2021/11/27 | 2771 | macros/latex/contrib/njuvisual/njuvisual.ins
+2021/11/27 | 159730 | macros/latex/contrib/njuvisual/njuvisual.pdf
+2021/11/27 | 761 | macros/latex/contrib/njuvisual/README.md
+2021/11/27 | 164335 | macros/latex/contrib/njuvisual.zip
2020/02/12 | 26661 | macros/latex/contrib/nlctdoc/nlctdoc.cls
2014/01/18 | 574 | macros/latex/contrib/nlctdoc/README
2020/02/12 | 7176 | macros/latex/contrib/nlctdoc.zip
@@ -233929,17 +233958,17 @@
2021/03/02 | 4289 | macros/luatex/generic/luavlna/luavlna.tex
2021/03/02 | 3320 | macros/luatex/generic/luavlna/README.md
2021/03/02 | 104575 | macros/luatex/generic/luavlna.zip
-2021/11/08 | 13483 | macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lua-widow-control.lua
-2021/11/08 | 304194 | macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lua-widow-control.pdf
-2021/11/08 | 1962 | macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lua-widow-control.sty
-2021/11/08 | 1579 | macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lua-widow-control.tex
-2021/11/08 | 1492 | macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lwc-documentation.bib
-2021/11/08 | 6922 | macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lwc-documentation.mkxl
-2021/11/08 | 22174 | macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lwc-documentation.tex
-2021/11/08 | 3795 | macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lwc-sample.tex
-2021/11/08 | 2431 | macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/README.md
-2021/11/08 | 1989 | macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/t-lua-widow-control.mkxl
-2021/11/08 | 297901 | macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control.zip
+2021/11/27 | 13483 | macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lua-widow-control.lua
+2021/11/27 | 313873 | macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lua-widow-control.pdf
+2021/11/27 | 1962 | macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lua-widow-control.sty
+2021/11/27 | 1579 | macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lua-widow-control.tex
+2021/11/27 | 1492 | macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lwc-documentation.bib
+2021/11/27 | 8215 | macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lwc-documentation.mkxl
+2021/11/27 | 22285 | macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lwc-documentation.tex
+2021/11/27 | 3795 | macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lwc-sample.tex
+2021/11/27 | 2431 | macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/README.md
+2021/11/27 | 1989 | macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/t-lua-widow-control.mkxl
+2021/11/27 | 309981 | macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control.zip
2021/10/07 | 15321 | macros/luatex/generic/luaxml/luaxml-cssquery.lua
2021/10/07 | 16299 | macros/luatex/generic/luaxml/luaxml-domobject.lua
2021/10/07 | 1357 | macros/luatex/generic/luaxml/luaxml-entities.lua
@@ -266442,15 +266471,15 @@
2019/04/03 | 2133 | support/adobemapping/mapping-resources-pdf/README.md
2019/07/30 | 647 | support/adobemapping/README
2019/07/31 | 6643199 | support/adobemapping.zip
-2021/01/13 | 1283 | support/albatross/doc/albatross.1
-2021/01/13 | 79705 | support/albatross/doc/albatross-manual.pdf
-2021/01/13 | 31334 | support/albatross/doc/albatross-manual.tex
-2021/01/13 | 5 | support/albatross/doc/version.tex
-2021/01/13 | 27370 | support/albatross/README.md
-2021/01/13 | 3131862 | support/albatross/scripts/albatross.jar
-2021/01/13 | 576 | support/albatross/scripts/albatross.sh
-2021/01/13 | 6074 | support/albatross/source/albatross-0.3.0-src.zip
-2021/01/13 | 2951691 | support/albatross.zip
+2021/11/27 | 1491 | support/albatross/doc/albatross.1
+2021/11/27 | 80161 | support/albatross/doc/albatross-manual.pdf
+2021/11/27 | 31952 | support/albatross/doc/albatross-manual.tex
+2021/11/27 | 5 | support/albatross/doc/version.tex
+2021/11/27 | 27547 | support/albatross/README.md
+2021/11/27 | 2395011 | support/albatross/scripts/albatross.jar
+2021/11/27 | 576 | support/albatross/scripts/albatross.sh
+2021/11/27 | 6245 | support/albatross/source/albatross-0.4.0-src.zip
+2021/11/27 | 2293281 | support/albatross.zip
1992/07/30 | 4657 | support/amspell/abc.exe
1992/07/30 | 220 | support/amspell/alldicts.us
1992/07/30 | 20415 | support/amspell/amspell.doc
@@ -273339,7 +273368,7 @@
2021/05/03 | 629 | support/TeX4ht/doc/README
2020/08/24 | 358454 | support/TeX4ht/doc/TeX4ht-doc.tex
2021/05/11 | 262 | support/TeX4ht/README
-2021/11/24 | 167968 | support/TeX4ht/source/ChangeLog
+2021/11/26 | 168174 | support/TeX4ht/source/ChangeLog
2021/05/03 | 1375 | support/TeX4ht/source/checklog.lua
2021/05/03 | 1189 | support/TeX4ht/source/common-code.tex
2021/05/03 | 2727 | support/TeX4ht/source/common-info.tex
@@ -273351,7 +273380,7 @@
2021/05/03 | 1121 | support/TeX4ht/source/README
2021/05/03 | 1744 | support/TeX4ht/source/t1fontmake.lua
2021/05/03 | 297 | support/TeX4ht/source/t1fontsample.tex
-2021/11/24 | 1097588 | support/TeX4ht/source/tex4ht-4ht.tex
+2021/11/26 | 1097596 | support/TeX4ht/source/tex4ht-4ht.tex
2021/05/03 | 7127 | support/TeX4ht/source/tex4ht-auto-script.tex
2021/05/16 | 1539 | support/TeX4ht/source/tex4ht-bibtex2.tex
2021/05/03 | 21247 | support/TeX4ht/source/tex4ht-cond4ht.tex
@@ -277147,8 +277176,8 @@
2019/02/28 | 8320 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/abstract.source.r15878.tar.xz
2019/02/28 | 145936 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/abstyles.doc.r15878.tar.xz
2019/02/28 | 7996 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/abstyles.r15878.tar.xz
-2020/08/16 | 103408 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/academicons.doc.r56119.tar.xz
-2020/08/16 | 32636 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/academicons.r56119.tar.xz
+2021/11/27 | 98856 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/academicons.doc.r61159.tar.xz
+2021/11/27 | 34948 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/academicons.r61159.tar.xz
2019/02/28 | 300384 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/accanthis.doc.r32089.tar.xz
2019/02/28 | 368064 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/accanthis.r32089.tar.xz
2019/06/28 | 239048 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/accents.doc.r51497.tar.xz
@@ -288169,14 +288198,14 @@
2021/02/27 | 109184 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.amd64-freebsd.r57941.tar.xz
2021/02/24 | 87364 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.amd64-netbsd.r57877.tar.xz
2021/02/27 | 69944 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.armhf-linux.r57957.tar.xz
-2021/11/25 | 136384 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.doc.r61147.tar.xz
+2021/11/27 | 136384 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.doc.r61160.tar.xz
2021/03/16 | 51080 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.i386-cygwin.r58387.tar.xz
2021/02/27 | 93092 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.i386-freebsd.r57961.tar.xz
2021/02/24 | 89116 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.i386-linux.r57878.tar.xz
2021/02/24 | 76196 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.i386-netbsd.r57877.tar.xz
2021/02/27 | 83896 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.i386-solaris.r57938.tar.xz
-2021/11/25 | 920852 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.r61147.tar.xz
-2021/11/25 | 1228816 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.source.r61147.tar.xz
+2021/11/27 | 920912 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.r61160.tar.xz
+2021/11/27 | 1234364 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.source.r61160.tar.xz
2021/02/25 | 185088 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.universal-darwin.r57908.tar.xz
2021/04/08 | 57760 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.win32.r58783.tar.xz
2021/03/16 | 58360 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.x86_64-cygwin.r58387.tar.xz
@@ -288411,7 +288440,7 @@
2020/05/17 | 592 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.amd64-freebsd.r55172.tar.xz
2020/05/17 | 588 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.amd64-netbsd.r55172.tar.xz
2020/05/17 | 592 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.armhf-linux.r55172.tar.xz
-2021/11/26 | 401284 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.doc.r61149.tar.xz
+2021/11/27 | 401280 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.doc.r61157.tar.xz
2020/01/27 | 916 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts-extra.aarch64-linux.r53577.tar.xz
2020/01/27 | 924 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts-extra.amd64-freebsd.r53577.tar.xz
2020/01/27 | 916 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts-extra.amd64-netbsd.r53577.tar.xz
@@ -288435,7 +288464,7 @@
2020/05/17 | 588 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.i386-linux.r55172.tar.xz
2020/05/17 | 592 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.i386-netbsd.r55172.tar.xz
2020/05/17 | 588 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.i386-solaris.r55172.tar.xz
-2021/11/26 | 108316 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.r61149.tar.xz
+2021/11/27 | 108292 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.r61157.tar.xz
2021/02/25 | 572 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.universal-darwin.r57908.tar.xz
2021/04/12 | 36308 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.win32.r58829.tar.xz
2020/05/17 | 588 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.x86_64-cygwin.r55172.tar.xz
@@ -290186,16 +290215,16 @@
2020/07/18 | 47816 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/zztex.doc.r55862.tar.xz
2020/07/18 | 101724 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/zztex.r55862.tar.xz
2021/05/02 | 105152 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl
-2021/11/26 | 6810861 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-unx.tar.gz
-2021/11/26 | 152 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-unx.tar.gz.sha512
-2021/11/26 | 455 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-unx.tar.gz.sha512.asc
+2021/11/27 | 6810783 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-unx.tar.gz
+2021/11/27 | 152 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-unx.tar.gz.sha512
+2021/11/27 | 455 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-unx.tar.gz.sha512.asc
2021/04/11 | 4945 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-windows.bat
-2021/11/26 | 20872186 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-windows.exe
-2021/11/26 | 153 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-windows.exe.sha512
-2021/11/26 | 455 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-windows.exe.sha512.asc
-2021/11/26 | 25631191 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl.zip
-2021/11/26 | 145 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl.zip.sha512
-2021/11/26 | 455 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl.zip.sha512.asc
+2021/11/27 | 20874351 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-windows.exe
+2021/11/27 | 153 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-windows.exe.sha512
+2021/11/27 | 455 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-windows.exe.sha512.asc
+2021/11/27 | 25631173 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl.zip
+2021/11/27 | 145 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl.zip.sha512
+2021/11/27 | 455 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl.zip.sha512.asc
2021/04/01 | 1229 | systems/texlive/tlnet/README.md
2021/04/01 | 0 | systems/texlive/tlnet/TEXLIVE_2021
2021/07/03 | 7181 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/gpg/pubring.gpg
@@ -290205,7 +290234,7 @@
2021/07/03 | 1280 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/gpg/trustdb.gpg
2021/07/02 | 49348 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/installer/config.guess
2010/11/11 | 11651 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/installer/COPYING.MinGW-runtime.txt
-2021/11/25 | 7018 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/installer/ctan-mirrors.pl
+2021/11/26 | 6913 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/installer/ctan-mirrors.pl
2020/04/15 | 223687 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/installer/curl/curl-ca-bundle.crt
2020/04/15 | 2606592 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/installer/curl/curl.exe
2017/04/16 | 2629 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/installer/installer-options.txt
@@ -290247,12 +290276,12 @@
2021/05/16 | 20371 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/TeXLive/TLCrypto.pm
2021/05/16 | 5402 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/TeXLive/TLDownload.pm
2021/05/16 | 27555 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/TeXLive/TLPaper.pm
-2021/11/26 | 16986943 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb
-2021/11/26 | 48 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.md5
+2021/11/27 | 16986941 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb
+2021/11/27 | 48 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.md5
2021/05/16 | 86511 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/TeXLive/TLPDB.pm
-2021/11/26 | 144 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512
-2021/11/26 | 455 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512.asc
-2021/11/26 | 2325968 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.xz
+2021/11/27 | 144 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512
+2021/11/27 | 455 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512.asc
+2021/11/27 | 2327128 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.xz
2021/05/16 | 58801 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/TeXLive/TLPOBJ.pm
2021/05/16 | 42084 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/TeXLive/TLPSRC.pm
2021/05/16 | 16103 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/TeXLive/TLTREE.pm
@@ -299215,7 +299244,7 @@
2004/06/04 | 404 | tds/tds.sed
2004/06/23 | 65418 | tds/tds.tex
2019/05/29 | 304264 | tds.zip
-2021/11/27 | 186 | timestamp
+2021/11/28 | 186 | timestamp
2002/08/26 | 61898 | usergrps/dante/antrag.pdf
2002/08/26 | 118217 | usergrps/dante/antrag.ps
2021/11/11 | 917 | usergrps/dante/dtk/doc/beispiel.bib
diff --git a/FILES.byname.gz b/FILES.byname.gz
index 469035d9c9..a5de0d8110 100644
--- a/FILES.byname.gz
+++ b/FILES.byname.gz
Binary files differ
diff --git a/FILES.last07days b/FILES.last07days
index 2ce506dbb2..1c4ada974f 100644
--- a/FILES.last07days
+++ b/FILES.last07days
@@ -1,3 +1,66 @@
+2021/11/27 | 98856 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/academicons.doc.r61159.tar.xz
+2021/11/27 | 920912 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.r61160.tar.xz
+2021/11/27 | 879574 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper.zip
+2021/11/27 | 8215 | macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lwc-documentation.mkxl
+2021/11/27 | 81570 | macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.tex
+2021/11/27 | 81157 | macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.dtx
+2021/11/27 | 80161 | support/albatross/doc/albatross-manual.pdf
+2021/11/27 | 761 | macros/latex/contrib/njuvisual/README.md
+2021/11/27 | 724960 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-math.zip
+2021/11/27 | 6810783 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-unx.tar.gz
+2021/11/27 | 633629 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-text.zip
+2021/11/27 | 6245 | support/albatross/source/albatross-0.4.0-src.zip
+2021/11/27 | 624224 | macros/latex/contrib/easybook.zip
+2021/11/27 | 604721 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-float.zip
+2021/11/27 | 5 | support/albatross/doc/version.tex
+2021/11/27 | 582734 | macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.pdf
+2021/11/27 | 576 | support/albatross/scripts/albatross.sh
+2021/11/27 | 48 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.md5
+2021/11/27 | 465831 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/hep-paper-implementation.pdf
+2021/11/27 | 455 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512.asc
+2021/11/27 | 455 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl.zip.sha512.asc
+2021/11/27 | 455 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-windows.exe.sha512.asc
+2021/11/27 | 455 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-unx.tar.gz.sha512.asc
+2021/11/27 | 44977 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/hep-paper-implementation.dtx
+2021/11/27 | 401280 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.doc.r61157.tar.xz
+2021/11/27 | 395090 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/hep-paper-documentation.pdf
+2021/11/27 | 3795 | macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lwc-sample.tex
+2021/11/27 | 34948 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/academicons.r61159.tar.xz
+2021/11/27 | 31952 | support/albatross/doc/albatross-manual.tex
+2021/11/27 | 313873 | macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lua-widow-control.pdf
+2021/11/27 | 312945 | install/macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control.tds.zip
+2021/11/27 | 309981 | macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control.zip
+2021/11/27 | 2771 | macros/latex/contrib/njuvisual/njuvisual.ins
+2021/11/27 | 27547 | support/albatross/README.md
+2021/11/27 | 25631173 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl.zip
+2021/11/27 | 2431 | macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/README.md
+2021/11/27 | 24133 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/bibliography.bib
+2021/11/27 | 2395011 | support/albatross/scripts/albatross.jar
+2021/11/27 | 2327128 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.xz
+2021/11/27 | 2294905 | install/support/albatross.tds.zip
+2021/11/27 | 2293281 | support/albatross.zip
+2021/11/27 | 22285 | macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lwc-documentation.tex
+2021/11/27 | 2215 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/hep-paper.ins
+2021/11/27 | 20874351 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-windows.exe
+2021/11/27 | 1989 | macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/t-lua-widow-control.mkxl
+2021/11/27 | 1962 | macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lua-widow-control.sty
+2021/11/27 | 19040 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/license.md
+2021/11/27 | 18156 | macros/latex/contrib/njuvisual/njuvisual.dtx
+2021/11/27 | 16986941 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb
+2021/11/27 | 164335 | macros/latex/contrib/njuvisual.zip
+2021/11/27 | 159730 | macros/latex/contrib/njuvisual/njuvisual.pdf
+2021/11/27 | 1579 | macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lua-widow-control.tex
+2021/11/27 | 153 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-windows.exe.sha512
+2021/11/27 | 152 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-unx.tar.gz.sha512
+2021/11/27 | 1492 | macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lwc-documentation.bib
+2021/11/27 | 1491 | support/albatross/doc/albatross.1
+2021/11/27 | 145 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl.zip.sha512
+2021/11/27 | 144 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512
+2021/11/27 | 136384 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.doc.r61160.tar.xz
+2021/11/27 | 13483 | macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lua-widow-control.lua
+2021/11/27 | 1234364 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.source.r61160.tar.xz
+2021/11/27 | 108292 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.r61157.tar.xz
+2021/11/27 | 1016 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/README.md
2021/11/26 | 99491 | fonts/academicons/academicons.pdf
2021/11/26 | 98775 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-mfware-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 97371 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-gd-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
@@ -32,13 +95,14 @@
2021/11/26 | 71092 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-web-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 69940 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-tex4ht-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 695 | fonts/utilities/hep-font/README.md
+2021/11/26 | 6913 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/installer/ctan-mirrors.pl
2021/11/26 | 685903 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-ptex-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 68561 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-bibtex-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
-2021/11/26 | 6810861 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-unx.tar.gz
2021/11/26 | 680816 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-lcdf-typetools-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 679 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-title/README.md
2021/11/26 | 67623 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-lzma-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 67460 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-mpmcli-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
+2021/11/26 | 664 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/README.md
2021/11/26 | 66235 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-web-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 6618 | fonts/academicons/academicons.tex
2021/11/26 | 66116 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-texify-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
@@ -47,12 +111,14 @@
2021/11/26 | 64174 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-ps2pk-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 63730 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-tex4ht-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 629637 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-lcdf-typetools-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
+2021/11/26 | 628 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/README.md
2021/11/26 | 628507 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/files.csv.lzma
2021/11/26 | 62812 | fonts/academicons/academicons.ttf
2021/11/26 | 627915 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/files.csv.lzma
2021/11/26 | 62742 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-fmt-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 62554 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-ttf2pk2-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 624342 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-yap-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
+2021/11/26 | 620 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/README.md
2021/11/26 | 61828 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-cweb-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 612 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-acronym/README.md
2021/11/26 | 604188 | fonts/utilities/hep-font.zip
@@ -85,7 +151,6 @@
2021/11/26 | 50391 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-psutils-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 50123 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-bibarts-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 5005 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-config-2.9.tar.lzma
-2021/11/26 | 48 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.md5
2021/11/26 | 483386 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-harfbuzz-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 48271 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-expat-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 476834 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-log4cxx-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
@@ -93,10 +158,6 @@
2021/11/26 | 46528 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-dvicopy-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 461744 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-doc.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 45931 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-m-tx-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
-2021/11/26 | 455 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512.asc
-2021/11/26 | 455 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl.zip.sha512.asc
-2021/11/26 | 455 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-windows.exe.sha512.asc
-2021/11/26 | 455 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-unx.tar.gz.sha512.asc
2021/11/26 | 45335 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-dvipng-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 43353 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-zlib-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 43034 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-expat-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
@@ -107,9 +168,9 @@
2021/11/26 | 41263 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-dvipng-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 40991 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-patgen-bin-x64.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 40691 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-upmendex-bin-x64.tar.lzma
-2021/11/26 | 401284 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.doc.r61149.tar.xz
2021/11/26 | 392678 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-cairo-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 39022 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-zlib-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
+2021/11/26 | 383065 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/hep-math-implementation.pdf
2021/11/26 | 38146 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-gsf2pk-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 37817 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-mthelp-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 37251 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-posix-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
@@ -120,12 +181,16 @@
2021/11/26 | 347917 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-xetex-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 34674 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-axohelp-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 33651 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-uriparser-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
+2021/11/26 | 334724 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/hep-text-implementation.pdf
2021/11/26 | 330843 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-cairo-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 330472 | macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/hep-bibliography/hep-bibliography-implementation.pdf
2021/11/26 | 327237 | fonts/utilities/hep-font/hep-font-implementation.pdf
2021/11/26 | 32559 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-chktex-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 325227 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-dvipdfmx-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
+2021/11/26 | 324470 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/hep-math-documentation.pdf
2021/11/26 | 32162 | fonts/utilities/hep-math-font/hep-math-font-implementation.dtx
+2021/11/26 | 320178 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/hep-float-implementation.pdf
+2021/11/26 | 31977 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/hep-math-implementation.dtx
2021/11/26 | 319774 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-title/hep-title-implementation.pdf
2021/11/26 | 31657 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-makeindex-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 316577 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-acronym/hep-acronym-implementation.pdf
@@ -140,6 +205,7 @@
2021/11/26 | 29083 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-autosp-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 28872 | macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/hep-bibliography/hep-bibliography-implementation.dtx
2021/11/26 | 284743 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-dvipdfmx-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
+2021/11/26 | 284308 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/hep-text-documentation.pdf
2021/11/26 | 283971 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-metapost-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 28346 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-lacheck-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 28167 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-findtexmf-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
@@ -149,11 +215,11 @@
2021/11/26 | 27425 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-makeindex-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 27337 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-teckit-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 27199 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-bzip2-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
+2021/11/26 | 269291 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/hep-float-documentation.pdf
2021/11/26 | 2673325 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-texworks-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 262423 | fonts/utilities/hep-font/hep-font-documentation.pdf
2021/11/26 | 258761 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-freetype2-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 258360 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-acronym/hep-acronym-documentation.pdf
-2021/11/26 | 25631191 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl.zip
2021/11/26 | 255204 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-console-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 25441 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-title/hep-title-implementation.dtx
2021/11/26 | 253225 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-zzdb1-2.9.tar.lzma
@@ -166,18 +232,19 @@
2021/11/26 | 244803 | macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/hep-bibliography/hep-bibliography-documentation.pdf
2021/11/26 | 243515 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-pmx-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 24133 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-title/bibliography.bib
+2021/11/26 | 24133 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/bibliography.bib
+2021/11/26 | 24133 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/bibliography.bib
+2021/11/26 | 24133 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/bibliography.bib
2021/11/26 | 24133 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-acronym/bibliography.bib
2021/11/26 | 24133 | macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/hep-bibliography/bibliography.bib
2021/11/26 | 24133 | fonts/utilities/hep-math-font/bibliography.bib
2021/11/26 | 24133 | fonts/utilities/hep-font/bibliography.bib
2021/11/26 | 23901 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-popt-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 23356 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-devnag-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
-2021/11/26 | 2325968 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.xz
2021/11/26 | 22038 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-fribidixetex-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 217429 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-metafont-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 213112 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/snaptodo.doc.r61155.tar.xz
2021/11/26 | 21172 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-devnag-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
-2021/11/26 | 20872186 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-windows.exe
2021/11/26 | 208025 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-pmx-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 207164 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-omegaware-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 202825 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-pixman-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
@@ -191,6 +258,9 @@
2021/11/26 | 194729 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-omegaware-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 1932 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/snaptodo.r61155.tar.xz
2021/11/26 | 19040 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-title/license.md
+2021/11/26 | 19040 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/license.md
+2021/11/26 | 19040 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/license.md
+2021/11/26 | 19040 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/license.md
2021/11/26 | 19040 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-acronym/license.md
2021/11/26 | 19040 | macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/hep-bibliography/license.md
2021/11/26 | 19040 | fonts/utilities/hep-math-font/license.md
@@ -211,22 +281,21 @@
2021/11/26 | 171175 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-tex-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 17109 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-acronym/hep-acronym-implementation.dtx
2021/11/26 | 1710501 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-luatex-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
-2021/11/26 | 16986943 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb
+2021/11/26 | 1697 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/hep-math.ins
2021/11/26 | 1697 | fonts/utilities/hep-font/hep-font.ins
+2021/11/26 | 168174 | support/TeX4ht/source/ChangeLog
2021/11/26 | 16796 | fonts/utilities/hep-font/hep-font-implementation.dtx
2021/11/26 | 1673 | fonts/academicons/README
2021/11/26 | 16448 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-tex2xindy-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
+2021/11/26 | 1637 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/hep-float.ins
2021/11/26 | 16362 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-kpathsea-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
+2021/11/26 | 1628 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/hep-text.ins
2021/11/26 | 159824 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-hunspell-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 155922 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-tex-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
-2021/11/26 | 153 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-windows.exe.sha512
2021/11/26 | 153911 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-fontconfig-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
-2021/11/26 | 152 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-unx.tar.gz.sha512
2021/11/26 | 149552 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/fancyvrb.doc.r61154.tar.xz
2021/11/26 | 147418 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-hunspell-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 1470955 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-runtime-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
-2021/11/26 | 145 | systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl.zip.sha512
-2021/11/26 | 144 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512
2021/11/26 | 14337 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-zzip-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 1422199 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-dvisvgm-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 1389400 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/miktex-zzdb2-2.9.tar.lzma
@@ -244,36 +313,33 @@
2021/11/26 | 124757 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-mktex-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 119744 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-dvips-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 11896 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/fancyvrb.r61154.tar.xz
+2021/11/26 | 118591281 | macros/context/latest/cont-tmf.zip
2021/11/26 | 1169824 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-poppler-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
+2021/11/26 | 11580 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/hep-float-implementation.dtx
2021/11/26 | 1153 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/pr.ini
2021/11/26 | 115233 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-gregorio-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 112898 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-epstopdf-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 112596 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-gd-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
+2021/11/26 | 1097596 | support/TeX4ht/source/tex4ht-4ht.tex
2021/11/26 | 109074 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-jpeg-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
-2021/11/26 | 108316 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/texlive-scripts.r61149.tar.xz
2021/11/26 | 1076112 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-asymptote-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 107432 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-texware-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
+2021/11/26 | 10648 | macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/hep-text-implementation.dtx
2021/11/26 | 103994 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-mfware-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 103391 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-lua53-bin-x64-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 100488 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-epstopdf-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/26 | 100070 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/next/miktex-texware-bin-2.9.tar.lzma
2021/11/25 | 94592 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/latexmk.tar.lzma
2021/11/25 | 94460 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/latexmk.r61146.tar.xz
-2021/11/25 | 920852 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.r61147.tar.xz
2021/11/25 | 895566 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/mcf2graph__doc.tar.lzma
-2021/11/25 | 81571 | macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.tex
-2021/11/25 | 81113 | macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.dtx
2021/11/25 | 742128 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/l3build.doc.r61143.tar.xz
2021/11/25 | 733016 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/l3build__doc.tar.lzma
2021/11/25 | 71183 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/glossaries-extra.tar.lzma
-2021/11/25 | 7018 | systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/installer/ctan-mirrors.pl
2021/11/25 | 6872 | macros/latex/contrib/snaptodo/snaptodo.tex
2021/11/25 | 6500 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/collection-latexextra.r61145.tar.xz
2021/11/25 | 633 | macros/latex/contrib/snaptodo/test/circle_testing.tex
2021/11/25 | 63216 | support/findfont.zip
-2021/11/25 | 624350 | macros/latex/contrib/easybook.zip
2021/11/25 | 585158 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/easybook__doc.tar.lzma
-2021/11/25 | 582859 | macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.pdf
2021/11/25 | 576784 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/cochineal.doc.r61139.tar.xz
2021/11/25 | 574003 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/cochineal__doc.tar.lzma
2021/11/25 | 5642172 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/glossaries-extra__doc.tar.lzma
@@ -316,14 +382,12 @@
2021/11/25 | 140350 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/nicematrix__source.tar.lzma
2021/11/25 | 140103 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/fancyvrb__doc.tar.lzma
2021/11/25 | 13944 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/numspell.tar.lzma
-2021/11/25 | 136384 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.doc.r61147.tar.xz
2021/11/25 | 1314704 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/zref-clever__doc.tar.lzma
2021/11/25 | 1311596 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/zref-clever.doc.r61145.tar.xz
2021/11/25 | 129490 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/glossaries-extra__source.tar.lzma
2021/11/25 | 12832 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/xistercian__source.tar.lzma
2021/11/25 | 12348 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/xistercian.source.r61140.tar.xz
2021/11/25 | 1233314 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/bib2gls__source.tar.lzma
-2021/11/25 | 1228816 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/tex4ht.source.r61147.tar.xz
2021/11/25 | 12197 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/luamplib.tar.lzma
2021/11/25 | 12157 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/fancyvrb.tar.lzma
2021/11/25 | 1184628 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/bib2gls.tar.lzma
@@ -381,7 +445,6 @@
2021/11/24 | 19012 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/context-transliterator.r61127.tar.xz
2021/11/24 | 1836 | macros/latex/contrib/fancyvrb/Changes
2021/11/24 | 1816 | macros/latex/contrib/l3build/l3build.1
-2021/11/24 | 167968 | support/TeX4ht/source/ChangeLog
2021/11/24 | 16601 | fonts/cochineal/tex/cochineal.sty
2021/11/24 | 164415 | macros/latex/contrib/fancyvrb.zip
2021/11/24 | 1598 | support/findfont/doc/Examples/exa02.txt
@@ -401,10 +464,8 @@
2021/11/24 | 12282 | macros/latex/contrib/l3build/l3build-file-functions.lua
2021/11/24 | 11932 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/luamplib.r61133.tar.xz
2021/11/24 | 118 | macros/latex/contrib/snaptodo/test/minimal_testing.tex
-2021/11/24 | 118836274 | macros/context/latest/cont-tmf.zip
2021/11/24 | 1184680 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/bib2gls.r61134.tar.xz
2021/11/24 | 1104 | support/findfont/doc/Examples/exa04.txt
-2021/11/24 | 1097588 | support/TeX4ht/source/tex4ht-4ht.tex
2021/11/24 | 109135 | macros/latex/contrib/l3build/l3build.dtx
2021/11/24 | 10795 | macros/latex/contrib/l3build/l3build-manifest-setup.lua
2021/11/24 | 107860 | macros/latex/contrib/zref-clever/zref-clever.tex
@@ -1069,92 +1130,3 @@
2021/11/21 | 1077 | indexing/upmendex/source/tests/range3.ind
2021/11/21 | 1077 | indexing/upmendex/source/tests/range1.ind
2021/11/21 | 1054 | indexing/upmendex/source/pageread.c
-2021/11/20 | 9565 | info/lshort/chinese/src/lshort-zh-cn-style.sty
-2021/11/20 | 9050 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/graphics-pln.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 890 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/texdimens.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 8735 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/hypdoc__source.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 8516338 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/oberdiek__doc.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 81304 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/hitszthesis__source.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 81052 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/pstricks.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 8036 | info/lshort/chinese/src/chap/app.A.install.tex
-2021/11/20 | 7983 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/latex-firstaid-dev__source.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 7855829 | macros/latex/contrib/koma-script.zip
-2021/11/20 | 76172 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/utf8add__doc.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 7397 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/mathalpha.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 7340648 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/pstricks__doc.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 691216 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/thubeamer__doc.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 679926 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/latex-base-dev__source.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 67396 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/latexindent.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 62340 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/siunitx.r61093.tar.xz
-2021/11/20 | 61823 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/siunitx.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 577324 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/hologo__doc.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 5752 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/formal-grammar__source.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 5287 | support/TeX4ht/source/tex4ht-mathjax.tex
-2021/11/20 | 5284146 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/latex-tools-dev__doc.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 52520 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/fontools.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 4910 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/bodeplot.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 4720 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/bodeplot.r61092.tar.xz
-2021/11/20 | 47066 | info/lshort/chinese/src/chap/chap.03.elements.tex
-2021/11/20 | 4655 | info/lshort/chinese/src/chap/biblio.tex
-2021/11/20 | 4572 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/utf8add.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 440690 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/bodeplot__doc.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 440328 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/bodeplot.doc.r61092.tar.xz
-2021/11/20 | 42890 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/latex-tools-dev.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 42878 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/oberdiek.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 417811 | support/latexmk/latexmk.pl
-2021/11/20 | 4078 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/exesheet.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 39979 | info/lshort/chinese/src/chap/chap.05.style.tex
-2021/11/20 | 3982 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/utf8add__source.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 3697 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/hypdoc.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 36707 | info/lshort/chinese/src/chap/chap.04.math.tex
-2021/11/20 | 3659 | info/lshort/chinese/src/chap/preface.overview.tex
-2021/11/20 | 3603 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/pst-arrow.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 3512 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/latex-firstaid-dev.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 33396 | info/lshort/chinese/src/chap/chap.06.spec.tex
-2021/11/20 | 323074 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/hypdoc__doc.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 29464 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/hitszthesis.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 27737525 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/latex-base-dev__doc.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 27130 | info/lshort/chinese/src/chap/chap.01.basics.tex
-2021/11/20 | 2665 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/graphics-pln__doc.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 2417 | graphics/mcf2graph/mcf_example.tex
-2021/11/20 | 2394894 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/latex-amsmath-dev__doc.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 233427 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/latex-firstaid-dev__doc.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 22989 | info/lshort/chinese/src/chap/fdl.tex
-2021/11/20 | 228576 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/latex-tools-dev__source.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 219704 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/latex-base-dev.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 2176 | support/latexmk/example_rcfiles/texinfo-latexmkrc
-2021/11/20 | 2045049 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/arara__doc.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 2042255 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/siunitx__doc.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 2038280 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/siunitx.doc.r61093.tar.xz
-2021/11/20 | 2028939 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/latex-graphics-dev__doc.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 20086 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/hologo__source.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 1948 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/formal-grammar.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 193065 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/formal-grammar__doc.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 18920 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/texdimens__source.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 1891025 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/mathalpha__doc.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 178367 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/exesheet__doc.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 16753 | support/latexmk/INSTALL
-2021/11/20 | 16728 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/exesheet__source.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 1606418 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/hitszthesis__doc.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 1589261 | info/lshort/chinese.zip
-2021/11/20 | 1472258 | info/lshort/chinese/lshort-zh-cn.pdf
-2021/11/20 | 14580335 | install/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script.tds.zip
-2021/11/20 | 14145 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/bodeplot__source.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 1413 | info/lshort/chinese/README.md
-2021/11/20 | 13632 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/bodeplot.source.r61092.tar.xz
-2021/11/20 | 132219 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/pst-arrow__doc.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 13185 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/thubeamer.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 127451 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/fontools__doc.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 1240 | info/lshort/chinese/README-zh.md
-2021/11/20 | 122693 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/thubeamer__source.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 11808 | support/latexmk/README
-2021/11/20 | 117817 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/latexindent__source.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 115201 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/texdimens__doc.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 1142 | info/lshort/chinese/src/lshort-zh-cn.tex
-2021/11/20 | 114239 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/oberdiek__source.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 107941 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/siunitx__source.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 107808 | systems/texlive/tlnet/archive/siunitx.source.r61093.tar.xz
-2021/11/20 | 10425045 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/arara.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 10139 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/hologo.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 1012394 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/latexindent__doc.tar.lzma
-2021/11/20 | 100785 | systems/win32/miktex/tm/packages/arara__source.tar.lzma
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.dtx
index 1dc68e17ad..ff8926d969 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.dtx
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
%<*class>
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2020/10/01]
\RequirePackage{l3keys2e}
-\ProvidesExplClass{easybook}{2021/11/25}{1.40Z}
+\ProvidesExplClass{easybook}{2021/11/25}{1.41}
{Typeset Chinese theses or books}
\bool_set_false:N \l__eb_compile_draft_bool
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@
%<*package>
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2020/10/01]
\RequirePackage{l3keys2e,etoolbox}
-\ProvidesExplPackage{easybase}{2021/11/25}{1.40Z}
+\ProvidesExplPackage{easybase}{2021/11/25}{1.41}
{Typeset Chinese theses or books}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \dim_set:Nn { NV }
@@ -927,11 +927,12 @@
\dim_set:Nn \footnotesep { \dim_use:N \box_ht:N \strutbox }
\bool_if:NT \l__eb_chap_counter_withpart_bool
{ \counterwithin*{chapter}{part} }
- \str_case:Vn \l__eb_foot_counter_parent_choice_tl
+ \str_case:VnT \l__eb_foot_counter_parent_choice_tl
{
{ part } { \counterwithin*{footnote}{part} }
{ page } { \counterwithin*{footnote}{page} }
}
+ { \counterwithout*{footnote}{chapter} }
\eb_fnpara_if_pos_bottom:
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \setspread #1 { \linespread{#1}\selectfont }
@@ -2380,7 +2381,7 @@
}
%</package>
%<*tcolorbox>
-\ProvidesExplFile{eb-tcolorbox.cfg}{2021/11/25}{1.40Z}
+\ProvidesExplFile{eb-tcolorbox.cfg}{2021/11/25}{1.41}
{Customization of tcolorbox for easybook}
\cs_set_protected:Npn \setexercise #1
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.pdf
index 99dee24a1b..1d1eee7347 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.tex
index ecf0c7bc94..281642b481 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.tex
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
name = easybook,
color-scheme = blue,
title = EASYBOOK 使用手册,
- version = v1.40Z,
+ version = v1.41,
date = 2021/11/25,
authors = 瞿毅,
info = 排版简体中文学位论文和书籍,
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/README.md b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..eb36c56eec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+
+
+# The `hep-float` package
+
+Convenience package for float placement
+
+## Introduction
+
+The `hep-float` package redefines some `LaTeX` float placement defaults and defines convenience wrappers for floats.
+
+The `hep-float` package can be loaded with `\usepackage{hep-float}`.
+
+## Author
+
+Jan Hajer
+
+## License
+
+This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the `LaTeX` Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+The latest version of this license is in `http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt` and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/bibliography.bib b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/bibliography.bib
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e5117be3d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/bibliography.bib
@@ -0,0 +1,1055 @@
+@article{hep-paper,
+title = "The |hep-paper| package",
+subtitle = "Publications in high energy physics",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2019",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-paper",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
+@manual{hep-paper-1,
+doi = "10.5281/zenodo.3606436",
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "janhajer",
+eprint = "hep-paper",
+}
+
+@article{hep-acronym,
+title = "The |hep-acronym| package",
+subtitle = "An acronym extension for glossaries",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2021",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-acronyms",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
+@article{hep-bibliography,
+title = "The |hep-bibliography| package",
+subtitle = "Bibliographies for high energy physics",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2021",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-bibliography",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
+@article{hep-float,
+title = "The |hep-float| package",
+subtitle = "Convenience package for float placement",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2021",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-float",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
+@article{hep-font,
+title = "The |hep-font| package",
+subtitle = "Latin modern extended by computer modern",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2021",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-font",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
+@article{hep-math-font,
+title = "The |hep-math-font| package",
+subtitle = "Extended Greek and sans serif math",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2021",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-math-font",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
+@article{hep-math,
+title = "The |hep-math| package",
+subtitle = "Extended math macros",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2021",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-math",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
+@article{hep-text,
+title = "The |hep-text| package",
+subtitle = "List and text extensions",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2021",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-text",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
+@article{hep-title,
+title = "The |hep-title| package",
+subtitle = "Extensions for the title page",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2021",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-title",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
+@article{kvoptions,
+title = "The |kvoptions| package",
+subtitle = "Key value format for package options",
+author = "Heiko Oberdiek",
+year = "2004",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "kvoptions",
+related = "kvoptions-1",
+}
+
+@manual{kvoptions-1,
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "ho-tex",
+eprint = "kvoptions",
+}
+
+@article{cleveref,
+title = "The |cleveref| package",
+subtitle = "Intelligent cross-referencing",
+author = "Toby Cubitt",
+date = "2006",
+url = "http://dr-qubit.org/cleveref",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "cleveref",
+}
+
+@article{foreign,
+title = "The |foreign| package for \hologo{LaTeX2e}",
+subtitle = "Systematic treatment of \enquote{foreign} words in documents",
+author = "Philip G. Ratcliffe",
+date = "2012",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "foreign",
+}
+
+@article{geometry,
+title = "The |geometry| package",
+subtitle = "Flexible and complete interface to document dimensions",
+author = "David Carlisle and Hideo Umeki",
+date = "1996",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "geometry",
+related = "geometry-1",
+}
+
+@manual{geometry-1,
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "davidcarlisle",
+eprint = "geometry",
+}
+
+@article{a4wide,
+title = "The |a4wide| package",
+subtitle = "\enquote{Wide} a4 layout",
+author = "Alexander Holt and Jean-François Lamy",
+date = "1986",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "a4wide",
+note = "depreciated and not used",
+}
+
+@article{microtype,
+title = "The |microtype| package",
+subtitle = "Subliminal refinements towards typographical perfection",
+author = "Robert Schlicht",
+date = "2004",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "microtype",
+}
+
+@article{authblk,
+title = "A \hologo{LaTeX} Package to Prepare Author and Affiliation Blocks",
+subtitle = "Support for footnote style author/affiliation",
+author = "Patrick W. Daly",
+date = "2001",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "authblk",
+}
+
+@article{bm,
+title = "The |bm| package",
+subtitle = "Access bold symbols in maths mode",
+author = "David Carlisle and Frank Mittelbach",
+collaboration = "\hologo{LaTeX} Team",
+date = "1993",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "bm",
+}
+
+@article{empheq,
+title = "The |empheq| package",
+author = "Lars Madsen and Morten Høgholm and Will Robertson and Joseph Wright",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "empheq",
+}
+
+@article{mathtools,
+title = "The |mathtools| package",
+subtitle = "Mathematical tools to use with |amsmath|",
+author = "Lars Madsen and Morten Høgholm and Will Robertson and Joseph Wright",
+date = "2004",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "mathtools",
+}
+
+@article{amsmath,
+title = "The |amsmath| package",
+subtitle = "AMS mathematical facilities for \hologo{LaTeX}",
+collaboration = "\hologo{LaTeX} Team",
+date = "1994",
+url = "https://ams.org/tex/amslatex",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "amsmath",
+}
+
+@article{amstext,
+title = "The |amstext| package",
+subtitle = "Typeset text fragments in mathematics",
+collaboration = "\hologo{LaTeX} Team",
+date = "1995",
+url = "https://ams.org/tex/amslatex",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "amstext",
+}
+
+@article{amsfonts,
+title = "The |amsfonts| package",
+subtitle = "\hologo{TeX} fonts from the American Mathematical Society",
+author = "Michael Downes and David M. Jones and Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Schöpf",
+collaboration = "American Mathematical Society",
+date = "1995",
+url = "https://ams.org/tex/amsfonts",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "amsfonts",
+}
+
+@article{amssymb,
+title = "The |amssymb| package",
+author = "Michael Downes and David M. Jones and Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Schöpf",
+collaboration = "American Mathematical Society",
+date = "1995",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "amsfonts",
+}
+
+@article{slashed,
+title = "The |slashed| package",
+subtitle = "Put a slash through characters",
+author = "David Carlisle",
+date = "1987",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "slashed",
+}
+
+@article{physics,
+title = "The |physics| package",
+subtitle = "Macros supporting the Mathematics of Physics",
+author = "Sergio C. de la Barrera",
+date = "2012",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "physics",
+}
+
+@article{units,
+title = "The |units| and |nicefrac| packages",
+subtitle = "Typeset units",
+author = "Axel Reichert",
+date = "1998",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "units",
+}
+
+@article{subcaption,
+title = "The |subcaption| package",
+subtitle = "Support for sub-captions",
+author = "Axel Sommerfeldt",
+date = "2007",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "subcaption",
+related = "caption-1",
+}
+
+@article{caption,
+title = "The |caption| package",
+subtitle = "Customising captions in floating environments",
+author = "Axel Sommerfeldt",
+date = "1994",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "caption",
+related = "caption-1",
+}
+
+@manual{caption-1,
+eprinttype = "gitlab",
+eprintclass = "axelsommerfeldt",
+eprint = "caption",
+}
+
+
+@article{biblatex,
+title = "The |biblatex| Package",
+subtitle = "Sophisticated Bibliographies in \hologo{LaTeX}",
+author = "Philipp Lehman and Joseph Wright and Audrey Boruvka and Philip Kime",
+date = "2006",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "biblatex",
+related = "biblatex-1",
+}
+
+@manual{biblatex-1,
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "plk",
+eprint = "biblatex",
+}
+
+@article{hyperref,
+title = "Hypertext marks in \hologo{LaTeX}: a manual for |hyperref|",
+subtitle = "Extensive support for hypertext in \hologo{LaTeX}",
+author = "Sebastian Rahtz and Heiko Oberdiek",
+collaboration = "\hologo{LaTeX3} Project",
+date = "1995",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hyperref",
+related = "hyperref-1",
+}
+
+@manual{hyperref-1,
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "latex3",
+eprint = "hyperref",
+}
+
+@article{graphicx,
+title = "Packages in the \enquote{graphics} bundle",
+subtitle = "Enhanced support for graphics",
+author = "David Carlisle and Sebastian Rahtz",
+date = "1994",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "graphicx",
+}
+
+@article{booktabs,
+title = "The |booktabs| package",
+subtitle = "Publication quality tables in \hologo{LaTeX}",
+author = "Danie Els and Simon Fear",
+date = "1995",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "booktabs",
+}
+
+@article{multirow,
+title = "The |multirow|, |bigstrut| and |bigdelim| packages",
+subtitle = "Create tabular cells spanning multiple rows",
+author = "Piet van Oostrum and Jerry Leichter",
+date = "1994",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "multirow",
+}
+
+@article{fixmath,
+title = "The |fixmath| package for \hologo{LaTeX2e}",
+subtitle = "Make maths comply with ISO 31-0:1992 to ISO 31-13:1992",
+author = "Walter Schmidt",
+date = "2000",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "fixmath",
+}
+
+@article{alphabeta,
+title = "The |alphabeta| package",
+subtitle = "LICR macros and encoding definition files for Greek",
+author = "Günter Milde",
+date = "2013",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "greek-fontenc",
+}
+
+@article{textalpha,
+title = "The |textalpha| package",
+subtitle = "LICR macros and encoding definition files for Greek",
+author = "Günter Milde",
+date = "2010",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "greek-fontenc",
+}
+
+@article{arxiv-collector,
+title = "|arxiv-collector|",
+subtitle = "A little Python script to collect \hologo{LaTeX} sources for upload to the arXiv",
+author = "Dougal Sutherland",
+date = "2018",
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "dougalsutherland",
+eprint = "arxiv-collector",
+}
+
+@article{biber,
+title = "\hologo{biber}",
+subtitle = "Backend processor for Bib\hologo{LaTeX}",
+author = "François Charette and Philip Kime",
+date = "2009",
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "plk",
+eprint = "biber",
+related = "biber-1",
+}
+
+@manual{biber-1,
+eprinttype = "sourceforge",
+eprint = "biblatex-biber",
+}
+
+@article{lmodern,
+title = "Latin Modern Family of Fonts",
+subtitle = "Latin modern fonts in outline formats",
+date = "2003",
+author = "B. Jackowski and J.M. Nowacki",
+url = "http://gust.org.pl/projects/e-foundry/latin-modern",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "lm",
+}
+
+@article{ifluatex,
+title = "The |ifluatex| package",
+subtitle = "Provides the |\textbackslash ifluatex| switch",
+author = "Heiko Oberdiek",
+collaboration = "\hologo{LaTeX} Team",
+date = "2007",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "ifluatex",
+}
+
+@article{ifxetex,
+title = "The |iftex| package",
+subtitle = "Am I running under \hologo{XeTeX}?",
+collaboration = "\hologo{LaTeX} Team",
+author = "Will Robertson",
+date = "2006",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "ifxetex",
+related = "ifxetex-1",
+}
+
+@manual{ifxetex-1,
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "latex3",
+eprint = "iftex",
+}
+
+@article{fontspec,
+title = "The |fontspec| package",
+subtitle = "Advanced font selection in \hologo{XeLaTeX} and \hologo{LuaLaTeX}",
+author = "Will Robertson and Khaled Hosny",
+date = "2004",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "fontspec",
+}
+
+@article{fontenc,
+title = "The |fontenc| package",
+subtitle = "Standard package for selecting font encodings",
+collaboration = "\hologo{LaTeX} Team",
+author = "Frank Mittelbach and Robin Fairbairns and Werner Lemberg",
+date = "1995",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "fontenc",
+}
+
+@article{inputenc,
+title = "The |inputenc| package",
+subtitle = "Accept different input encodings",
+collaboration = "\hologo{LaTeX} Team",
+author = "Frank Mittelbach and Alan Jeffrey",
+date = "1989",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "inputenc",
+}
+
+@article{textcomp,
+title = "The |textcomp| package",
+subtitle = "\hologo{LaTeX} support for the Text Companion fonts",
+collaboration = "\hologo{LaTeX} Team",
+author = "Sebastian Rahtz",
+date = "1995",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "textcomp",
+}
+
+@article{enumitem,
+title = "Customizing lists with the |enumitem| package",
+subtitle = "Control layout of itemize, enumerate, description",
+author = "Javier Bezos",
+date = "2003",
+url = "https://texnia.com/enumitem.html",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "enumitem",
+related = "enumitem-1",
+}
+
+@manual{enumitem-1,
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "jbezos",
+eprint = "enumitem",
+}
+
+@article{atbegshi,
+title = "The |atbegshi| package",
+subtitle = "Execute stuff at |shipout| time",
+author = "Heiko Oberdiek",
+date = "2007",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "atbegshi",
+related = "atbegshi-1",
+}
+
+@manual{atbegshi-1,
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "ho-tex",
+eprint = "atbegshi",
+}
+
+@article{picture,
+title = "The |picture| package",
+subtitle = "Dimens for picture macros",
+author = "Heiko Oberdiek",
+date = "2006",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "picture",
+related = "picture-1",
+}
+
+@manual{picture-1,
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "ho-tex",
+eprint = "picture",
+}
+
+@article{varwidth,
+title = "The |varwidth| package",
+subtitle = "A variable-width minipage",
+author = "Donald Arseneau",
+date = "2003",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "varwidth",
+}
+
+@article{csquotes,
+title = "The |csquotes| Package",
+subtitle = "Context sensitive quotation facilities",
+author = "Philipp Lehman and Joseph Wright",
+date = "2003",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "csquotes",
+}
+
+@article{babel,
+title = "|Babel| Localization and internationalization",
+subtitle = "Multilingual support for Plain \hologo{TeX} or \hologo{LaTeX}",
+author = "Johannes Braams and Javier Bezos and at al.",
+date = "1989",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "babel",
+related = "babel-1",
+}
+
+@manual{babel-1,
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "latex3",
+eprint = "babel",
+}
+
+@article{polyglossia,
+title = "The |polyglossia| package",
+author = "Arthur Reutenauer and François Charette and Elie Roux and Bastien Roucariès and Jürgen Spitzmüller",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "polyglossia",
+}
+
+@article{parskip,
+title = "The |parskip| package",
+subtitle = "Layout with zero |\textbackslash parindent|, non-zero |\textbackslash parskip|",
+author = "Robin Fairbairns and Frank Mittelbach and H. Partl",
+date = "1989",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "parskip",
+related = "parskip-1",
+}
+
+@manual{parskip-1,
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "FrankMittelbach",
+eprint = "fmitex",
+}
+
+
+@article{fntguide,
+title = "\hologo{LaTeX2e}\ font selection",
+subtitle = "Docmentation of \hologo{LaTeX} font commands",
+collaboration = "\hologo{LaTeX} Team",
+date = "1995",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "fntguide",
+}
+
+@article{euenc,
+title = "The Experimental Unicode `EUx’ Encodings",
+author = "Will Robertson and Elie Roux and Khaled Hosny",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "euenc",
+}
+
+@article{soul,
+title = "The |soul| package",
+subtitle = "Hyphenation for letterspacing, underlining, and more",
+author = "Melchior Franz",
+date = "1998",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "soul",
+}
+
+@article{ulem,
+title = "The |ulem| package",
+subtitle = "Package for underlining",
+author = "Donald Arseneau",
+date = "1989",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "ulem",
+}
+
+@article{glossaries,
+title = "The |glossaries| package",
+subtitle = "Create glossaries and lists of acronyms",
+author = "Nicola Talbot",
+date = "2007",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "glossaries",
+}
+
+@article{glossaries-extra,
+title = "The |glossaries-extra| package",
+subtitle = "An extension to the |glossaries| package",
+author = "Dickimaw Books, Nicola Talbot",
+date = "2015",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "glossaries-extra",
+}
+
+@article{xparse,
+title = "The |xparse| package",
+subtitle = "A generic document command parser",
+author = "Frank Mittelbach and Chris Rowley and David Carlisle",
+collaboration = "\hologo{LaTeX3} Project",
+date = "1999",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "xparse",
+}
+
+@article{pdftexcmds,
+title = "The |pdftexcmds| package",
+subtitle = "\hologo{LuaTeX} support for \hologo{pdfTeX} utility functions",
+author = "Heiko Oberdiek",
+date = "2007",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "pdftexcmds",
+}
+
+@article{fix-cm,
+title = "The |fix-cm| package",
+subtitle = "Permit Computer Modern fonts at arbitrary sizes",
+author = "Frank Mittelbach and David Carlisle and Chris Rowley and Walter Schmidt",
+date = "1993",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "fix-cm",
+}
+
+@article{revtex,
+title = "The REV\hologo{TeX} class",
+subtitle = "Styles for various Physics Journals",
+author = "Mark Doyle and Arthur Ogawa",
+collaboration = "American Physical Society",
+date = "1999",
+url = "https://journals.aps.org/revtex",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "revtex",
+}
+
+@article{encguide,
+title = "\hologo{LaTeX} font encodings",
+subtitle = "Documentation of \hologo{LaTeX} font encodings",
+author = "Frank Mittelbach and Robin Fairbairns and Werner Lemberg",
+collaboration = "\hologo{LaTeX3} Project Team",
+date = "1995",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "encguide",
+}
+
+@article{sfmath,
+title = "The |sfmath| package",
+subtitle = "Sans-serif mathematics",
+author = "Olaf Dietrich",
+date = "2005",
+url = "https://dtrx.de/od/tex/sfmath",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "sfmath",
+}
+
+@article{relsize,
+title = "The |relsize| package",
+subtitle = "Set the font size relative to the current font size",
+author = "Donald Arseneau and Matt Swift",
+date = "2011",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "relsize",
+}
+
+@article{everyhook,
+title = "The |everyhook| package",
+subtitle = "Hooks for standard \hologo{TeX} token lists",
+author = "Stephen Checkoway",
+date = "2010",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "everyhook",
+}
+
+
+@article{sansmathfonts,
+title = "The |sansmathfonts| package",
+subtitle = "Correct placement of accents in sans-serif maths",
+author = "Ariel Barton",
+date = "2013",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "sansmathfonts",
+}
+
+@article{xspace,
+title = "The |xspace| package",
+subtitle = "Define commands that appear not to eat spaces",
+author = "David Carlisle and Morten Høgholm",
+collaboration = "\hologo{LaTeX} Team",
+date = "1993",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "xspace",
+}
+
+@article{ragged2e,
+title = "The |ragged2e|-package",
+subtitle = "Alternative versions of \enquote{ragged}-type commands",
+author = "Martin Schröder",
+date = "1996",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "ragged2e",
+related = "ragged2e-1",
+}
+
+@manual{ragged2e-1,
+eprinttype = "gitlab",
+eprintclass = "hagenbuch",
+eprint = "ragged2e",
+}
+
+@article{url,
+title = "The |url| package",
+subtitle = "Verbatim with URL-sensitive line breaks",
+author = "Donald Arseneau",
+date = "1996",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "url",
+}
+
+@article{jhep,
+title = "The |JHEP| package",
+collaboration = "SISSA Medialab",
+date = "1997",
+url = "https://jhep.sissa.it/jhep/help/JHEP_TeXclass.jsp",
+}
+
+@article{jcap,
+title = "The |JCAP| package",
+collaboration = "SISSA Medialab",
+date = "2002",
+url = "https://jcap.sissa.it/jcap/help/JCAP_TeXclass.jsp",
+}
+
+@article{bbm-macros,
+title = "A package for using the |bbm| fonts in math environment",
+author = "Torsten Hilbrich",
+date = "1994",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "bbm-macros",
+related = "bbm"
+}
+
+@article{bbm,
+title = "|bbm|",
+subtitle = "\enquote{Blackboard-style} cm fonts",
+author = "Gilles Robert",
+date = "1993",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "bbm",
+}
+
+@article{arxiv,
+title = "arXiv",
+subtitle = "free distribution service and an open archive for scholarly articles",
+url = "https://arxiv.org",
+author = "Paul Ginsparg",
+collaboration = "arXiv Team",
+year = "1991",
+organization = "Cornell University",
+}
+
+@article{dsfont,
+title = "The |doublestroke| font",
+subtitle = "Typeset mathematical double stroke symbols",
+author = "Olaf Kummer",
+date = "1995",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "doublestroke",
+}
+
+@article{mleftright,
+title = "The |mleftright| package",
+subtitle = "Variants of delimiters that act as maths open/close",
+author = "Heiko Oberdiek",
+date = "2010",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "mleftright",
+}
+
+@article{urwchancal,
+title = "A virtual font for URW Chancery Math",
+subtitle = "Use URW's clone of Zapf Chancery as a maths alphabet",
+author = "Michael Sharpe",
+date = "2011",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "urwchancal",
+}
+
+@article{footnotebackref,
+title = "The |footnotebackref| package",
+subtitle = "Back-references from footnotes",
+author = "Holger Lange",
+date = "2012",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "footnotebackref",
+}
+
+@article{cancel,
+title = "The |cancel| package",
+subtitle = "Place lines through maths formulae",
+author = "Donald Arseneau",
+date = "2013",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "cancel",
+}
+
+@article{beamer,
+title = "The |beamer| class",
+subtitle = "A \hologo{LaTeX} class for producing presentations and slides",
+author = "Till Tantau and Joseph Wright and Vedran Miletić",
+date = "2003",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "beamer",
+related = "beamer-1",
+}
+
+@manual{beamer-1,
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "josephwright",
+eprint = "beamer",
+}
+
+@article{exscale,
+title = "The |exscale| package",
+subtitle = "Implements scaling of the \enquote{cmex} fonts",
+author = "Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Schöpf",
+date = "1993",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "exscale",
+}
+
+@article{mathrsfs,
+title = "The |mathrsfs| package",
+subtitle = "Support for using RSFS fonts in maths",
+author = "Jörg Knappen",
+date = "1995",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "mathrsfs",
+}
+
+@article{esint,
+title = "The |esint| package",
+subtitle = "Extended set of integrals for Computer Modern",
+author = "Eddie Saudrais",
+date = "2005",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "esint",
+}
+
+@article{cmbright,
+title = "The |cmbright| package",
+subtitle = "Using the CM Bright typeface with \hologo{LaTeX}",
+author = "Walter A. Schmidt",
+date = "1996",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "cmbright",
+}
+
+@article{titling,
+title = "The |titling| package",
+subtitle = "Control over the typesetting of the |\textbackslash maketitle| command",
+author = "Peter R. Wilson",
+date = "2000",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "titling",
+}
+
+@article{MnSymbol,
+title = "The |MnSymbol| package",
+subtitle = "Mathematical symbol font for Adobe MinionPro",
+author = "Achim Blumensath",
+date = "2005",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "MnSymbol",
+}
+
+@article{environ,
+title = "The |environ| package",
+subtitle = "A new interface for environments in \hologo{LaTeX}",
+author = "Will Robertson",
+date = "2007",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "environ",
+}
+
+@article{abstract,
+title = "The |abstract| package",
+subtitle = "Control the typesetting of the abstract environment",
+author = "Peter R. Wilson",
+date = "2000",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "abstract",
+}
+
+@article{cfr-lm,
+title = "The |cfr-lm| package",
+subtitle = "Enhanced support for the Latin Modern fonts",
+author = "Clea F. Rees",
+date = "2008",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "cfr-lm",
+}
+
+@article{etoolbox,
+title = "The |etoolbox| package",
+subtitle = "e-\hologo{TeX} tools for \hologo{LaTeX}",
+author = "Philipp Lehman and Joseph Wright",
+date = "2007",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "etoolbox",
+}
+
+@article{substitutefont,
+title = "The |substitutefont| package",
+subtitle = "Easy font substitution",
+author = "Günter Milde",
+date = "2010",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "substitutefont",
+}
+
+@article{svjour,
+title = "The |svjour| package",
+subtitle = "Macros for Springer journals",
+collaboration = "Springer Verlag",
+date = "1997",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "springer",
+}
+
+@article{cm,
+title = "Computer Modern fonts",
+author = "Donald E. Knuth",
+date = "1986",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "cm",
+}
+
+@article{subdepth,
+title = "The |subdepth| package",
+subtitle = "Unify maths subscript height",
+author = "Will Robertson",
+date = "2007",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "subdepth",
+}
+
+@article{xpatch,
+title = "The |xpatch| package",
+subtitle = "Extending etoolbox patching commands",
+author = "Enrico Gregorio",
+date = "2012",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "xpatch",
+}
+
+@article{hfoldsty,
+title = "The |hfoldsty| package",
+subtitle = "Old style numerals with EC fonts",
+author = "Harald Harders",
+date = "2004",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hfoldsty",
+}
+
+@article{slantsc,
+title = "The |slantsc| package",
+subtitle = "Access different-shaped small-caps fonts",
+author = "Harald Harders",
+date = "2003",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "slantsc",
+}
+
+@article{nfssext-cfr,
+title = "The |nfssext-cfr| package",
+subtitle = "Extensions to the \hologo{LaTeX} NFSS",
+author = "Clea F. Rees and Philipp Lehman",
+date = "2003",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "nfssext-cfr",
+}
+
+@article{xstring,
+title = "The |xstring| package",
+subtitle = "String manipulation for \hologo{LaTeX}",
+author = "Christian Tellechea",
+date = "2008",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "xstring",
+}
+
+@article{gregorio:2020,
+title = "\hologo{TeX}, \hologo{LaTeX} and math",
+author = "Enrico Gregorio",
+date = "2020",
+url = "https://latex-project.org/publications/2020-egreg-TUB-tb127gregorio-math.pdf",
+}
+
+@article{soulutf8,
+title = "The |soulutf8| package",
+subtitle = "Permit use of UTF-8 characters in |soul|",
+author = "Heiko Oberdiek",
+date = "2007",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "soulutf8",
+}
+
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/hep-float-documentation.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/hep-float-documentation.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..84d3193792
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/hep-float-documentation.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/hep-float-implementation.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/hep-float-implementation.dtx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a98e932691
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/hep-float-implementation.dtx
@@ -0,0 +1,361 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2019 by Jan Hajer
+% -----------------------------------
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in:
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% \fi
+%
+% \iffalse
+
+%<package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2005/12/01]
+%<package>\ProvidesPackage{hep-float}[2021/08/01 v1.0 Float adjustments ]
+%<documentation>\ProvidesFile{hep-float-documentation.tex}[2021/08/01 v1.0 hep-float documentation]
+%
+%<*documentation>
+
+\RequirePackage[l2tabu, orthodox]{nag}
+
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\AtBeginDocument{\DeleteShortVerb{\|}}
+\AtBeginDocument{\MakeShortVerb{\"}}
+
+\EnableCrossrefs
+\CodelineIndex
+\RecordChanges
+
+\usepackage[parskip, oldstyle]{hep-paper}
+
+\bibliography{bibliography}
+
+\usepackage{hologo}
+
+\MacroIndent=1.5em
+\AtBeginEnvironment{macrocode}{\renewcommand{\ttdefault}{clmt}}
+%</documentation>
+
+%<*driver>
+\expandafter\newif\csname ifshort\endcsname
+\shortfalse
+\begin{document}
+\DocInput{hep-float-implementation.dtx}
+\end{document}
+%</driver>
+%
+% \fi
+%
+% \CheckSum{105}
+%
+% \CharacterTable
+% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%
+% \changes{v1.0}{2021/09/01}{Initial version of the style file.}
+%
+% \ifshort
+%<*documentation>
+% \fi
+%
+\GetFileInfo{hep-float.sty}
+
+\title{The \software{hep-float} package\thanks{This document corresponds to \software{hep-float}~\fileversion.}}
+\subtitle{Convenience package for float placement}
+\author{Jan Hajer \email{jan.hajer@unibas.ch}}
+\date{\filedate}
+
+% \ifshort
+\begin{document}
+% \fi
+
+\newgeometry{vscale=.8, vmarginratio=3:4, includeheadfoot, left=11em, marginparwidth=4.6cm, marginparsep=3mm, right=7em}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\begin{abstract}
+The \software{hep-float} package redefines some \hologo{LaTeX} float placement defaults and defines convenience wrappers for floats.
+\end{abstract}
+
+The \software{hep-float} package can be loaded with "\usepackage{hep-float}".
+
+\DescribeEnv{figure}
+\DescribeEnv{table}
+Automatic float placement is adjusted to place a single float at the top of pages and to reduce the number of float pages, using the \hologo{LaTeX} macros.
+
+"\setcounter{bottomnumber}{0}" \hfill no floats at the bottom of a page (default 1) \\
+"\setcounter{topnumber}{1}" \hfill a single float at the top of a page (default 2) \\
+"\setcounter{dbltopnumber}{1}" \hfill same for full widths floats in two-column mode \\
+"\renewcommand{\textfraction}{.1}" \hfill large floats are allowed (default 0.2)\\
+"\renewcommand{\topfraction}{.9}" \hfill (default 0.7) \\
+"\renewcommand{\dbltopfraction}{.9}" \hfill (default 0.7) \\
+"\renewcommand{\floatpagefraction}{.8}" \hfill float pages must be full (default 0.5)
+
+The most useful float placement is usually archived by placing the float \emph{in front} of the paragraph it is referenced in first.
+Additionally, manual float placement can be deactivated using the "manualplacement" package option.
+
+\DescribeMacro{\raggedright}
+The float environments have been adjusted to center their content.
+The usual behaviour can be reactivated using "\raggedright".
+
+\begin{table}
+\begin{panels}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{panels}{2}
+ code
+\panel
+ \begin{tabular}...\end{tabular}
+\end{panels}
+\end{verbatim}
+\caption{Code for this panel environment.}
+\label{tab:panels}
+\panel
+\begin{tabular}{cccc}
+\toprule
+\multicolumn{2}{c}{one}& \multicolumn{2}{c}{two} \\ \cmidrule(r){1-2} \cmidrule(l){3-4}
+\multirow{2}{*}{a} & b & c & d \\
+ & b & c & d \\
+\bottomrule
+\end{tabular}
+\caption{The \protecting{"booktabs"} and \protecting{"multirow"} features.}
+\label{tab:booktabs}
+\end{panels}
+\caption{Example use of the \protecting{"panels"} environment in Panel \subref{tab:panels} and the features from the \software{booktabs} and \software{multirow} packages in Panel \subref{tab:booktabs}.
+} \label{tab:table}
+\end{table}
+
+\DescribeEnv{panels}
+\DescribeMacro{\panel}
+The "panels" environment makes use of the \software{subcaption} package \cite{subcaption}.
+It provides sub-floats and takes as mandatory argument either the number of sub-floats (default~2) or the width of the first sub-float as fraction of the "\linewidth".
+Within the "\begin{panels}"\oarg{vertical alignment}\marg{width} environment the "\panel" macro initiates a new sub-float.
+In the case that the width of the first sub-float has been given as an optional argument to the "panels" environment the "\panel"\marg{width} macro takes the width of the next sub-float as mandatory argument.
+The example code is presented in \cref{tab:panels}.
+
+\DescribeEnv{tabular}
+The \software{booktabs} \cite{booktabs} and \software{multirow} \cite{multirow} packages are loaded enabling publication quality tabulars such as in \cref{tab:booktabs}.
+
+\DescribeMacro{\graphic}
+\DescribeMacro{\graphics}
+The \software{graphicx} package \cite{graphicx} is loaded and the "\graphic"\oarg{width}\marg{figure} macro is defined, which is a wrapper for the "\includegraphics"\marg{figure} macro and takes the figure width as fraction of the "\linewidth" as optional argument (default~1).
+If the graphics are located in a sub-folder its path can be indicated by "\graphics"\marg{subfolder}.
+
+% \ifshort
+\printbibliography
+
+\end{document}
+%
+%</documentation>
+% \fi
+%
+% \StopEventually{
+% \printbibliography
+% \PrintChanges
+% }
+%
+% \appendix
+% \section{Implementation}
+%
+%<*package>
+%
+% Load the \software{kvoptions} package \cite{kvoptions} and define a "hepfloat" namespace.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{kvoptions}
+\SetupKeyvalOptions{
+ family=hepfloat,
+ prefix=hepfloat@
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{manualplacement}
+% Provide the "manualplacement" option for reactivating the manual placement of floats.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareBoolOption[true]{manualplacement}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProcessKeyvalOptions*
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Adjust the \hologo{LaTeX} float placement defaults
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\setcounter{bottomnumber}{0} % 1
+\setcounter{topnumber}{1} % 2
+\setcounter{dbltopnumber}{1} % 2
+\renewcommand{\topfraction}{.9} % .7
+\renewcommand{\dbltopfraction}{.9} % .7
+\renewcommand{\textfraction}{.1} % .2
+\renewcommand{\floatpagefraction}{.8} % .5
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{figure}
+% \begin{environment}{table}
+% Center the content of "figure" and "table" environments.
+% Ignore the manual placement if the "manualplacement" option is set to false.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\hep@figure\figure%
+\let\end@hep@figure\endfigure%
+\let\hep@table\table%
+\let\end@hep@table\endtable%
+\ifhepfloat@manualplacement%
+ \renewenvironment{figure}[1][tbp]{%
+ \hep@figure[#1]\centering%
+ }{\end@hep@figure}%
+ \renewenvironment{table}[1][tbp]{%
+ \hep@table[#1]\centering%
+ }{\end@hep@table}%
+\else%
+ \renewenvironment{figure}[1][]{%
+ \hep@figure\centering%
+ }{\end@hep@figure}%
+ \renewenvironment{table}[1][]{%
+ \hep@table\centering%
+ }{\end@hep@table}
+\fi%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Sub-floats}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\subfigure}
+% \begin{macro}{\subtable}
+% Load the \software{subcaption} package \cite{subcaption}.
+% Provide the old "\subcaption@minipage" macro.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage[subrefformat=parens]{subcaption}
+\captionsetup{font=small}
+\captionsetup[sub]{font=small}
+\providecommand*\subcaption@minipage[2]{%
+ \minipage#1{#2}\setcaptionsubtype\relax%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{environment}{panels}
+% \begin{macro}{\panel}
+% Define the "panels" environment and the "\panel" macro.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\hep@panels@space}{20}
+\newenvironment{panels}[2][b]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Define an internal macro for global behaviour.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand{\begin@subcaption@minipage}[2][b]{%
+ \caption@withoptargs\subcaption@minipage[##1]{##2}%
+ \centering\vskip 0pt%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Define the "\panel" macro for the case that the number of panels is given.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifdim#2pt>1pt%
+ \newcommand{\hep@panel@space}{%
+ (1-#2+\hep@panels@space)/\hep@panels@space%
+ }%
+ \newcommand{\panel}[1][b]{%
+ \endminipage\hfill\begin@subcaption@minipage[#1]{%
+ \linewidth/#2*\hep@panel@space%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \begin@subcaption@minipage[#1]{\linewidth/#2*\hep@panel@space}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Define the "\panel" macro for the case that the width of the panel is given.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \else%
+ \newcommand{\panel}[2][b]{%
+ \endminipage\hfill\begin@subcaption@minipage[#1]{##2\linewidth}%
+ }%
+ \begin@subcaption@minipage[#1]{#2\linewidth}%
+ \fi%
+}{\endminipage}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+% \subsection{Tables}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{tabular}
+% Enhance tabulars with the \software{booktabs} and \software{multirow} packages \cite{booktabs, multirow}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{booktabs}
+\RequirePackage{multirow}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+
+% \subsection{Figures}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\graphic}
+% Provide the "\graphic" macro for the inclusion of figures using the \software{graphicx} package \cite{graphicx}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{graphicx}
+\providecommand{\tikzsetnextfilename}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\graphic}[2][1]{\tikzsetnextfilename{#2}{%
+ \centering\includegraphics[width=#1\linewidth]{#2}\par%
+}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\graphics}
+% Provide the "\graphics" macro for the inclusion of figures located in a subfolder.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\graphics}[1]{\graphicspath{{./#1/}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%</package>
+%
+% \section{Readme}
+%
+%<*readme>
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+# The `hep-float` package
+
+Convenience package for float placement
+
+## Introduction
+
+The `hep-float` package redefines some `LaTeX` float placement defaults and defines convenience wrappers for floats.
+
+The `hep-float` package can be loaded with `\usepackage{hep-float}`.
+
+## Author
+
+Jan Hajer
+
+## License
+
+This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the `LaTeX` Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+The latest version of this license is in `http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt` and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%</readme>
+%
+% \Finale
+
+\endinput
+
+% \PrintIndex
+% makeindex -s gglo.ist -o hep-float-implementation.gls hep-float-implementation.glo
+% makeindex -s gglo.ist -o hep-float-implementation.ind hep-float-implementation.idx
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/hep-float-implementation.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/hep-float-implementation.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..db5d94f917
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/hep-float-implementation.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/hep-float.ins b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/hep-float.ins
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..be734d91b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/hep-float.ins
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+%% Copyright (C) 2019-2020 by Jan Hajer
+%%
+%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+%% version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later
+%% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%%
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%%
+%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of
+%% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+
+\input docstrip.tex
+\keepsilent
+\usedir{tex/latex/hep-float}
+
+\preamble
+This is a generated file.
+Copyright (C) 2019-2020 by Jan Hajer
+This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later
+version. The latest version of this license is in:
+http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of
+LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+\endpreamble
+
+\generate{
+ \file{hep-float-documentation.tex}{\from{hep-float-implementation.dtx}{documentation}}
+ \file{hep-float.sty}{\from{hep-float-implementation.dtx}{package}}
+ \nopreamble\nopostamble\file{README-hep-float.md}{\from{hep-float-implementation.dtx}{readme}}
+}
+
+\Msg{*********************************************************}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the}
+\Msg{* following file into a directory searched by TeX:}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* \space\space hep-float.sty}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* To produce the documentation run the file}
+\Msg{* hep-float-documentation.dtx through LaTeX.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* Happy TeXing!}
+\Msg{*********************************************************}
+
+\endbatchfile
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/license.md b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/license.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..494f58131f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-float/license.md
@@ -0,0 +1,416 @@
+The LaTeX Project Public License
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
+
+LPPL Version 1.3c 2008-05-04
+
+Copyright 1999 2002-2008 LaTeX3 Project
+ Everyone is allowed to distribute verbatim copies of this
+ license document, but modification of it is not allowed.
+
+
+PREAMBLE
+========
+
+The LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL) is the primary license under
+which the LaTeX kernel and the base LaTeX packages are distributed.
+
+You may use this license for any work of which you hold the copyright
+and which you wish to distribute. This license may be particularly
+suitable if your work is TeX-related (such as a LaTeX package), but
+it is written in such a way that you can use it even if your work is
+unrelated to TeX.
+
+The section `WHETHER AND HOW TO DISTRIBUTE WORKS UNDER THIS LICENSE',
+below, gives instructions, examples, and recommendations for authors
+who are considering distributing their works under this license.
+
+This license gives conditions under which a work may be distributed
+and modified, as well as conditions under which modified versions of
+that work may be distributed.
+
+We, the LaTeX3 Project, believe that the conditions below give you
+the freedom to make and distribute modified versions of your work
+that conform with whatever technical specifications you wish while
+maintaining the availability, integrity, and reliability of
+that work. If you do not see how to achieve your goal while
+meeting these conditions, then read the document `cfgguide.tex'
+and `modguide.tex' in the base LaTeX distribution for suggestions.
+
+
+DEFINITIONS
+===========
+
+In this license document the following terms are used:
+
+ `Work'
+ Any work being distributed under this License.
+
+ `Derived Work'
+ Any work that under any applicable law is derived from the Work.
+
+ `Modification'
+ Any procedure that produces a Derived Work under any applicable
+ law -- for example, the production of a file containing an
+ original file associated with the Work or a significant portion of
+ such a file, either verbatim or with modifications and/or
+ translated into another language.
+
+ `Modify'
+ To apply any procedure that produces a Derived Work under any
+ applicable law.
+
+ `Distribution'
+ Making copies of the Work available from one person to another, in
+ whole or in part. Distribution includes (but is not limited to)
+ making any electronic components of the Work accessible by
+ file transfer protocols such as FTP or HTTP or by shared file
+ systems such as Sun's Network File System (NFS).
+
+ `Compiled Work'
+ A version of the Work that has been processed into a form where it
+ is directly usable on a computer system. This processing may
+ include using installation facilities provided by the Work,
+ transformations of the Work, copying of components of the Work, or
+ other activities. Note that modification of any installation
+ facilities provided by the Work constitutes modification of the Work.
+
+ `Current Maintainer'
+ A person or persons nominated as such within the Work. If there is
+ no such explicit nomination then it is the `Copyright Holder' under
+ any applicable law.
+
+ `Base Interpreter'
+ A program or process that is normally needed for running or
+ interpreting a part or the whole of the Work.
+
+ A Base Interpreter may depend on external components but these
+ are not considered part of the Base Interpreter provided that each
+ external component clearly identifies itself whenever it is used
+ interactively. Unless explicitly specified when applying the
+ license to the Work, the only applicable Base Interpreter is a
+ `LaTeX-Format' or in the case of files belonging to the
+ `LaTeX-format' a program implementing the `TeX language'.
+
+
+
+CONDITIONS ON DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+===========================================
+
+1. Activities other than distribution and/or modification of the Work
+are not covered by this license; they are outside its scope. In
+particular, the act of running the Work is not restricted and no
+requirements are made concerning any offers of support for the Work.
+
+2. You may distribute a complete, unmodified copy of the Work as you
+received it. Distribution of only part of the Work is considered
+modification of the Work, and no right to distribute such a Derived
+Work may be assumed under the terms of this clause.
+
+3. You may distribute a Compiled Work that has been generated from a
+complete, unmodified copy of the Work as distributed under Clause 2
+above, as long as that Compiled Work is distributed in such a way that
+the recipients may install the Compiled Work on their system exactly
+as it would have been installed if they generated a Compiled Work
+directly from the Work.
+
+4. If you are the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may, without
+restriction, modify the Work, thus creating a Derived Work. You may
+also distribute the Derived Work without restriction, including
+Compiled Works generated from the Derived Work. Derived Works
+distributed in this manner by the Current Maintainer are considered to
+be updated versions of the Work.
+
+5. If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may modify
+your copy of the Work, thus creating a Derived Work based on the Work,
+and compile this Derived Work, thus creating a Compiled Work based on
+the Derived Work.
+
+6. If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may
+distribute a Derived Work provided the following conditions are met
+for every component of the Work unless that component clearly states
+in the copyright notice that it is exempt from that condition. Only
+the Current Maintainer is allowed to add such statements of exemption
+to a component of the Work.
+
+ a. If a component of this Derived Work can be a direct replacement
+ for a component of the Work when that component is used with the
+ Base Interpreter, then, wherever this component of the Work
+ identifies itself to the user when used interactively with that
+ Base Interpreter, the replacement component of this Derived Work
+ clearly and unambiguously identifies itself as a modified version
+ of this component to the user when used interactively with that
+ Base Interpreter.
+
+ b. Every component of the Derived Work contains prominent notices
+ detailing the nature of the changes to that component, or a
+ prominent reference to another file that is distributed as part
+ of the Derived Work and that contains a complete and accurate log
+ of the changes.
+
+ c. No information in the Derived Work implies that any persons,
+ including (but not limited to) the authors of the original version
+ of the Work, provide any support, including (but not limited to)
+ the reporting and handling of errors, to recipients of the
+ Derived Work unless those persons have stated explicitly that
+ they do provide such support for the Derived Work.
+
+ d. You distribute at least one of the following with the Derived Work:
+
+ 1. A complete, unmodified copy of the Work;
+ if your distribution of a modified component is made by
+ offering access to copy the modified component from a
+ designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy
+ the Work from the same or some similar place meets this
+ condition, even though third parties are not compelled to
+ copy the Work along with the modified component;
+
+ 2. Information that is sufficient to obtain a complete,
+ unmodified copy of the Work.
+
+7. If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may
+distribute a Compiled Work generated from a Derived Work, as long as
+the Derived Work is distributed to all recipients of the Compiled
+Work, and as long as the conditions of Clause 6, above, are met with
+regard to the Derived Work.
+
+8. The conditions above are not intended to prohibit, and hence do not
+apply to, the modification, by any method, of any component so that it
+becomes identical to an updated version of that component of the Work as
+it is distributed by the Current Maintainer under Clause 4, above.
+
+9. Distribution of the Work or any Derived Work in an alternative
+format, where the Work or that Derived Work (in whole or in part) is
+then produced by applying some process to that format, does not relax or
+nullify any sections of this license as they pertain to the results of
+applying that process.
+
+10. a. A Derived Work may be distributed under a different license
+ provided that license itself honors the conditions listed in
+ Clause 6 above, in regard to the Work, though it does not have
+ to honor the rest of the conditions in this license.
+
+ b. If a Derived Work is distributed under a different license, that
+ Derived Work must provide sufficient documentation as part of
+ itself to allow each recipient of that Derived Work to honor the
+ restrictions in Clause 6 above, concerning changes from the Work.
+
+11. This license places no restrictions on works that are unrelated to
+the Work, nor does this license place any restrictions on aggregating
+such works with the Work by any means.
+
+12. Nothing in this license is intended to, or may be used to, prevent
+complete compliance by all parties with all applicable laws.
+
+
+NO WARRANTY
+===========
+
+There is no warranty for the Work. Except when otherwise stated in
+writing, the Copyright Holder provides the Work `as is', without
+warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied, including, but not
+limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a
+particular purpose. The entire risk as to the quality and performance
+of the Work is with you. Should the Work prove defective, you assume
+the cost of all necessary servicing, repair, or correction.
+
+In no event unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing
+will The Copyright Holder, or any author named in the components of the
+Work, or any other party who may distribute and/or modify the Work as
+permitted above, be liable to you for damages, including any general,
+special, incidental or consequential damages arising out of any use of
+the Work or out of inability to use the Work (including, but not limited
+to, loss of data, data being rendered inaccurate, or losses sustained by
+anyone as a result of any failure of the Work to operate with any other
+programs), even if the Copyright Holder or said author or said other
+party has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
+
+
+MAINTENANCE OF THE WORK
+=======================
+
+The Work has the status `author-maintained' if the Copyright Holder
+explicitly and prominently states near the primary copyright notice in
+the Work that the Work can only be maintained by the Copyright Holder
+or simply that it is `author-maintained'.
+
+The Work has the status `maintained' if there is a Current Maintainer
+who has indicated in the Work that they are willing to receive error
+reports for the Work (for example, by supplying a valid e-mail
+address). It is not required for the Current Maintainer to acknowledge
+or act upon these error reports.
+
+The Work changes from status `maintained' to `unmaintained' if there
+is no Current Maintainer, or the person stated to be Current
+Maintainer of the work cannot be reached through the indicated means
+of communication for a period of six months, and there are no other
+significant signs of active maintenance.
+
+You can become the Current Maintainer of the Work by agreement with
+any existing Current Maintainer to take over this role.
+
+If the Work is unmaintained, you can become the Current Maintainer of
+the Work through the following steps:
+
+ 1. Make a reasonable attempt to trace the Current Maintainer (and
+ the Copyright Holder, if the two differ) through the means of
+ an Internet or similar search.
+
+ 2. If this search is successful, then enquire whether the Work
+ is still maintained.
+
+ a. If it is being maintained, then ask the Current Maintainer
+ to update their communication data within one month.
+
+ b. If the search is unsuccessful or no action to resume active
+ maintenance is taken by the Current Maintainer, then announce
+ within the pertinent community your intention to take over
+ maintenance. (If the Work is a LaTeX work, this could be
+ done, for example, by posting to comp.text.tex.)
+
+ 3a. If the Current Maintainer is reachable and agrees to pass
+ maintenance of the Work to you, then this takes effect
+ immediately upon announcement.
+
+ b. If the Current Maintainer is not reachable and the Copyright
+ Holder agrees that maintenance of the Work be passed to you,
+ then this takes effect immediately upon announcement.
+
+ 4. If you make an `intention announcement' as described in 2b. above
+ and after three months your intention is challenged neither by
+ the Current Maintainer nor by the Copyright Holder nor by other
+ people, then you may arrange for the Work to be changed so as
+ to name you as the (new) Current Maintainer.
+
+ 5. If the previously unreachable Current Maintainer becomes
+ reachable once more within three months of a change completed
+ under the terms of 3b) or 4), then that Current Maintainer must
+ become or remain the Current Maintainer upon request provided
+ they then update their communication data within one month.
+
+A change in the Current Maintainer does not, of itself, alter the fact
+that the Work is distributed under the LPPL license.
+
+If you become the Current Maintainer of the Work, you should
+immediately provide, within the Work, a prominent and unambiguous
+statement of your status as Current Maintainer. You should also
+announce your new status to the same pertinent community as
+in 2b) above.
+
+
+WHETHER AND HOW TO DISTRIBUTE WORKS UNDER THIS LICENSE
+======================================================
+
+This section contains important instructions, examples, and
+recommendations for authors who are considering distributing their
+works under this license. These authors are addressed as `you' in
+this section.
+
+Choosing This License or Another License
+----------------------------------------
+
+If for any part of your work you want or need to use *distribution*
+conditions that differ significantly from those in this license, then
+do not refer to this license anywhere in your work but, instead,
+distribute your work under a different license. You may use the text
+of this license as a model for your own license, but your license
+should not refer to the LPPL or otherwise give the impression that
+your work is distributed under the LPPL.
+
+The document `modguide.tex' in the base LaTeX distribution explains
+the motivation behind the conditions of this license. It explains,
+for example, why distributing LaTeX under the GNU General Public
+License (GPL) was considered inappropriate. Even if your work is
+unrelated to LaTeX, the discussion in `modguide.tex' may still be
+relevant, and authors intending to distribute their works under any
+license are encouraged to read it.
+
+A Recommendation on Modification Without Distribution
+-----------------------------------------------------
+
+It is wise never to modify a component of the Work, even for your own
+personal use, without also meeting the above conditions for
+distributing the modified component. While you might intend that such
+modifications will never be distributed, often this will happen by
+accident -- you may forget that you have modified that component; or
+it may not occur to you when allowing others to access the modified
+version that you are thus distributing it and violating the conditions
+of this license in ways that could have legal implications and, worse,
+cause problems for the community. It is therefore usually in your
+best interest to keep your copy of the Work identical with the public
+one. Many works provide ways to control the behavior of that work
+without altering any of its licensed components.
+
+How to Use This License
+-----------------------
+
+To use this license, place in each of the components of your work both
+an explicit copyright notice including your name and the year the work
+was authored and/or last substantially modified. Include also a
+statement that the distribution and/or modification of that
+component is constrained by the conditions in this license.
+
+Here is an example of such a notice and statement:
+
+ %% pig.dtx
+ %% Copyright 2005 M. Y. Name
+ %
+ % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+ % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+ % of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+ % The latest version of this license is in
+ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+ % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+ % version 2005/12/01 or later.
+ %
+ % This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
+ %
+ % The Current Maintainer of this work is M. Y. Name.
+ %
+ % This work consists of the files pig.dtx and pig.ins
+ % and the derived file pig.sty.
+
+Given such a notice and statement in a file, the conditions
+given in this license document would apply, with the `Work' referring
+to the three files `pig.dtx', `pig.ins', and `pig.sty' (the last being
+generated from `pig.dtx' using `pig.ins'), the `Base Interpreter'
+referring to any `LaTeX-Format', and both `Copyright Holder' and
+`Current Maintainer' referring to the person `M. Y. Name'.
+
+If you do not want the Maintenance section of LPPL to apply to your
+Work, change `maintained' above into `author-maintained'.
+However, we recommend that you use `maintained', as the Maintenance
+section was added in order to ensure that your Work remains useful to
+the community even when you can no longer maintain and support it
+yourself.
+
+Derived Works That Are Not Replacements
+---------------------------------------
+
+Several clauses of the LPPL specify means to provide reliability and
+stability for the user community. They therefore concern themselves
+with the case that a Derived Work is intended to be used as a
+(compatible or incompatible) replacement of the original Work. If
+this is not the case (e.g., if a few lines of code are reused for a
+completely different task), then clauses 6b and 6d shall not apply.
+
+
+Important Recommendations
+-------------------------
+
+ Defining What Constitutes the Work
+
+ The LPPL requires that distributions of the Work contain all the
+ files of the Work. It is therefore important that you provide a
+ way for the licensee to determine which files constitute the Work.
+ This could, for example, be achieved by explicitly listing all the
+ files of the Work near the copyright notice of each file or by
+ using a line such as:
+
+ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
+
+ in that place. In the absence of an unequivocal list it might be
+ impossible for the licensee to determine what is considered by you
+ to comprise the Work and, in such a case, the licensee would be
+ entitled to make reasonable conjectures as to which files comprise
+ the Work.
+
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/README.md b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6e94fa4a7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+
+
+# The `hep-math` package
+
+Extended math macros
+
+## Introduction
+
+The `hep-math` package provides some additional features beyond the `mathtools` and `amsmath` packages.
+
+To use the package place `\usepackage{hep-math}` in the preamble.
+
+## Author
+
+Jan Hajer
+
+## License
+
+This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the `LaTeX` Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+The latest version of this license is in `http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt` and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/bibliography.bib b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/bibliography.bib
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e5117be3d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/bibliography.bib
@@ -0,0 +1,1055 @@
+@article{hep-paper,
+title = "The |hep-paper| package",
+subtitle = "Publications in high energy physics",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2019",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-paper",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
+@manual{hep-paper-1,
+doi = "10.5281/zenodo.3606436",
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "janhajer",
+eprint = "hep-paper",
+}
+
+@article{hep-acronym,
+title = "The |hep-acronym| package",
+subtitle = "An acronym extension for glossaries",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2021",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-acronyms",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
+@article{hep-bibliography,
+title = "The |hep-bibliography| package",
+subtitle = "Bibliographies for high energy physics",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2021",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-bibliography",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
+@article{hep-float,
+title = "The |hep-float| package",
+subtitle = "Convenience package for float placement",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2021",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-float",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
+@article{hep-font,
+title = "The |hep-font| package",
+subtitle = "Latin modern extended by computer modern",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2021",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-font",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
+@article{hep-math-font,
+title = "The |hep-math-font| package",
+subtitle = "Extended Greek and sans serif math",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2021",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-math-font",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
+@article{hep-math,
+title = "The |hep-math| package",
+subtitle = "Extended math macros",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2021",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-math",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
+@article{hep-text,
+title = "The |hep-text| package",
+subtitle = "List and text extensions",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2021",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-text",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
+@article{hep-title,
+title = "The |hep-title| package",
+subtitle = "Extensions for the title page",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2021",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-title",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
+@article{kvoptions,
+title = "The |kvoptions| package",
+subtitle = "Key value format for package options",
+author = "Heiko Oberdiek",
+year = "2004",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "kvoptions",
+related = "kvoptions-1",
+}
+
+@manual{kvoptions-1,
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "ho-tex",
+eprint = "kvoptions",
+}
+
+@article{cleveref,
+title = "The |cleveref| package",
+subtitle = "Intelligent cross-referencing",
+author = "Toby Cubitt",
+date = "2006",
+url = "http://dr-qubit.org/cleveref",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "cleveref",
+}
+
+@article{foreign,
+title = "The |foreign| package for \hologo{LaTeX2e}",
+subtitle = "Systematic treatment of \enquote{foreign} words in documents",
+author = "Philip G. Ratcliffe",
+date = "2012",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "foreign",
+}
+
+@article{geometry,
+title = "The |geometry| package",
+subtitle = "Flexible and complete interface to document dimensions",
+author = "David Carlisle and Hideo Umeki",
+date = "1996",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "geometry",
+related = "geometry-1",
+}
+
+@manual{geometry-1,
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "davidcarlisle",
+eprint = "geometry",
+}
+
+@article{a4wide,
+title = "The |a4wide| package",
+subtitle = "\enquote{Wide} a4 layout",
+author = "Alexander Holt and Jean-François Lamy",
+date = "1986",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "a4wide",
+note = "depreciated and not used",
+}
+
+@article{microtype,
+title = "The |microtype| package",
+subtitle = "Subliminal refinements towards typographical perfection",
+author = "Robert Schlicht",
+date = "2004",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "microtype",
+}
+
+@article{authblk,
+title = "A \hologo{LaTeX} Package to Prepare Author and Affiliation Blocks",
+subtitle = "Support for footnote style author/affiliation",
+author = "Patrick W. Daly",
+date = "2001",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "authblk",
+}
+
+@article{bm,
+title = "The |bm| package",
+subtitle = "Access bold symbols in maths mode",
+author = "David Carlisle and Frank Mittelbach",
+collaboration = "\hologo{LaTeX} Team",
+date = "1993",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "bm",
+}
+
+@article{empheq,
+title = "The |empheq| package",
+author = "Lars Madsen and Morten Høgholm and Will Robertson and Joseph Wright",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "empheq",
+}
+
+@article{mathtools,
+title = "The |mathtools| package",
+subtitle = "Mathematical tools to use with |amsmath|",
+author = "Lars Madsen and Morten Høgholm and Will Robertson and Joseph Wright",
+date = "2004",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "mathtools",
+}
+
+@article{amsmath,
+title = "The |amsmath| package",
+subtitle = "AMS mathematical facilities for \hologo{LaTeX}",
+collaboration = "\hologo{LaTeX} Team",
+date = "1994",
+url = "https://ams.org/tex/amslatex",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "amsmath",
+}
+
+@article{amstext,
+title = "The |amstext| package",
+subtitle = "Typeset text fragments in mathematics",
+collaboration = "\hologo{LaTeX} Team",
+date = "1995",
+url = "https://ams.org/tex/amslatex",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "amstext",
+}
+
+@article{amsfonts,
+title = "The |amsfonts| package",
+subtitle = "\hologo{TeX} fonts from the American Mathematical Society",
+author = "Michael Downes and David M. Jones and Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Schöpf",
+collaboration = "American Mathematical Society",
+date = "1995",
+url = "https://ams.org/tex/amsfonts",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "amsfonts",
+}
+
+@article{amssymb,
+title = "The |amssymb| package",
+author = "Michael Downes and David M. Jones and Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Schöpf",
+collaboration = "American Mathematical Society",
+date = "1995",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "amsfonts",
+}
+
+@article{slashed,
+title = "The |slashed| package",
+subtitle = "Put a slash through characters",
+author = "David Carlisle",
+date = "1987",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "slashed",
+}
+
+@article{physics,
+title = "The |physics| package",
+subtitle = "Macros supporting the Mathematics of Physics",
+author = "Sergio C. de la Barrera",
+date = "2012",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "physics",
+}
+
+@article{units,
+title = "The |units| and |nicefrac| packages",
+subtitle = "Typeset units",
+author = "Axel Reichert",
+date = "1998",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "units",
+}
+
+@article{subcaption,
+title = "The |subcaption| package",
+subtitle = "Support for sub-captions",
+author = "Axel Sommerfeldt",
+date = "2007",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "subcaption",
+related = "caption-1",
+}
+
+@article{caption,
+title = "The |caption| package",
+subtitle = "Customising captions in floating environments",
+author = "Axel Sommerfeldt",
+date = "1994",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "caption",
+related = "caption-1",
+}
+
+@manual{caption-1,
+eprinttype = "gitlab",
+eprintclass = "axelsommerfeldt",
+eprint = "caption",
+}
+
+
+@article{biblatex,
+title = "The |biblatex| Package",
+subtitle = "Sophisticated Bibliographies in \hologo{LaTeX}",
+author = "Philipp Lehman and Joseph Wright and Audrey Boruvka and Philip Kime",
+date = "2006",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "biblatex",
+related = "biblatex-1",
+}
+
+@manual{biblatex-1,
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "plk",
+eprint = "biblatex",
+}
+
+@article{hyperref,
+title = "Hypertext marks in \hologo{LaTeX}: a manual for |hyperref|",
+subtitle = "Extensive support for hypertext in \hologo{LaTeX}",
+author = "Sebastian Rahtz and Heiko Oberdiek",
+collaboration = "\hologo{LaTeX3} Project",
+date = "1995",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hyperref",
+related = "hyperref-1",
+}
+
+@manual{hyperref-1,
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "latex3",
+eprint = "hyperref",
+}
+
+@article{graphicx,
+title = "Packages in the \enquote{graphics} bundle",
+subtitle = "Enhanced support for graphics",
+author = "David Carlisle and Sebastian Rahtz",
+date = "1994",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "graphicx",
+}
+
+@article{booktabs,
+title = "The |booktabs| package",
+subtitle = "Publication quality tables in \hologo{LaTeX}",
+author = "Danie Els and Simon Fear",
+date = "1995",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "booktabs",
+}
+
+@article{multirow,
+title = "The |multirow|, |bigstrut| and |bigdelim| packages",
+subtitle = "Create tabular cells spanning multiple rows",
+author = "Piet van Oostrum and Jerry Leichter",
+date = "1994",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "multirow",
+}
+
+@article{fixmath,
+title = "The |fixmath| package for \hologo{LaTeX2e}",
+subtitle = "Make maths comply with ISO 31-0:1992 to ISO 31-13:1992",
+author = "Walter Schmidt",
+date = "2000",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "fixmath",
+}
+
+@article{alphabeta,
+title = "The |alphabeta| package",
+subtitle = "LICR macros and encoding definition files for Greek",
+author = "Günter Milde",
+date = "2013",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "greek-fontenc",
+}
+
+@article{textalpha,
+title = "The |textalpha| package",
+subtitle = "LICR macros and encoding definition files for Greek",
+author = "Günter Milde",
+date = "2010",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "greek-fontenc",
+}
+
+@article{arxiv-collector,
+title = "|arxiv-collector|",
+subtitle = "A little Python script to collect \hologo{LaTeX} sources for upload to the arXiv",
+author = "Dougal Sutherland",
+date = "2018",
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "dougalsutherland",
+eprint = "arxiv-collector",
+}
+
+@article{biber,
+title = "\hologo{biber}",
+subtitle = "Backend processor for Bib\hologo{LaTeX}",
+author = "François Charette and Philip Kime",
+date = "2009",
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "plk",
+eprint = "biber",
+related = "biber-1",
+}
+
+@manual{biber-1,
+eprinttype = "sourceforge",
+eprint = "biblatex-biber",
+}
+
+@article{lmodern,
+title = "Latin Modern Family of Fonts",
+subtitle = "Latin modern fonts in outline formats",
+date = "2003",
+author = "B. Jackowski and J.M. Nowacki",
+url = "http://gust.org.pl/projects/e-foundry/latin-modern",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "lm",
+}
+
+@article{ifluatex,
+title = "The |ifluatex| package",
+subtitle = "Provides the |\textbackslash ifluatex| switch",
+author = "Heiko Oberdiek",
+collaboration = "\hologo{LaTeX} Team",
+date = "2007",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "ifluatex",
+}
+
+@article{ifxetex,
+title = "The |iftex| package",
+subtitle = "Am I running under \hologo{XeTeX}?",
+collaboration = "\hologo{LaTeX} Team",
+author = "Will Robertson",
+date = "2006",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "ifxetex",
+related = "ifxetex-1",
+}
+
+@manual{ifxetex-1,
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "latex3",
+eprint = "iftex",
+}
+
+@article{fontspec,
+title = "The |fontspec| package",
+subtitle = "Advanced font selection in \hologo{XeLaTeX} and \hologo{LuaLaTeX}",
+author = "Will Robertson and Khaled Hosny",
+date = "2004",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "fontspec",
+}
+
+@article{fontenc,
+title = "The |fontenc| package",
+subtitle = "Standard package for selecting font encodings",
+collaboration = "\hologo{LaTeX} Team",
+author = "Frank Mittelbach and Robin Fairbairns and Werner Lemberg",
+date = "1995",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "fontenc",
+}
+
+@article{inputenc,
+title = "The |inputenc| package",
+subtitle = "Accept different input encodings",
+collaboration = "\hologo{LaTeX} Team",
+author = "Frank Mittelbach and Alan Jeffrey",
+date = "1989",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "inputenc",
+}
+
+@article{textcomp,
+title = "The |textcomp| package",
+subtitle = "\hologo{LaTeX} support for the Text Companion fonts",
+collaboration = "\hologo{LaTeX} Team",
+author = "Sebastian Rahtz",
+date = "1995",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "textcomp",
+}
+
+@article{enumitem,
+title = "Customizing lists with the |enumitem| package",
+subtitle = "Control layout of itemize, enumerate, description",
+author = "Javier Bezos",
+date = "2003",
+url = "https://texnia.com/enumitem.html",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "enumitem",
+related = "enumitem-1",
+}
+
+@manual{enumitem-1,
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "jbezos",
+eprint = "enumitem",
+}
+
+@article{atbegshi,
+title = "The |atbegshi| package",
+subtitle = "Execute stuff at |shipout| time",
+author = "Heiko Oberdiek",
+date = "2007",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "atbegshi",
+related = "atbegshi-1",
+}
+
+@manual{atbegshi-1,
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "ho-tex",
+eprint = "atbegshi",
+}
+
+@article{picture,
+title = "The |picture| package",
+subtitle = "Dimens for picture macros",
+author = "Heiko Oberdiek",
+date = "2006",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "picture",
+related = "picture-1",
+}
+
+@manual{picture-1,
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "ho-tex",
+eprint = "picture",
+}
+
+@article{varwidth,
+title = "The |varwidth| package",
+subtitle = "A variable-width minipage",
+author = "Donald Arseneau",
+date = "2003",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "varwidth",
+}
+
+@article{csquotes,
+title = "The |csquotes| Package",
+subtitle = "Context sensitive quotation facilities",
+author = "Philipp Lehman and Joseph Wright",
+date = "2003",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "csquotes",
+}
+
+@article{babel,
+title = "|Babel| Localization and internationalization",
+subtitle = "Multilingual support for Plain \hologo{TeX} or \hologo{LaTeX}",
+author = "Johannes Braams and Javier Bezos and at al.",
+date = "1989",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "babel",
+related = "babel-1",
+}
+
+@manual{babel-1,
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "latex3",
+eprint = "babel",
+}
+
+@article{polyglossia,
+title = "The |polyglossia| package",
+author = "Arthur Reutenauer and François Charette and Elie Roux and Bastien Roucariès and Jürgen Spitzmüller",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "polyglossia",
+}
+
+@article{parskip,
+title = "The |parskip| package",
+subtitle = "Layout with zero |\textbackslash parindent|, non-zero |\textbackslash parskip|",
+author = "Robin Fairbairns and Frank Mittelbach and H. Partl",
+date = "1989",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "parskip",
+related = "parskip-1",
+}
+
+@manual{parskip-1,
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "FrankMittelbach",
+eprint = "fmitex",
+}
+
+
+@article{fntguide,
+title = "\hologo{LaTeX2e}\ font selection",
+subtitle = "Docmentation of \hologo{LaTeX} font commands",
+collaboration = "\hologo{LaTeX} Team",
+date = "1995",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "fntguide",
+}
+
+@article{euenc,
+title = "The Experimental Unicode `EUx’ Encodings",
+author = "Will Robertson and Elie Roux and Khaled Hosny",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "euenc",
+}
+
+@article{soul,
+title = "The |soul| package",
+subtitle = "Hyphenation for letterspacing, underlining, and more",
+author = "Melchior Franz",
+date = "1998",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "soul",
+}
+
+@article{ulem,
+title = "The |ulem| package",
+subtitle = "Package for underlining",
+author = "Donald Arseneau",
+date = "1989",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "ulem",
+}
+
+@article{glossaries,
+title = "The |glossaries| package",
+subtitle = "Create glossaries and lists of acronyms",
+author = "Nicola Talbot",
+date = "2007",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "glossaries",
+}
+
+@article{glossaries-extra,
+title = "The |glossaries-extra| package",
+subtitle = "An extension to the |glossaries| package",
+author = "Dickimaw Books, Nicola Talbot",
+date = "2015",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "glossaries-extra",
+}
+
+@article{xparse,
+title = "The |xparse| package",
+subtitle = "A generic document command parser",
+author = "Frank Mittelbach and Chris Rowley and David Carlisle",
+collaboration = "\hologo{LaTeX3} Project",
+date = "1999",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "xparse",
+}
+
+@article{pdftexcmds,
+title = "The |pdftexcmds| package",
+subtitle = "\hologo{LuaTeX} support for \hologo{pdfTeX} utility functions",
+author = "Heiko Oberdiek",
+date = "2007",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "pdftexcmds",
+}
+
+@article{fix-cm,
+title = "The |fix-cm| package",
+subtitle = "Permit Computer Modern fonts at arbitrary sizes",
+author = "Frank Mittelbach and David Carlisle and Chris Rowley and Walter Schmidt",
+date = "1993",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "fix-cm",
+}
+
+@article{revtex,
+title = "The REV\hologo{TeX} class",
+subtitle = "Styles for various Physics Journals",
+author = "Mark Doyle and Arthur Ogawa",
+collaboration = "American Physical Society",
+date = "1999",
+url = "https://journals.aps.org/revtex",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "revtex",
+}
+
+@article{encguide,
+title = "\hologo{LaTeX} font encodings",
+subtitle = "Documentation of \hologo{LaTeX} font encodings",
+author = "Frank Mittelbach and Robin Fairbairns and Werner Lemberg",
+collaboration = "\hologo{LaTeX3} Project Team",
+date = "1995",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "encguide",
+}
+
+@article{sfmath,
+title = "The |sfmath| package",
+subtitle = "Sans-serif mathematics",
+author = "Olaf Dietrich",
+date = "2005",
+url = "https://dtrx.de/od/tex/sfmath",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "sfmath",
+}
+
+@article{relsize,
+title = "The |relsize| package",
+subtitle = "Set the font size relative to the current font size",
+author = "Donald Arseneau and Matt Swift",
+date = "2011",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "relsize",
+}
+
+@article{everyhook,
+title = "The |everyhook| package",
+subtitle = "Hooks for standard \hologo{TeX} token lists",
+author = "Stephen Checkoway",
+date = "2010",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "everyhook",
+}
+
+
+@article{sansmathfonts,
+title = "The |sansmathfonts| package",
+subtitle = "Correct placement of accents in sans-serif maths",
+author = "Ariel Barton",
+date = "2013",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "sansmathfonts",
+}
+
+@article{xspace,
+title = "The |xspace| package",
+subtitle = "Define commands that appear not to eat spaces",
+author = "David Carlisle and Morten Høgholm",
+collaboration = "\hologo{LaTeX} Team",
+date = "1993",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "xspace",
+}
+
+@article{ragged2e,
+title = "The |ragged2e|-package",
+subtitle = "Alternative versions of \enquote{ragged}-type commands",
+author = "Martin Schröder",
+date = "1996",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "ragged2e",
+related = "ragged2e-1",
+}
+
+@manual{ragged2e-1,
+eprinttype = "gitlab",
+eprintclass = "hagenbuch",
+eprint = "ragged2e",
+}
+
+@article{url,
+title = "The |url| package",
+subtitle = "Verbatim with URL-sensitive line breaks",
+author = "Donald Arseneau",
+date = "1996",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "url",
+}
+
+@article{jhep,
+title = "The |JHEP| package",
+collaboration = "SISSA Medialab",
+date = "1997",
+url = "https://jhep.sissa.it/jhep/help/JHEP_TeXclass.jsp",
+}
+
+@article{jcap,
+title = "The |JCAP| package",
+collaboration = "SISSA Medialab",
+date = "2002",
+url = "https://jcap.sissa.it/jcap/help/JCAP_TeXclass.jsp",
+}
+
+@article{bbm-macros,
+title = "A package for using the |bbm| fonts in math environment",
+author = "Torsten Hilbrich",
+date = "1994",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "bbm-macros",
+related = "bbm"
+}
+
+@article{bbm,
+title = "|bbm|",
+subtitle = "\enquote{Blackboard-style} cm fonts",
+author = "Gilles Robert",
+date = "1993",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "bbm",
+}
+
+@article{arxiv,
+title = "arXiv",
+subtitle = "free distribution service and an open archive for scholarly articles",
+url = "https://arxiv.org",
+author = "Paul Ginsparg",
+collaboration = "arXiv Team",
+year = "1991",
+organization = "Cornell University",
+}
+
+@article{dsfont,
+title = "The |doublestroke| font",
+subtitle = "Typeset mathematical double stroke symbols",
+author = "Olaf Kummer",
+date = "1995",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "doublestroke",
+}
+
+@article{mleftright,
+title = "The |mleftright| package",
+subtitle = "Variants of delimiters that act as maths open/close",
+author = "Heiko Oberdiek",
+date = "2010",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "mleftright",
+}
+
+@article{urwchancal,
+title = "A virtual font for URW Chancery Math",
+subtitle = "Use URW's clone of Zapf Chancery as a maths alphabet",
+author = "Michael Sharpe",
+date = "2011",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "urwchancal",
+}
+
+@article{footnotebackref,
+title = "The |footnotebackref| package",
+subtitle = "Back-references from footnotes",
+author = "Holger Lange",
+date = "2012",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "footnotebackref",
+}
+
+@article{cancel,
+title = "The |cancel| package",
+subtitle = "Place lines through maths formulae",
+author = "Donald Arseneau",
+date = "2013",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "cancel",
+}
+
+@article{beamer,
+title = "The |beamer| class",
+subtitle = "A \hologo{LaTeX} class for producing presentations and slides",
+author = "Till Tantau and Joseph Wright and Vedran Miletić",
+date = "2003",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "beamer",
+related = "beamer-1",
+}
+
+@manual{beamer-1,
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "josephwright",
+eprint = "beamer",
+}
+
+@article{exscale,
+title = "The |exscale| package",
+subtitle = "Implements scaling of the \enquote{cmex} fonts",
+author = "Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Schöpf",
+date = "1993",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "exscale",
+}
+
+@article{mathrsfs,
+title = "The |mathrsfs| package",
+subtitle = "Support for using RSFS fonts in maths",
+author = "Jörg Knappen",
+date = "1995",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "mathrsfs",
+}
+
+@article{esint,
+title = "The |esint| package",
+subtitle = "Extended set of integrals for Computer Modern",
+author = "Eddie Saudrais",
+date = "2005",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "esint",
+}
+
+@article{cmbright,
+title = "The |cmbright| package",
+subtitle = "Using the CM Bright typeface with \hologo{LaTeX}",
+author = "Walter A. Schmidt",
+date = "1996",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "cmbright",
+}
+
+@article{titling,
+title = "The |titling| package",
+subtitle = "Control over the typesetting of the |\textbackslash maketitle| command",
+author = "Peter R. Wilson",
+date = "2000",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "titling",
+}
+
+@article{MnSymbol,
+title = "The |MnSymbol| package",
+subtitle = "Mathematical symbol font for Adobe MinionPro",
+author = "Achim Blumensath",
+date = "2005",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "MnSymbol",
+}
+
+@article{environ,
+title = "The |environ| package",
+subtitle = "A new interface for environments in \hologo{LaTeX}",
+author = "Will Robertson",
+date = "2007",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "environ",
+}
+
+@article{abstract,
+title = "The |abstract| package",
+subtitle = "Control the typesetting of the abstract environment",
+author = "Peter R. Wilson",
+date = "2000",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "abstract",
+}
+
+@article{cfr-lm,
+title = "The |cfr-lm| package",
+subtitle = "Enhanced support for the Latin Modern fonts",
+author = "Clea F. Rees",
+date = "2008",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "cfr-lm",
+}
+
+@article{etoolbox,
+title = "The |etoolbox| package",
+subtitle = "e-\hologo{TeX} tools for \hologo{LaTeX}",
+author = "Philipp Lehman and Joseph Wright",
+date = "2007",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "etoolbox",
+}
+
+@article{substitutefont,
+title = "The |substitutefont| package",
+subtitle = "Easy font substitution",
+author = "Günter Milde",
+date = "2010",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "substitutefont",
+}
+
+@article{svjour,
+title = "The |svjour| package",
+subtitle = "Macros for Springer journals",
+collaboration = "Springer Verlag",
+date = "1997",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "springer",
+}
+
+@article{cm,
+title = "Computer Modern fonts",
+author = "Donald E. Knuth",
+date = "1986",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "cm",
+}
+
+@article{subdepth,
+title = "The |subdepth| package",
+subtitle = "Unify maths subscript height",
+author = "Will Robertson",
+date = "2007",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "subdepth",
+}
+
+@article{xpatch,
+title = "The |xpatch| package",
+subtitle = "Extending etoolbox patching commands",
+author = "Enrico Gregorio",
+date = "2012",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "xpatch",
+}
+
+@article{hfoldsty,
+title = "The |hfoldsty| package",
+subtitle = "Old style numerals with EC fonts",
+author = "Harald Harders",
+date = "2004",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hfoldsty",
+}
+
+@article{slantsc,
+title = "The |slantsc| package",
+subtitle = "Access different-shaped small-caps fonts",
+author = "Harald Harders",
+date = "2003",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "slantsc",
+}
+
+@article{nfssext-cfr,
+title = "The |nfssext-cfr| package",
+subtitle = "Extensions to the \hologo{LaTeX} NFSS",
+author = "Clea F. Rees and Philipp Lehman",
+date = "2003",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "nfssext-cfr",
+}
+
+@article{xstring,
+title = "The |xstring| package",
+subtitle = "String manipulation for \hologo{LaTeX}",
+author = "Christian Tellechea",
+date = "2008",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "xstring",
+}
+
+@article{gregorio:2020,
+title = "\hologo{TeX}, \hologo{LaTeX} and math",
+author = "Enrico Gregorio",
+date = "2020",
+url = "https://latex-project.org/publications/2020-egreg-TUB-tb127gregorio-math.pdf",
+}
+
+@article{soulutf8,
+title = "The |soulutf8| package",
+subtitle = "Permit use of UTF-8 characters in |soul|",
+author = "Heiko Oberdiek",
+date = "2007",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "soulutf8",
+}
+
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/hep-math-documentation.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/hep-math-documentation.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4a3675a488
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/hep-math-documentation.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/hep-math-implementation.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/hep-math-implementation.dtx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1d13d8196e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/hep-math-implementation.dtx
@@ -0,0 +1,1134 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2019 by Jan Hajer
+% -----------------------------------
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in:
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% \fi
+%
+% \iffalse
+
+%<package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2005/12/01]
+%<package>\ProvidesPackage{hep-math}[2021/09/01 v1.0 Math and physics macros]
+%<documentation>\ProvidesFile{hep-math-documentation.tex}[2021/09/01 v1.0 hep-math documentation]
+%
+%<*documentation>
+
+\RequirePackage[l2tabu, orthodox]{nag}
+
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\AtBeginDocument{\DeleteShortVerb{\|}}
+\AtBeginDocument{\MakeShortVerb{\"}}
+
+\EnableCrossrefs
+\CodelineIndex
+\RecordChanges
+
+\usepackage[parskip]{hep-paper}
+
+\newenvironment{columns}[1][.5]{%
+ \par\vspace{-\bigskipamount}%
+ \begin{minipage}[t]{\linewidth}%
+ \begin{minipage}[t]{#1\linewidth}%
+ \def\column{%
+ \end{minipage}%
+ \begin{minipage}[t]{\linewidth-#1\linewidth}%
+ }%
+}{\end{minipage}\end{minipage}\par}
+
+\bibliography{bibliography}
+
+\usepackage{hologo}
+
+\MacroIndent=1.5em
+\setlength{\fboxsep}{1pt}
+\AtBeginEnvironment{macrocode}{\renewcommand{\ttdefault}{clmt}}
+%</documentation>
+
+%<*driver>
+\expandafter\newif\csname ifshort\endcsname
+\shortfalse
+\begin{document}
+\DocInput{hep-math-implementation.dtx}
+\end{document}
+%</driver>
+%
+% \fi
+%
+% \CheckSum{610}
+%
+% \CharacterTable
+% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%
+% \changes{v1.0}{2021/09/01}{Initial version of the style file.}
+%
+% \ifshort
+%<*documentation>
+% \fi
+%
+\GetFileInfo{hep-math.sty}
+
+\title{The \software{hep-math} package\thanks{This document corresponds to \software{hep-math}~\fileversion.}}
+\subtitle{Extended math macros}
+\author{Jan Hajer \email{jan.hajer@unibas.ch}}
+\date{\filedate}
+
+% \ifshort
+\begin{document}
+% \fi
+
+\newgeometry{vscale=.8, vmarginratio=3:4, includeheadfoot, left=11em, marginparwidth=4.6cm, marginparsep=3mm, right=7em}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\begin{abstract}
+The \software{hep-math} package provides some additional features beyond the \software{mathtools} and \software{amsmath} packages.
+\end{abstract}
+
+To use the package place "\usepackage{hep-math}" in the preamble.
+
+The \software{mathtools} \cite{mathtools} package is loaded, which in turn loads the \hologo{AmSLaTeX} \software{amsmath} \cite{amsmath} package.
+Horizontal spacing in inline equations and page breaks in block equations are marginally adjusted.
+\DescribeMacro{\left}
+\DescribeMacro{\right}
+Spacing around "\left" and "\right" is fixed with the \software{mleftright} package \cite{mleftright}.
+
+\section{Macros}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\mathdef}
+The "\mathdef"\marg{name}\oarg{arguments}\marg{code} macro \prefix{re}{defines} macros only within math mode without changing the text mode definition.
+
+\DescribeMacro{\i}
+\DescribeMacro{\d}
+The imaginary unit "\i" and the differential "\d" are defined using this functionality.
+
+\DescribeMacro{\overline}
+The "\overline" macro is adjusted to \overline{work also outside} of math mode using the \software{soulutf8} \cite{soulutf8} package.
+
+\DescribeMacro{\oset}
+\DescribeMacro{\overleft}
+\DescribeMacro{\overright}
+\DescribeMacro{\overleftright}
+A better looking over left right arrow is defined \ie $\overleftright{\partial}$ using a new "\oset"\marg{over}\marg{math} functionality.
+
+\DescribeMacro{\diag}
+\DescribeMacro{\sgn}
+Diagonal matrix "\diag", signum "\sgn", trace "\tr", "\Tr", and "\rank" operators are defined.
+
+\DescribeMacro{\Re}
+\DescribeMacro{\Im}
+The real and imaginary projectors are redefined to look like ordinary operators.
+
+\DescribeMacro{\sin}
+\DescribeMacro{\cos}
+\DescribeMacro{\tan}
+"\cos" and "\tan" are adjusted to have the same height as "\sin".
+
+\DescribeMacro{\accsc}
+"\arccsc" and other inverse trigonometric functions are defined.
+
+\subsection{Fractions and units}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\unit}
+\DescribeMacro{\inv}
+The correct spacing for units is provided by the macro "\unit"\oarg{value}\marg{unit} from the \software{units} package \cite{units} which can also be used in text mode.
+The macro "\inv"\oarg{power}\marg{text} allows to avoid math mode also for inverse units such as \unit[5]{\inv{fb}} typeset via "\unit[5]{\inv{fb}}".
+
+\DescribeMacro{\nicefrac}
+\DescribeMacro{\flatfrac}
+\DescribeMacro{\textfrac}
+The "\frac"\marg{number}\marg{number} macro is accompanied by "\nicefrac"\linebreak[1]\marg{number}\linebreak[1]\marg{number}, "\textfrac"\marg{number}\marg{number}, and "\flatfrac"\marg{number}\marg{number} leading to $\frac12$, $\nicefrac12$, \textfrac12, and $\flatfrac12$.
+The "\textfrac" macro is mostly intended if a font with oldstyle numerals is used.
+
+Some macros of the \software{physics} package \cite{physics} are reimplemented with a more conventional typesetting in mind.
+Finer details about mathematical typesetting can be found in \cite{gregorio:2020}.
+
+\subsection{Differentials and derivatives}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\differential}
+\DescribeMacro{\newderivative}
+\DescribeMacro{\newpartialderivative}
+The three macros "\differential"\marg{symbol}, "\newderivative""{\name}"\marg{symbol}, and "\newpartialderivative""{\name}"\marg{symbol} allow to define a differential with correct spacing, a derivative using this differential, and if necessary a partial derivative that can handle three dimensional derivatives.
+
+\DescribeMacro{\d}
+\DescribeMacro{\dv}
+These macros are used for the usual differential and derivative, producing $\d x$ via "\d x" and
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{*4c}
+"\dv[f]x" & "\dv*[f]x^n" & "\dv[f]x*^n" & "\dv*[f]x*^n" \\
+$\dv[f]x$ & $\dv*[f]x^n$ & $\dv[f]x*^n$ & $\dv*[f]x*^n$ \\
+"\dv xf" & "\dv*xf" & "\dv x*f" & "\dv*x*f" \\
+$\dv xf$ & $\dv*xf$ & $\dv x*f$ & $\dv*x*f$
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+via "\dv*"\oarg{f}\marg{x}"*""^"\marg{n}.
+Upright differential can be produced via "\renewcommand" "{\diffsymbol}""{\mathrm d}".
+
+\DescribeMacro{\pd}
+\DescribeMacro{\pdv}
+Similarly a partial differential and derivative are defined that can be used according to "\pdv*"\oarg{f}\marg{x}"*""^"\marg{a}\oarg{y}"^"\marg{b}\oarg{z}"^"\marg{c}.
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{*4c}
+"\pdv[f]x" & "\pdv[f]x[y]" & "\pdv[f]x^3" & "\pdv[f]x^2[y]" \\
+$\pdv[f]x$ & $\pdv[f]x[y]$ & $\pdv[f]x^3$ & $\pdv[f]x^2[y]$ \\
+"\pdv[f]x^2[y]^3" & "\pdv[f]x[y]^3" & "\pdv x[y]f"\\
+$\pdv[f]x^2[y]^3$ & $\pdv[f]x[y]^3$ & $\pdv x[y]f$
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\var}
+\DescribeMacro{\fdv}
+Similarly a functional variation and functional derivative are defined.
+
+\DescribeMacro{\cancel}
+\DescribeMacro{\slashed}
+The "\cancel"\marg{characters} macro from the \software{cancel} package \cite{cancel} and the "\slashed" \marg{character} macro from the \software{slashed} package \cite{slashed} allow to $\cancel{\text{cancel}}$ math and use the Dirac slash notation \ie $\slashed \pd$, respectively.
+
+\subsection{Paired delimiters}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\abs}
+\DescribeMacro{\norm}
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{*8r}
+"\abs x" & "\norm x" & "\norm[2]x" & "\norm*[2]x" \\
+$\abs x$ & $\norm x$ & $\norm[2]x$ & $\norm*[2]x$
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\eval}
+\DescribeMacro{\order}
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{*8r}
+"\order x" & "\eval x_0^\infty" & "\eval* x_0^\infty" \\
+$\order x$ & $\eval x_0^\infty$ & $\eval* x_0^\infty$
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\newpair}
+\DescribeMacro{\comm}
+\DescribeMacro{\acomm}
+The "\newpair"\marg{name}\marg{left delim} \marg{right delim}"_"\marg{subscript}"^"\marg{superscript} macro is defined and used for the definition of \prefix{anti}{commutators} and Poisson brackets.
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{*8r}
+"\pb xy" & "\comm xy" & "\acomm xy" \\
+$\pb xy$ & $\comm xy$ & $\acomm xy$
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+They can easily be redefined using \eg "\newpair\comm\lbrack\rbrack_-".
+
+\DescribeMacro{\bra}
+\DescribeMacro{\ket}
+\DescribeMacro{\braket}
+\DescribeMacro{\ketbra}
+\DescribeMacro{\mel}
+\DescribeMacro{\ev}
+\DescribeMacro{\vev}
+Macros for the bra-ket notation are introduced.
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{*4c}
+"\bra x" & "\ket x" & "\braket xy" & "\ketbra xy" \\
+$\bra x$ & $\ket x$ & $\braket xy$ & $\ketbra xy$ \\
+"\mel xyz" & "\ev x" & "\ev[\Omega] x" & "\vev x" \\
+$\mel xyz$ & $\ev x$ & $\ev[\Omega] x$ & $\vev x$
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\column}
+\DescribeMacro{\row}
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{*4c}
+"\column{x,y,z}" & "\row{x,y,z}" \\
+$\column{x,y,z}$ & $\row{x,y,z}$ \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+
+\section{Environments}
+
+\DescribeMacro{eqnarray}
+The "eqnarray" environment is depreciated, the "split", "multline", "align", "multlined", "aligned", "alignedat", and "cases" environments of the \software{amsmath} and \software{mathtools} packages should be used instead.
+
+\DescribeMacro{equation}
+Use the "equation" environment for short equations.
+\begin{columns}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{equation}
+ left = right \ .
+\end{equation}
+\end{verbatim}
+\column
+\begin{equation}
+\framebox[2em]{left\strut} = \framebox[7em]{right\strut} \ .
+\end{equation}
+\end{columns}
+
+\DescribeMacro{multline}
+Use the "multline" environment for longer equations.
+\begin{columns}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{multline}
+ left = right 1 \\
+ + right 2 \ .
+\end{multline}
+\end{verbatim}
+\column
+\begin{multline}
+\framebox[2em]{left\strut} = \framebox[7em]{right 1\strut} \\
+\framebox[7em]{+ right 2\strut} \ .
+\end{multline}
+\end{columns}
+
+\DescribeMacro{split}
+Use the "split" sub environment for equations in which multiple equal signs should be aligned.
+\begin{columns}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{equation} \begin{split}
+ left &= right 1 \\
+ &= right 2 \ .
+\end{split} \end{equation}
+\end{verbatim}
+\column
+\begin{equation}
+\begin{split}
+\framebox[2em]{left\strut} &= \framebox[7em]{right 1\strut} \\
+&= \framebox[7em]{right 2\strut} \ .
+\end{split}
+\end{equation}
+\end{columns}
+
+\DescribeMacro{align}
+Use the "align" environment for the vertical alignment and horizontal distribution of multiple equations.
+\begin{columns}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{subequations} \begin{align}
+ left &= right \ , &
+ left &= right \ , \\
+ left &= right \ , &
+ left &= right \ .
+\end{align} \end{subequations}
+\end{verbatim}
+\column
+\begin{subequations}
+\begin{align}
+\framebox[2em]{left\strut} &= \framebox[3em]{right\strut} \ , &
+\framebox[2em]{left\strut} &= \framebox[3em]{right\strut} \ , \\
+\framebox[2em]{left\strut} &= \framebox[3em]{right\strut} \ , &
+\framebox[2em]{left\strut} &= \framebox[3em]{right\strut} \ .
+\end{align}
+\end{subequations}
+\end{columns}
+
+\DescribeMacro{aligned}
+Use the "aligned" environment within a "equation" environment if the aligned equations should be labeled with a single equation number.
+
+\DescribeMacro{multlined}
+Use the "multlined" environment if either "split" or "align" contain very long lines.
+\begin{columns}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{equation} \begin{split}
+ left &= right 1 \\ &=
+ \begin{multlined}[t]
+ right 2 \\ + right 3 \ .
+ \end{multlined}
+\end{split} \end{equation}
+\end{verbatim}
+\column
+\begin{equation}
+\begin{split}
+\framebox[2em]{left\strut} &= \framebox[7em]{right 1\strut} \\ &=
+ \begin{multlined}[t]
+ \framebox[7em]{right 2\strut} \\
+ \framebox[7em]{+ right 3\strut} \ .
+\end{multlined}
+\end{split}
+\end{equation}
+\end{columns}
+
+\DescribeMacro{alignat}
+Use the "alignat" environment together with the "\mathllap" macro for the alignment of multiple equations with vastly different lengths.
+\begin{columns}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{subequations}
+\begin{alignat}{2}
+ left &= long right && \ , \\
+ le. 2 &= ri. 2 \ , &
+ \mathllap{le. 3 = ri. 3} & \ .
+\end{alignat}
+\end{subequations}
+\end{verbatim}
+\column
+\begin{subequations}
+\begin{alignat}{2}
+\framebox[2em]{left\strut} &=
+\framebox[11em]{long right\strut} && \ , \\
+\framebox[2em]{le.\ 2\strut}
+&= \framebox[2.5em]{ri.\ 2\strut} \ , &
+\mathllap{\framebox[2em]{le.\ 3\strut}
+= \framebox[2.5em]{ri.\ 3\strut}} & \ .
+\end{alignat}
+\end{subequations}
+\end{columns}
+
+As a rule of thumb if you have to use "\notag", "\nonumber", or perform manual spacing via "\quad" you are probably using the wrong environment.
+
+% \ifshort
+\printbibliography
+
+\end{document}
+%
+%</documentation>
+% \fi
+%
+% \StopEventually{
+% \printbibliography
+% \PrintChanges
+% }
+%
+% \appendix
+%
+% \section{Implementation}
+%
+%<*package>
+%
+% Load the \software{mathtools} package \cite{mathtools} which loads the \software{amsmath} package \cite{amsmath}.
+% Allow page breaks within equations if necessary.
+% Adjust the thick and med mu skips slightly.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{mathtools}
+\allowdisplaybreaks[1]
+\thickmuskip=5mu plus 3mu minus 1mu
+\medmuskip=4mu plus 2mu minus 3mu
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\mathdef}
+% Define the "\mathdef"\marg{name}\oarg{arguments}\marg{macro} macro which \prefix{re}{defines} macros in math mode only.
+% This macro is implemented using the \software{xparse} package \cite{xparse}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{xparse}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand{\mathdef}{mO{0}m}{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname hep@text\string#1\endcsname=#1
+ \expandafter\newcommand\csname hep@math\string#1\endcsname[#2]{#3}
+ \DeclareRobustCommand#1{%
+ \ifmmode
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\next\csname%
+ hep@math\string#1\endcsname%
+ \else
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\next\csname%
+ hep@text\string#1\endcsname%
+ \fi
+ \next
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\i}
+% Provide an upright imaginary unit in math mode.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{\mathdef{\i}{\operatorname{i}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\overline}
+% Redefine "\overline" to be a text macro using the \software{soulutf8} package \cite{soulutf8}.
+% Extend it as a math macro with the original definition from the \software{amsmath} package \cite{amsmath}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{soulutf8}
+% \def\overline#1{{\renewcommand{\ULdepth}{-1.9ex}{}\uline{#1}}}
+\newcommand\textoverline[1]{{\setul{-1.9ex}{}\ul{#1}}}
+\let\overline\textoverline
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\over@line}[1]{\@@overline{#1}}
+\mathdef{\overline}{\over@line}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\oset}
+% Define a new overset macro "\oset"\oarg{offset}\marg{over}\marg{base}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\oset}[3][-1pt]{%
+ \text{\raisebox{.2ex}{$\mathop{#3}\limits^{%
+ \vbox to#1{\kern-2\ex@\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle#2$}\vss}%
+ }$}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\overleftright}
+% Define a over left right arrow "\overleftright"\marg{base}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\overleft}[1]{\oset{\leftarrow}{#1}}
+\newcommand{\overright}[1]{\oset{\rightarrow}{#1}}
+\newcommand{\overleftright}[1]{\oset{\leftrightarrow}{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{eqnarray}
+% Undefine the "eqnarray" environment if not prevented by package option.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% \newif\ifhep@eqnarray\hep@eqnarraytrue
+% \ifhep@eqnarray\else
+% \let\eqnarray\@undefined
+% \let\endeqnarray\@undefined
+% \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Operators}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\tr}
+% \begin{macro}{\Tr}
+% \begin{macro}{\rank}
+% \begin{macro}{\erf}
+% \begin{macro}{\Res}
+% \begin{macro}{\sgn}
+% \begin{macro}{\sgn}
+% \begin{macro}{\diag}
+% Provide the "\diag", "\sgn", and some other operators.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareMathOperator{\tr}{tr}
+\DeclareMathOperator{\Tr}{Tr}
+\DeclareMathOperator{\rank}{rank}
+\DeclareMathOperator{\erf}{erf}
+\DeclareMathOperator{\Res}{Res}
+\DeclareMathOperator{\sgn}{sgn}
+\DeclareMathOperator{\diag}{diag}
+\let\det\relax\DeclareMathOperator{\det}{det}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\Re}
+% \begin{macro}{\Im}
+% Redefine the real and imaginary projectors.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\Re\relax\DeclareMathOperator{\Re}{Re}
+\let\Im\relax\DeclareMathOperator{\Im}{Im}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\transpose}
+% \begin{macro}{\trans}
+% Define a transpose symbol.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\hep@transpose}[2]{\raisebox{\depth}{$\m@th#1\intercal$}}
+\newcommand*{\transpose}{{\mathpalette\hep@transpose{}}}
+\let\trans\transpose
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+
+% \subsubsection{Trigonometric functions}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\cos}
+% \begin{macro}{\tan}
+% Adjust the height of of cos and tan to be equal to sin.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\cos\undefined\DeclareMathOperator{\cos}{cos\vphantom{i}}
+\let\tan\undefined\DeclareMathOperator{\tan}{tan\vphantom{i}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\arccsc}
+% \begin{macro}{\arcsec}
+% \begin{macro}{\arccot}
+% Define arc operators.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareMathOperator{\arccsc}{arccsc}
+\DeclareMathOperator{\arcsec}{arcsec}
+\DeclareMathOperator{\arccot}{arccot}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\asin}
+% \begin{macro}{\acos}
+% \begin{macro}{\atan}
+% \begin{macro}{\acsc}
+% \begin{macro}{\asec}
+% \begin{macro}{\acot}
+% Define shorthand for arc operators.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareMathOperator{\asin}{asin}
+\DeclareMathOperator{\acos}{acos}
+\DeclareMathOperator{\atan}{atan}
+\DeclareMathOperator{\acsc}{acsc}
+\DeclareMathOperator{\asec}{asec}
+\DeclareMathOperator{\acot}{acot}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\csch}
+% \begin{macro}{\sech}
+% Define csch and sech operators.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareMathOperator{\csch}{csch}
+\DeclareMathOperator{\sech}{sech}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Units and fractions}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\unit}
+% Load the \software{units} package \cite{units} which provides the "\units" and "\nicefrac" macros.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{units}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\inv}
+% Provide a macro for the inverse, useful in combination with the unit macro in text mode.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\inv}[2][1]{#2\ensuremath{^{-#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\textfrac}
+% Provide the "\textfrac" macro useful in combination with a font using lining numerals.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\textfrac}[2]{\ensuremath{\nicefrac{\text{#1}}{\text{#2}}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\flatfrac}
+% Provide a flat fraction.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclarePairedDelimiterX{\hep@flatfrac}[2]{.}{.}{%
+ #1\delimsize/\hep@left@delim#2%
+}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\flatfrac}{somm}{%
+ \IfBooleanTF{#1}{%
+ \hep@flatfrac*{#3}{#4}%
+ }{%
+ \IfNoValueTF{#2}{\,\hep@left@delim#3/\hep@left@delim#4\,%
+ }{%
+ \hep@flatfrac[#2]{#3}{#4}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Differentials and derivatives}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\differential}
+% Define a generic differential "\differential".
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\differential}[1]{\mathop{}\!#1}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newderivative}
+% Define a generic derivative.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\newderivative[2]{
+ \NewDocumentCommand{#1}{somse{^}}{%
+ \IfBooleanTF{##4}{%
+ \IfBooleanTF{##1}{\nicefrac}{\frac}%
+ }{%
+ \IfBooleanTF{##1}{\flatfrac}{\dfrac}%
+ }{%
+ \differential#2\IfValueT{##5}{^{##5\!}}\IfValueT{##2}{##2}%
+ }{%
+ \differential#2{##3}\IfValueT{##5}{^{##5}}%
+ }%
+ }
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newpartialderivative}
+% Define a generic partial derivative
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\newpartialderivative[2]{
+ \NewDocumentCommand{#1}{somsE{^}{1}oE{^}{1}oE{^}{1}}{%
+ \def\hep@one{\IfValueTF{##6}{##7}{0}}
+ \def\hep@two{\IfValueTF{##8}{##9}{0}}
+ \def\hep@sum{\the\numexpr##5+\hep@one+\hep@two\relax}
+ \IfBooleanTF{##4}{%
+ \IfBooleanTF{##1}{\nicefrac}{\frac}%
+ }{%
+ \IfBooleanTF{##1}{\flatfrac}{\dfrac}%
+ }{%
+ \differential#2\ifnum\hep@sum=1\relax\else{^{\hep@sum\!}}\fi
+ \IfValueT{##2}{##2}%
+ }{%
+ \differential#2{##3}\ifnum##5=1\relax\else{^{##5}}\fi%
+ \IfValueT{##6}{#2##6\ifnum##7=1\relax\else{^{##7}}\fi}%
+ \IfValueT{##8}{#2##8\ifnum##9=1\relax\else{^{##9}}\fi}%
+ }%
+ }
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\diffsymbol}
+% \begin{macro}{\diff}
+% \begin{macro}{\d}
+% \begin{macro}{\derivative}
+% \begin{macro}{\dv}
+% Define the differential "\d" and the usual derivative.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand{\diffsymbol}{d}
+\newcommand{\diff}{\differential\diffsymbol}
+\AtBeginDocument{\mathdef{\d}{\diff}}
+\newderivative{\derivative}{\diffsymbol}
+\newcommand\dv{\derivative}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\partialdifferential}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd}
+% \begin{macro}{\partialderivative}
+% \begin{macro}{\pdv}
+% Define the partial differential and derivative.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\partialdifferential{\differential\partial}
+\newcommand\pd{\partialdifferential}
+\newpartialderivative{\partialderivative}{\partial}
+\newcommand\pdv{\partialderivative}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\gaugediffsymbol}
+% \begin{macro}{\gaugediff}
+% \begin{macro}{\D}
+% Define the gauge covariant differential "\D".
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand{\gaugediffsymbol}{D}
+\newcommand{\gaugediff}{\differential\gaugediffsymbol}
+\newcommand{\D}{\gaugediff}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\covariantdiff}
+% \begin{macro}{\cd}
+% Define the covariant differential "\cd".
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\covariantdiff}{\differential\nabla}
+\newcommand{\cd}{\covariantdiff}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\variation}
+% \begin{macro}{\var}
+% \begin{macro}{\functionalderivative}
+% \begin{macro}{\fdv}
+% Define the functional variation and derivative.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\variation{\differential\delta}
+\newcommand\var{\variation}
+\newpartialderivative{\functionalderivative}{\delta}
+\newcommand\fdv{\functionalderivative}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\cancel}
+% \begin{macro}{\slashed}
+% Load the \software{cancel} \cite{cancel} and \software{slashed} \cite{slashed} packages which provide the "\cancel" and "\slashed" macros.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{cancel}
+\RequirePackage{slashed}
+\declareslashed{}{/}{.06}{0}{\D}
+\declareslashed{}{/}{.055}{0}{\pd}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Paired delimiters}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\left}
+% \begin{macro}{\right}
+% Load the \software{mleftright} package \cite{mleftright} and adjust the spacing around "\left" and "\right".
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{mleftright}
+\mleftright
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\noargumentsymbol}
+% \begin{macro}{\optionalargument}
+% Allow for macros to have an empty argument.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\noargumentsymbol}{\:\cdot\:}
+\newcommand{\optionalargument}[1]{\ifblank{#1}{\noargumentsymbol}{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\abs}
+% \begin{macro}{\norm}
+% \begin{macro}{\pnorm}
+% Absolute value and norm.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\abs[1]\lvert\rvert{\optionalargument{#1}}
+\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\hep@norm[1]\lVert\rVert{\optionalargument{#1}}
+\DeclarePairedDelimiterXPP\hep@pnorm[2]{}\lVert\rVert{_{#1}}{#2}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\norm}{som}{%
+ \IfValueTF{#2}{%
+ \IfBooleanTF{#1}{\hep@pnorm*}{\hep@pnorm}{#2}%
+ }{%
+ \IfBooleanTF{#1}{\hep@norm*}{\hep@norm}%
+ }{\optionalargument{#3}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\ordersymbol}
+% \begin{macro}{\order}
+% Order symbol and macro.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand{\ordersymbol}{\mathcal{O}}
+\DeclarePairedDelimiterXPP\order[1]{\ordersymbol}(){}{#1}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\evaluated}
+% \begin{macro}{\eval}
+% Vertical evaluation bar
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclarePairedDelimiter{\hep@evaluated}{.}{\rvert}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\evaluated}{som}{%
+ \IfBooleanTF{#1}{%
+ \hep@evaluated*{#3}%
+ }{%
+ \IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3\rvert}{\hep@evaluated[#2]{#3}}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand\eval{\evaluated}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\row}
+% \begin{macro}{\column}
+% Shortcuts for rows and columns
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\rowseperator}{,\,}
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\newcommand*{\hep@row}[1]{
+ \seq_set_split:Nnn\hep@seq{,}{#1}
+ \begin{matrix}\seq_use:Nn\hep@seq{\rowseperator}\end{matrix}
+}
+\newcommand*{\hep@column}[1]{%
+ \seq_set_split:Nnn\hep@seq{,}{#1}%
+ \begin{matrix}\seq_use:Nn\hep@seq{\\}\end{matrix}%
+}
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+\DeclarePairedDelimiterX{\row}[1]{(}{)}{\hep@row{#1}}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\column}{me{^}e{_}}{%
+ \left(\hep@column{#1}\right)\IfValueT{#2}{^{\!\!\!#2}}\IfValueT{#3}{_{\!\!\!#3}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \subsubsection{Set and Probability}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\midbar}
+% Define a generic midbar.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\hep@left@delim{\mathopen{}}
+\providecommand{\midbar}[1][]{%
+ \nonscript\:#1\vert\allowbreak\nonscript\:\hep@left@delim%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\suchthat}
+% \begin{macro}{\set}
+% Define a "\set" macro that allows a midbar via "\suchthat".
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand\suchthat{\midbar}
+\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\set[1]\{\}{%
+ \renewcommand\suchthat{\midbar[\delimsize]}#1%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\probabilitysymbol}
+% \begin{macro}{\given}
+% \begin{macro}{\Pr}
+% Redefine the "\Pr" macro to a macro that takes a "\given" macro and generates a midbar.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand{\probabilitysymbol}{\operatorname{Pr}}
+\providecommand\given{\midbar}
+\DeclarePairedDelimiterXPP\hep@Pr[1]{%
+ \probabilitysymbol}(){}{%
+ \renewcommand\given{\midbar[\delimsize]}#1%
+}
+\let\Pr\relax
+\NewDocumentCommand{\Pr}{so}{%
+ \IfValueTF{#2}{%
+ \IfBooleanTF{#1}{\hep@Pr*}{\hep@Pr}{#2}%
+ }{%
+ \probabilitysymbol%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \subsubsection{Commutators}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newpair}
+% Define the "\newpair" macro that generates pairs surrounded by brackets.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\newpair}{mmme{_}e{^}}{%
+ \IfNoValueTF{#4}{%
+ \IfNoValueTF{#5}{%
+ \DeclarePairedDelimiterX{#1}[2]{#2}{#3}%
+ }{%
+ \DeclarePairedDelimiterXPP{#1}[2]{}{#2}{#3}{^{#5}}%
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \DeclarePairedDelimiterXPP{#1}[2]{}{#2}{#3}{_{#4}}%
+ }{%
+ \optionalargument{##1},\optionalargument{##2}%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\innerproduct}
+% \begin{macro}{\poissonbracket}
+% \begin{macro}{\pb}
+% \begin{macro}{\commutator}
+% \begin{macro}{\comm}
+% \begin{macro}{\anticommutator}
+% \begin{macro}{\acomm}
+% Poissonbracket, commutator and anti-commutator.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newpair\innerproduct\langle\rangle
+\newpair\poissonbracket\lbrace\rbrace
+\newpair\commutator\lbrack\rbrack
+\newcommand\pb{\poissonbracket}
+\newcommand\comm{\commutator}
+\newcommand\acomm{\poissonbracket}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Bra-ket notation}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\braketspace}
+% Define the space within braket notation.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand\braketspace{\mskip1mu}
+\newcommand\hep@midvert{%
+ \braketspace\delimsize\vert\braketspace\hep@left@delim%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\braket}
+% Define the braket macro.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\braket[2]{\langle}{\rangle}{%
+ \braketspace#1\hep@midvert#2\braketspace%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\bra}
+% Define the bra macro.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclarePairedDelimiterXPP\hep@bra[1]{%
+ }{\langle}{\rvert}{\braketspace}{\braketspace#1\braketspace%
+}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\bra}{smt\ket sgt\ketbra sgg}{%
+ \IfBooleanTF{#6}{%
+ \IfBooleanTF{#1}{\braket*{#2}{#8}}{\braket{#2}{#8}}%
+ \IfBooleanTF{#7}{\bra*{#9}}{\bra{#9}}%
+ }{
+ \IfBooleanTF{#3}{%
+ \IfBooleanTF{#1}{\braket*}{%
+ \IfBooleanTF{#4}{\braket*}{\braket}}{#2}{#5%
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \IfBooleanTF{#1}{\hep@bra*}{\hep@bra}{#2}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\ket}
+% Define the ket macro.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclarePairedDelimiterXPP\ket[1]{%
+ \braketspace}{\lvert}{\rangle}{%
+}{%
+ \braketspace\hep@left@delim#1\braketspace%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\ketbra}
+% Define the ketbra macro.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\ketbra}{smm}{%
+ \IfBooleanTF{#1}{%
+ \ket*{#2}\bra*{#3}%
+ }{%
+ \ket{#2}\bra{#3}%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\matrixelement}
+% \begin{macro}{\mel}
+% Define the matrixelement macro.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\matrixelement[3]{%
+ \langle}{\rangle
+}{%
+ \braketspace#1\hep@midvert#2\hep@midvert#3\braketspace%
+}
+\newcommand\matrixel{\matrixelement}
+\newcommand\mel{\matrixelement}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\expectationvalue}
+% \begin{macro}{\ev}
+% \begin{macro}{\vev}
+% Define the expectationvalue and vev macros.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\hep@expvalue[1]{\langle}{\rangle}{%
+ \braketspace#1\braketspace%
+}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\expectationvalue}{som}{%
+ \IfNoValueTF{#2}{%
+ \IfBooleanTF{#1}{\hep@expvalue*}{\hep@expvalue}{#3}%
+ }{%
+ \IfBooleanTF{#1}{\matrixelement*}{\matrixelement}{#2}{#3}{#2}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand\ev{\expectationvalue}
+\newcommand\vev[1]{\expectationvalue[0]{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%</package>
+%
+% \section{Test}
+%
+%<*test>
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\usepackage{hep-math}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\begin{gather}
+ \bra{x}\ket{y}
+ \braket*{x}{y}\\
+ \dv[f]{x}^3
+ \pdv[f]{x}[y]^2[z]^3
+ \fdv[f]{x}^3[y]\\
+ \set{x \suchthat x \in X}
+\end{gather}
+
+\end{document}
+
+% \end{macrocode}
+%</test>
+%
+% \section{Readme}
+%
+%<*readme>
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+# The `hep-math` package
+
+Extended math macros
+
+## Introduction
+
+The `hep-math` package provides some additional features beyond the `mathtools` and `amsmath` packages.
+
+To use the package place `\usepackage{hep-math}` in the preamble.
+
+## Author
+
+Jan Hajer
+
+## License
+
+This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the `LaTeX` Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+The latest version of this license is in `http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt` and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%</readme>
+%
+% \Finale
+
+\endinput
+
+% \PrintIndex
+% makeindex -s gglo.ist -o hep-math-implementation.gls hep-math-implementation.glo
+% makeindex -s gglo.ist -o hep-math-implementation.ind hep-math-implementation.idx
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/hep-math-implementation.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/hep-math-implementation.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5ad2837b74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/hep-math-implementation.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/hep-math.ins b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/hep-math.ins
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1d02e20dce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/hep-math.ins
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+%% Copyright (C) 2019-2020 by Jan Hajer
+%%
+%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+%% version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later
+%% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%%
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%%
+%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of
+%% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+
+\input docstrip.tex
+\keepsilent
+\usedir{tex/latex/hep-math}
+
+\preamble
+This is a generated file.
+Copyright (C) 2019-2020 by Jan Hajer
+This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later
+version. The latest version of this license is in:
+http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of
+LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+\endpreamble
+
+\generate{
+ \file{hep-math-documentation.tex}{\from{hep-math-implementation.dtx}{documentation}}
+ \file{hep-math.sty}{\from{hep-math-implementation.dtx}{package}}
+ \file{hep-math-test.tex}{\from{hep-math-implementation.dtx}{test}}
+ \nopreamble\nopostamble\file{README-hep-math.md}{\from{hep-math-implementation.dtx}{readme}}
+}
+
+\Msg{*********************************************************}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the}
+\Msg{* following file into a directory searched by TeX:}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* \space\space hep-math.sty}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* To produce the documentation run the file}
+\Msg{* hep-math-documentation.dtx through LaTeX.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* Happy TeXing!}
+\Msg{*********************************************************}
+
+\endbatchfile
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/license.md b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/license.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..494f58131f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-math/license.md
@@ -0,0 +1,416 @@
+The LaTeX Project Public License
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
+
+LPPL Version 1.3c 2008-05-04
+
+Copyright 1999 2002-2008 LaTeX3 Project
+ Everyone is allowed to distribute verbatim copies of this
+ license document, but modification of it is not allowed.
+
+
+PREAMBLE
+========
+
+The LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL) is the primary license under
+which the LaTeX kernel and the base LaTeX packages are distributed.
+
+You may use this license for any work of which you hold the copyright
+and which you wish to distribute. This license may be particularly
+suitable if your work is TeX-related (such as a LaTeX package), but
+it is written in such a way that you can use it even if your work is
+unrelated to TeX.
+
+The section `WHETHER AND HOW TO DISTRIBUTE WORKS UNDER THIS LICENSE',
+below, gives instructions, examples, and recommendations for authors
+who are considering distributing their works under this license.
+
+This license gives conditions under which a work may be distributed
+and modified, as well as conditions under which modified versions of
+that work may be distributed.
+
+We, the LaTeX3 Project, believe that the conditions below give you
+the freedom to make and distribute modified versions of your work
+that conform with whatever technical specifications you wish while
+maintaining the availability, integrity, and reliability of
+that work. If you do not see how to achieve your goal while
+meeting these conditions, then read the document `cfgguide.tex'
+and `modguide.tex' in the base LaTeX distribution for suggestions.
+
+
+DEFINITIONS
+===========
+
+In this license document the following terms are used:
+
+ `Work'
+ Any work being distributed under this License.
+
+ `Derived Work'
+ Any work that under any applicable law is derived from the Work.
+
+ `Modification'
+ Any procedure that produces a Derived Work under any applicable
+ law -- for example, the production of a file containing an
+ original file associated with the Work or a significant portion of
+ such a file, either verbatim or with modifications and/or
+ translated into another language.
+
+ `Modify'
+ To apply any procedure that produces a Derived Work under any
+ applicable law.
+
+ `Distribution'
+ Making copies of the Work available from one person to another, in
+ whole or in part. Distribution includes (but is not limited to)
+ making any electronic components of the Work accessible by
+ file transfer protocols such as FTP or HTTP or by shared file
+ systems such as Sun's Network File System (NFS).
+
+ `Compiled Work'
+ A version of the Work that has been processed into a form where it
+ is directly usable on a computer system. This processing may
+ include using installation facilities provided by the Work,
+ transformations of the Work, copying of components of the Work, or
+ other activities. Note that modification of any installation
+ facilities provided by the Work constitutes modification of the Work.
+
+ `Current Maintainer'
+ A person or persons nominated as such within the Work. If there is
+ no such explicit nomination then it is the `Copyright Holder' under
+ any applicable law.
+
+ `Base Interpreter'
+ A program or process that is normally needed for running or
+ interpreting a part or the whole of the Work.
+
+ A Base Interpreter may depend on external components but these
+ are not considered part of the Base Interpreter provided that each
+ external component clearly identifies itself whenever it is used
+ interactively. Unless explicitly specified when applying the
+ license to the Work, the only applicable Base Interpreter is a
+ `LaTeX-Format' or in the case of files belonging to the
+ `LaTeX-format' a program implementing the `TeX language'.
+
+
+
+CONDITIONS ON DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+===========================================
+
+1. Activities other than distribution and/or modification of the Work
+are not covered by this license; they are outside its scope. In
+particular, the act of running the Work is not restricted and no
+requirements are made concerning any offers of support for the Work.
+
+2. You may distribute a complete, unmodified copy of the Work as you
+received it. Distribution of only part of the Work is considered
+modification of the Work, and no right to distribute such a Derived
+Work may be assumed under the terms of this clause.
+
+3. You may distribute a Compiled Work that has been generated from a
+complete, unmodified copy of the Work as distributed under Clause 2
+above, as long as that Compiled Work is distributed in such a way that
+the recipients may install the Compiled Work on their system exactly
+as it would have been installed if they generated a Compiled Work
+directly from the Work.
+
+4. If you are the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may, without
+restriction, modify the Work, thus creating a Derived Work. You may
+also distribute the Derived Work without restriction, including
+Compiled Works generated from the Derived Work. Derived Works
+distributed in this manner by the Current Maintainer are considered to
+be updated versions of the Work.
+
+5. If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may modify
+your copy of the Work, thus creating a Derived Work based on the Work,
+and compile this Derived Work, thus creating a Compiled Work based on
+the Derived Work.
+
+6. If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may
+distribute a Derived Work provided the following conditions are met
+for every component of the Work unless that component clearly states
+in the copyright notice that it is exempt from that condition. Only
+the Current Maintainer is allowed to add such statements of exemption
+to a component of the Work.
+
+ a. If a component of this Derived Work can be a direct replacement
+ for a component of the Work when that component is used with the
+ Base Interpreter, then, wherever this component of the Work
+ identifies itself to the user when used interactively with that
+ Base Interpreter, the replacement component of this Derived Work
+ clearly and unambiguously identifies itself as a modified version
+ of this component to the user when used interactively with that
+ Base Interpreter.
+
+ b. Every component of the Derived Work contains prominent notices
+ detailing the nature of the changes to that component, or a
+ prominent reference to another file that is distributed as part
+ of the Derived Work and that contains a complete and accurate log
+ of the changes.
+
+ c. No information in the Derived Work implies that any persons,
+ including (but not limited to) the authors of the original version
+ of the Work, provide any support, including (but not limited to)
+ the reporting and handling of errors, to recipients of the
+ Derived Work unless those persons have stated explicitly that
+ they do provide such support for the Derived Work.
+
+ d. You distribute at least one of the following with the Derived Work:
+
+ 1. A complete, unmodified copy of the Work;
+ if your distribution of a modified component is made by
+ offering access to copy the modified component from a
+ designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy
+ the Work from the same or some similar place meets this
+ condition, even though third parties are not compelled to
+ copy the Work along with the modified component;
+
+ 2. Information that is sufficient to obtain a complete,
+ unmodified copy of the Work.
+
+7. If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may
+distribute a Compiled Work generated from a Derived Work, as long as
+the Derived Work is distributed to all recipients of the Compiled
+Work, and as long as the conditions of Clause 6, above, are met with
+regard to the Derived Work.
+
+8. The conditions above are not intended to prohibit, and hence do not
+apply to, the modification, by any method, of any component so that it
+becomes identical to an updated version of that component of the Work as
+it is distributed by the Current Maintainer under Clause 4, above.
+
+9. Distribution of the Work or any Derived Work in an alternative
+format, where the Work or that Derived Work (in whole or in part) is
+then produced by applying some process to that format, does not relax or
+nullify any sections of this license as they pertain to the results of
+applying that process.
+
+10. a. A Derived Work may be distributed under a different license
+ provided that license itself honors the conditions listed in
+ Clause 6 above, in regard to the Work, though it does not have
+ to honor the rest of the conditions in this license.
+
+ b. If a Derived Work is distributed under a different license, that
+ Derived Work must provide sufficient documentation as part of
+ itself to allow each recipient of that Derived Work to honor the
+ restrictions in Clause 6 above, concerning changes from the Work.
+
+11. This license places no restrictions on works that are unrelated to
+the Work, nor does this license place any restrictions on aggregating
+such works with the Work by any means.
+
+12. Nothing in this license is intended to, or may be used to, prevent
+complete compliance by all parties with all applicable laws.
+
+
+NO WARRANTY
+===========
+
+There is no warranty for the Work. Except when otherwise stated in
+writing, the Copyright Holder provides the Work `as is', without
+warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied, including, but not
+limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a
+particular purpose. The entire risk as to the quality and performance
+of the Work is with you. Should the Work prove defective, you assume
+the cost of all necessary servicing, repair, or correction.
+
+In no event unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing
+will The Copyright Holder, or any author named in the components of the
+Work, or any other party who may distribute and/or modify the Work as
+permitted above, be liable to you for damages, including any general,
+special, incidental or consequential damages arising out of any use of
+the Work or out of inability to use the Work (including, but not limited
+to, loss of data, data being rendered inaccurate, or losses sustained by
+anyone as a result of any failure of the Work to operate with any other
+programs), even if the Copyright Holder or said author or said other
+party has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
+
+
+MAINTENANCE OF THE WORK
+=======================
+
+The Work has the status `author-maintained' if the Copyright Holder
+explicitly and prominently states near the primary copyright notice in
+the Work that the Work can only be maintained by the Copyright Holder
+or simply that it is `author-maintained'.
+
+The Work has the status `maintained' if there is a Current Maintainer
+who has indicated in the Work that they are willing to receive error
+reports for the Work (for example, by supplying a valid e-mail
+address). It is not required for the Current Maintainer to acknowledge
+or act upon these error reports.
+
+The Work changes from status `maintained' to `unmaintained' if there
+is no Current Maintainer, or the person stated to be Current
+Maintainer of the work cannot be reached through the indicated means
+of communication for a period of six months, and there are no other
+significant signs of active maintenance.
+
+You can become the Current Maintainer of the Work by agreement with
+any existing Current Maintainer to take over this role.
+
+If the Work is unmaintained, you can become the Current Maintainer of
+the Work through the following steps:
+
+ 1. Make a reasonable attempt to trace the Current Maintainer (and
+ the Copyright Holder, if the two differ) through the means of
+ an Internet or similar search.
+
+ 2. If this search is successful, then enquire whether the Work
+ is still maintained.
+
+ a. If it is being maintained, then ask the Current Maintainer
+ to update their communication data within one month.
+
+ b. If the search is unsuccessful or no action to resume active
+ maintenance is taken by the Current Maintainer, then announce
+ within the pertinent community your intention to take over
+ maintenance. (If the Work is a LaTeX work, this could be
+ done, for example, by posting to comp.text.tex.)
+
+ 3a. If the Current Maintainer is reachable and agrees to pass
+ maintenance of the Work to you, then this takes effect
+ immediately upon announcement.
+
+ b. If the Current Maintainer is not reachable and the Copyright
+ Holder agrees that maintenance of the Work be passed to you,
+ then this takes effect immediately upon announcement.
+
+ 4. If you make an `intention announcement' as described in 2b. above
+ and after three months your intention is challenged neither by
+ the Current Maintainer nor by the Copyright Holder nor by other
+ people, then you may arrange for the Work to be changed so as
+ to name you as the (new) Current Maintainer.
+
+ 5. If the previously unreachable Current Maintainer becomes
+ reachable once more within three months of a change completed
+ under the terms of 3b) or 4), then that Current Maintainer must
+ become or remain the Current Maintainer upon request provided
+ they then update their communication data within one month.
+
+A change in the Current Maintainer does not, of itself, alter the fact
+that the Work is distributed under the LPPL license.
+
+If you become the Current Maintainer of the Work, you should
+immediately provide, within the Work, a prominent and unambiguous
+statement of your status as Current Maintainer. You should also
+announce your new status to the same pertinent community as
+in 2b) above.
+
+
+WHETHER AND HOW TO DISTRIBUTE WORKS UNDER THIS LICENSE
+======================================================
+
+This section contains important instructions, examples, and
+recommendations for authors who are considering distributing their
+works under this license. These authors are addressed as `you' in
+this section.
+
+Choosing This License or Another License
+----------------------------------------
+
+If for any part of your work you want or need to use *distribution*
+conditions that differ significantly from those in this license, then
+do not refer to this license anywhere in your work but, instead,
+distribute your work under a different license. You may use the text
+of this license as a model for your own license, but your license
+should not refer to the LPPL or otherwise give the impression that
+your work is distributed under the LPPL.
+
+The document `modguide.tex' in the base LaTeX distribution explains
+the motivation behind the conditions of this license. It explains,
+for example, why distributing LaTeX under the GNU General Public
+License (GPL) was considered inappropriate. Even if your work is
+unrelated to LaTeX, the discussion in `modguide.tex' may still be
+relevant, and authors intending to distribute their works under any
+license are encouraged to read it.
+
+A Recommendation on Modification Without Distribution
+-----------------------------------------------------
+
+It is wise never to modify a component of the Work, even for your own
+personal use, without also meeting the above conditions for
+distributing the modified component. While you might intend that such
+modifications will never be distributed, often this will happen by
+accident -- you may forget that you have modified that component; or
+it may not occur to you when allowing others to access the modified
+version that you are thus distributing it and violating the conditions
+of this license in ways that could have legal implications and, worse,
+cause problems for the community. It is therefore usually in your
+best interest to keep your copy of the Work identical with the public
+one. Many works provide ways to control the behavior of that work
+without altering any of its licensed components.
+
+How to Use This License
+-----------------------
+
+To use this license, place in each of the components of your work both
+an explicit copyright notice including your name and the year the work
+was authored and/or last substantially modified. Include also a
+statement that the distribution and/or modification of that
+component is constrained by the conditions in this license.
+
+Here is an example of such a notice and statement:
+
+ %% pig.dtx
+ %% Copyright 2005 M. Y. Name
+ %
+ % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+ % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+ % of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+ % The latest version of this license is in
+ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+ % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+ % version 2005/12/01 or later.
+ %
+ % This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
+ %
+ % The Current Maintainer of this work is M. Y. Name.
+ %
+ % This work consists of the files pig.dtx and pig.ins
+ % and the derived file pig.sty.
+
+Given such a notice and statement in a file, the conditions
+given in this license document would apply, with the `Work' referring
+to the three files `pig.dtx', `pig.ins', and `pig.sty' (the last being
+generated from `pig.dtx' using `pig.ins'), the `Base Interpreter'
+referring to any `LaTeX-Format', and both `Copyright Holder' and
+`Current Maintainer' referring to the person `M. Y. Name'.
+
+If you do not want the Maintenance section of LPPL to apply to your
+Work, change `maintained' above into `author-maintained'.
+However, we recommend that you use `maintained', as the Maintenance
+section was added in order to ensure that your Work remains useful to
+the community even when you can no longer maintain and support it
+yourself.
+
+Derived Works That Are Not Replacements
+---------------------------------------
+
+Several clauses of the LPPL specify means to provide reliability and
+stability for the user community. They therefore concern themselves
+with the case that a Derived Work is intended to be used as a
+(compatible or incompatible) replacement of the original Work. If
+this is not the case (e.g., if a few lines of code are reused for a
+completely different task), then clauses 6b and 6d shall not apply.
+
+
+Important Recommendations
+-------------------------
+
+ Defining What Constitutes the Work
+
+ The LPPL requires that distributions of the Work contain all the
+ files of the Work. It is therefore important that you provide a
+ way for the licensee to determine which files constitute the Work.
+ This could, for example, be achieved by explicitly listing all the
+ files of the Work near the copyright notice of each file or by
+ using a line such as:
+
+ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
+
+ in that place. In the absence of an unequivocal list it might be
+ impossible for the licensee to determine what is considered by you
+ to comprise the Work and, in such a case, the licensee would be
+ entitled to make reasonable conjectures as to which files comprise
+ the Work.
+
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/README.md b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/README.md
index fe6ce7a105..1cffa529b0 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/README.md
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/README.md
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+
# The `hep-paper` package
A `LaTeX` package for publications in High Energy Physics.
@@ -12,14 +13,6 @@ For usual publications it is enough to load additionally to the `article` class
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{hep-paper}
-## Installation
-
-Running `pdflatex hep-paper.ins` will generate the main style file `hep-paper.sty` together with the necessary datamodel file `hep-paper.dbx`.
-These two files must be moved into a folder the `tex` installation is aware of, e.g. the folder containing the document that should use the `hep-paper` package.
-Additionally the documentation file `hep-paper-documentation.tex` will be generated.
-Subsequently running `pdflatex hep-paper-documentation.tex` will generate the documentation `hep-paper-documentation.pdf`.
-Finally running `pdflatex hep-paper-implementation.dtx` will generate the complete documentation of the implementation `hep-paper-implementation.pdf`
-
## Author
Jan Hajer
@@ -28,3 +21,4 @@ Jan Hajer
This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the `LaTeX` Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version.
The latest version of this license is in `http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt` and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/bibliography.bib b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/bibliography.bib
index 74162a5a45..e5117be3d5 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/bibliography.bib
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/bibliography.bib
@@ -15,6 +15,86 @@ eprintclass = "janhajer",
eprint = "hep-paper",
}
+@article{hep-acronym,
+title = "The |hep-acronym| package",
+subtitle = "An acronym extension for glossaries",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2021",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-acronyms",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
+@article{hep-bibliography,
+title = "The |hep-bibliography| package",
+subtitle = "Bibliographies for high energy physics",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2021",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-bibliography",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
+@article{hep-float,
+title = "The |hep-float| package",
+subtitle = "Convenience package for float placement",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2021",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-float",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
+@article{hep-font,
+title = "The |hep-font| package",
+subtitle = "Latin modern extended by computer modern",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2021",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-font",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
+@article{hep-math-font,
+title = "The |hep-math-font| package",
+subtitle = "Extended Greek and sans serif math",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2021",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-math-font",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
+@article{hep-math,
+title = "The |hep-math| package",
+subtitle = "Extended math macros",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2021",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-math",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
+@article{hep-text,
+title = "The |hep-text| package",
+subtitle = "List and text extensions",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2021",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-text",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
+@article{hep-title,
+title = "The |hep-title| package",
+subtitle = "Extensions for the title page",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2021",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-title",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
@article{kvoptions,
title = "The |kvoptions| package",
subtitle = "Key value format for package options",
@@ -130,6 +210,16 @@ eprinttype = "ctan",
eprint = "amsmath",
}
+@article{amstext,
+title = "The |amstext| package",
+subtitle = "Typeset text fragments in mathematics",
+collaboration = "\hologo{LaTeX} Team",
+date = "1995",
+url = "https://ams.org/tex/amslatex",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "amstext",
+}
+
@article{amsfonts,
title = "The |amsfonts| package",
subtitle = "\hologo{TeX} fonts from the American Mathematical Society",
@@ -887,7 +977,7 @@ eprint = "springer",
@article{cm,
title = "Computer Modern fonts",
-collaboration = "Donald E. Knuth",
+author = "Donald E. Knuth",
date = "1986",
eprinttype = "ctan",
eprint = "cm",
@@ -896,7 +986,7 @@ eprint = "cm",
@article{subdepth,
title = "The |subdepth| package",
subtitle = "Unify maths subscript height",
-collaboration = "Will Robertson",
+author = "Will Robertson",
date = "2007",
eprinttype = "ctan",
eprint = "subdepth",
@@ -905,9 +995,61 @@ eprint = "subdepth",
@article{xpatch,
title = "The |xpatch| package",
subtitle = "Extending etoolbox patching commands",
-collaboration = "Enrico Gregorio",
+author = "Enrico Gregorio",
date = "2012",
eprinttype = "ctan",
eprint = "xpatch",
}
+@article{hfoldsty,
+title = "The |hfoldsty| package",
+subtitle = "Old style numerals with EC fonts",
+author = "Harald Harders",
+date = "2004",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hfoldsty",
+}
+
+@article{slantsc,
+title = "The |slantsc| package",
+subtitle = "Access different-shaped small-caps fonts",
+author = "Harald Harders",
+date = "2003",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "slantsc",
+}
+
+@article{nfssext-cfr,
+title = "The |nfssext-cfr| package",
+subtitle = "Extensions to the \hologo{LaTeX} NFSS",
+author = "Clea F. Rees and Philipp Lehman",
+date = "2003",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "nfssext-cfr",
+}
+
+@article{xstring,
+title = "The |xstring| package",
+subtitle = "String manipulation for \hologo{LaTeX}",
+author = "Christian Tellechea",
+date = "2008",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "xstring",
+}
+
+@article{gregorio:2020,
+title = "\hologo{TeX}, \hologo{LaTeX} and math",
+author = "Enrico Gregorio",
+date = "2020",
+url = "https://latex-project.org/publications/2020-egreg-TUB-tb127gregorio-math.pdf",
+}
+
+@article{soulutf8,
+title = "The |soulutf8| package",
+subtitle = "Permit use of UTF-8 characters in |soul|",
+author = "Heiko Oberdiek",
+date = "2007",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "soulutf8",
+}
+
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/hep-paper-documentation.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/hep-paper-documentation.pdf
index ea2087add6..56d0a5fcd6 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/hep-paper-documentation.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/hep-paper-documentation.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/hep-paper-implementation.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/hep-paper-implementation.dtx
index a24310a0b0..4e0334f069 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/hep-paper-implementation.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/hep-paper-implementation.dtx
@@ -16,55 +16,32 @@
% \fi
%
% \iffalse
-
-%<package|title|font|math|bibliography|acronyms>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2005/12/01]
-%<package>\ProvidesPackage{hep-paper}[2021/08/01 v1.8 Publications in High Energy Physics]
-%<title>\ProvidesPackage{hep-title}[2021/08/01 v1.8 Title macros for publications in High Energy Physics]
-%<font>\ProvidesPackage{hep-font}[2021/08/01 v1.8 Font adjustments for publications in High Energy Physics]
-%<math>\ProvidesPackage{hep-math}[2021/08/01 v1.8 Font adjustments for publications in High Energy Physics]
-%<floats>\ProvidesPackage{hep-floats}[2021/08/01 v1.8 Float adjustments for publications in High Energy Physics]
-%<bibliography>\ProvidesPackage{hep-bibliography}[2021/08/01 v1.8 Bibliography macros for publications in High Energy Physics]
-%<acronyms>\ProvidesPackage{hep-acronyms}[2021/08/01 v1.8 Acronym macros for publications in High Energy Physics]
-%<datamodel>\ProvidesFile{hep-paper.dbx}[2021/08/01 v1.8 HEP-Paper biblatex data model]
-%<documentation>\ProvidesFile{hep-paper-documentation.tex}[2021/08/01 v1.8 HEP-Paper documentation]
+%
+%<package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2005/12/01]
+%<package>\ProvidesPackage{hep-paper}[2021/09/01 v2.0 Publications in High Energy Physics]
+%<documentation>\ProvidesFile{hep-paper-documentation.tex}[2021/09/01 v2.0 HEP-Paper documentation]
%
%<*documentation>
-
+%
\RequirePackage[l2tabu, orthodox]{nag}
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\AtBeginDocument{\DeleteShortVerb{\|}}
\AtBeginDocument{\MakeShortVerb{\"}}
-\setcounter{tocdepth}{2}
\EnableCrossrefs
\CodelineIndex
\RecordChanges
-\MacroIndent=1.5em
-
-\usepackage[parskip, oldstyle]{hep-paper}
+\usepackage[parskip]{hep-paper}
\bibliography{bibliography}
\acronym{PDF}{portable document format}
-\acronym{URL}{uniform resource locator}
-\acronym{CM}{computer modern}
\acronym{LM}{latin modern}
\usepackage{hologo}
-\usepackage{fonttable}
-
-\newenvironment{columns}[1][.5]{%
- \par\vspace{-\bigskipamount}%
- \begin{minipage}[t]{\linewidth}%
- \begin{minipage}[t]{#1\linewidth}%
- \newcommand{\column}{%
- \end{minipage}%
- \begin{minipage}[t]{\linewidth-#1\linewidth}%
- }%
-}{\end{minipage}\end{minipage}\par}
-
-\setlength{\fboxsep}{1pt}
+
+\MacroIndent=1.5em
\AtBeginEnvironment{macrocode}{\renewcommand{\ttdefault}{clmt}}
%</documentation>
@@ -78,7 +55,7 @@
%
% \fi
%
-% \CheckSum{0}
+% \CheckSum{609}
%
% \CharacterTable
% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
@@ -105,6 +82,7 @@
% \changes{v1.6}{2020/12/01}{Implementation of the twocolumn mode.}
% \changes{v1.7}{2021/06/01}{Introduction of dedicated style file for the title, acronyms and bibliography macros. Extension of the title macros.}
% \changes{v1.8}{2021/08/01}{Expand thanks to allow for reference label and fine tune the title page. Reimplement the must relevant macros from the physics package. Make mathrm produce upright Greek.}
+% \changes{v2.0}{2021/09/01}{Move independent logic into dedicated packages.}
%
% \ifshort
%<*documentation>
@@ -112,11 +90,9 @@
%
\GetFileInfo{hep-paper.sty}
-\title{The \textsmaller[1.5]{HEP\raisebox{.25ex}{--}PAPER} package\thanks{This document corresponds to \software{hep-paper}~\fileversion.}}
+\title{The \software{hep-paper} package\thanks{This document corresponds to \software{hep-paper}~\fileversion.}}
\subtitle{Publications in high energy physics}
\author{Jan Hajer \email{jan.hajer@unibas.ch}}
-\affiliation{Department of Physics, University of Basel, Klingelbergstraße 82, 4056 Basel, Switzerland}
-\preprint{Preprint-Number}
\date{\filedate}
% \ifshort
@@ -127,7 +103,7 @@
\begin{abstract}
The \software{hep-paper} package aims to provide a single style file containing most configurations and macros necessary to write appealing publications in High Energy Physics.
-Instead of reinventing the wheel by introducing newly created macros \software{hep-paper} preferably loads third party packages as long as they are lightweight enough.
+Instead of reinventing the wheel by introducing newly created macros \software{hep-paper} preferably loads third party packages.
\end{abstract}
\tableofcontents\clearpage
@@ -144,12 +120,8 @@ For usual publications it is enough to load additionally to the "article" class
The most notable changes after loading the \software{hep-paper} package is the change of some \hologo{LaTeX} defaults.
The paper and font sizes are set to A4 and \unit[11]{pt}, respectively.
Additionally, the paper geometry is adjusted using the \software{geometry} package \cite{geometry}.
-Furthermore, the font is changed to \LM using the \software{cfr-lm} package \cite{cfr-lm} with \software{microtype} \cite{microtype} optimizations.
+Furthermore, the font is changed to \LM using the \software{hep-font} package \cite{hep-font}.
Finally, \PDF hyperlinks are implemented with the \software{hyperref} package \cite{hyperref}.
-\DescribeMacro{hep-title}
-\DescribeMacro{hep-bibliography}
-\DescribeMacro{hep-acronyms}
-If only subset of the functionality is needed one of the smaller style files \software{hep-title}, \software{hep-acronyms}, and \software{hep-bibliography} containing only the macros relevant to \cref{sec:title,sec:bibliography,sec:acronyms}, respectively.
\subsection{Options}
@@ -170,7 +142,7 @@ The possible \meta{sizes} are:
The default is \unit[11]{pt}.
\DescribeMacro{lang}
-The "lang"=\meta{name} option switches the document language to one of the values provided by the \software{babel} package \cite{babel}.
+The "lang"=\meta{name} option switches the document language.
The default is "british".
\DescribeMacro{sansserif}
@@ -185,10 +157,7 @@ The \hologo{LaTeX} default is separation via indentation the "parskip" option sw
\footnote{Although the "parskip" option is used for this document, it is recommended only for very few document types such as technical manuals or answers to referees.}
\DescribeMacro{symbols}
-The "symbols"=\meta{family} set the family of the symbol fonts.
-"symbols=ams" loads the two \hologo{AmS} fonts \cite{amsfonts} and the \software{bm} bold fonts.
-The default "symbols=true" replaces additionally the blackboard font with the \software{dsfont} \cite{dsfont}.
-"symbols=minion" switches the symbol fonts to the Adobe MinionPro companion font from the \software{MnSymbol} package \cite{MnSymbol}.
+The "symbols"=\meta{family} is passed to the \software{hep-math-font} package \cite{hep-math-font} and sets the family of the symbol fonts.
"symbols=false" deactivates loading any additional symbol fonts.
\subsubsection{Deactivation}
@@ -203,11 +172,10 @@ The "defaults" option prevents the adjustment of the page geometry and the font
The "title=false" option deactivates the title page adjustments.
\DescribeMacro{bibliography}
-The "bibliography"=\meta{key} option prevents the automatic loading of the \software{biblatex} package \cite{biblatex} if \meta{key}="false".
-Otherwise the \meta{key} is passed as "style" string to the \software{biblatex} package.
+The "bibliography"=\meta{key} option prevents the automatic loading of the \software{hep-bibliography} package \cite{hep-bibliography} if \meta{key}="false".
\DescribeMacro{glossaries}
-The "glossaries=false" option deactives acronyms and the use of the \software{glossaries} package \cite{glossaries}.
+The "glossaries=false" option deactivates acronyms and the use of the \software{hep-acronym} package \cite{hep-acronym}.
\DescribeMacro{references}
The "references=false" option prevents the \software{cleveref} package \cite{cleveref} from being loaded and deactivates further redefinitions of reference macros.
@@ -256,7 +224,7 @@ Additionally the "abstract*" environment is defined that generates a one column
\subsection{Title page} \label{sec:title}
\DescribeMacro{\series}
-The "\series"\marg{series} macro is defined using the \software{titling} package \cite{titling}.
+The "\series"\marg{series} macro is defined using the \software{hep-title} package \cite{hep-title}.
\DescribeMacro{\title}
The \PDF meta information is set according to the "\title"\marg{text} and "\author"\marg{text} information.
@@ -268,7 +236,6 @@ The "\subtitle"\marg{subtitle} macro is defined.
\DescribeMacro{\author}
\DescribeMacro{\affiliation}
\DescribeMacro{\email}
-In order to facilitate multiple authors with different affiliations the \software{authblk} package \cite{authblk} is loaded.
The following lines add \eg two authors with different affiliations
\begin{verbatim}
\author[1]{Author one \email{email one}}
@@ -292,68 +259,16 @@ Various title font macros are defined, allowing to change the appearance of the
\subsection{Text}
-Hyphenation is provided by the \software{babel} package \cite{babel} and quotation commands are provided by the \software{csquotes} package \cite{csquotes}.
-\DescribeMacro{\enquote}
-\DescribeMacro{\MakeOuterQuote}
-The latter package provides the convenient macros "\enquote"\marg{text} and "\MakeOuterQuote{}" allowing to leave the choice of quotation marks to \hologo{LaTeX} and use \dots instead of the pair \dots and \dots, respectively.
-
-\DescribeMacro{\eg}
-\DescribeMacro{\vs}
-The \software{foreign} package \cite{foreign} defines macros such as "\eg", "\ie", "\cf", and "\vs" which are typeset as \eg, \ie, \cf, and \vs.
-
-\DescribeMacro{\no}
-The "\no"\marg{number} macro is typeset as \no{123}.
-
-\DescribeMacro{\software}
-The "\software"\oarg{version}\marg{name} macro is typeset as \software[\fileversion]{HEP-Paper}.
-
-\DescribeMacro{\online}
-The "\online"\marg{url}\marg{text} macro combines the features of the "\href"\marg{url}\allowbreak\marg{text}\allowbreak \cite{hyperref} and the "\url"\marg{text} \cite{url} macros, resulting in \eg \online{https://ctan.org/pkg/hep-paper}{ctan.org/pkg/hep-paper}.
-
-
\DescribeMacro{inlinelist}
\DescribeMacro{enumdescript}
-The "inlinelist" and "enumdescript" environments are defined using the \software{enumitem} package \cite{enumitem}.
-\begin{columns}
-\begin{verbatim}
-The three main points are
-\begin{inlinelist}
- \item one
- \item two
- \item three
-\end{inlinelist}
-\end{verbatim}
-\column
-The three main points are
-\begin{inlinelist}
- \item one
- \item two
- \item three
-\end{inlinelist}
-\end{columns}
-\vspace{4ex}
-\begin{columns}[.6]
-\begin{verbatim}
-\begin{enumdescript}[label=\Roman*)]
- \item{First} one
- \item{Second} two
- \item{Third} three
-\end{enumdescript}
-\end{verbatim}
-\column
-\begin{enumdescript}[label=\Roman*)]
- \item{First} one
- \item{Second} two
- \item{Third} three
-\end{enumdescript}
-\end{columns}
+The "inlinelist" and "enumdescript" environments are defined.
\DescribeMacro{\textsc}
-A bold versions \textbf{\textsc{Small Caps}} and a sans serif version of \textsf{\textsc{Small Caps}} based on the \CM font \cite{cm} is provided, the latter using the \software{sansmathfonts} package \cite{sansmathfonts}.
+A bold versions \textbf{\textsc{Small Caps}} and a sans serif version of \textsf{\textsc{Small Caps}} is provided.
\DescribeMacro{\underline}
\DescribeMacro{\overline}
-The "\underline" macro is redefined to allow line-breaks using the \software{ulem} package \cite{ulem}.
+The "\underline" macro is redefined to allow line-breaks.
The "\overline" macro is extended to also \overline{overline} text outside of math environments.
\DescribeMacro{\useparskip}
@@ -379,28 +294,23 @@ Footnotes are adjusted to swallow white space before the footnote mark and at th
\subsubsection{Acronyms} \label{sec:acronyms}
+The \software{hep-acronym} package \cite{hep-acronym} is loaded.
\DescribeMacro{\acronym}
\DescribeMacro{\shortacronym}
\DescribeMacro{\longacronym}
-The "\acronym"\meta{*}\oarg{typeset abbreviation}\marg{abbreviation}\meta{*}\marg{definition}\oarg{plural\linebreak[4]definition} macro generates the singular "\"\meta{abbreviation} and plural "\"\meta{abbreviation}"s" macros.
+The "\acronym"\meta{*}\oarg{typeset abbreviation} \marg{abbreviation}\meta{*}\marg{definition}\oarg{plural definition} macro generates the singular "\"\meta{abbreviation} and plural "\"\meta{abbreviation}"s" macros.
The first star prevents the addition of an \enquote{s} to the abbreviation plural.
The second star restores the \hologo{TeX} default of swallowing subsequent white space.
The long form is only shown at the first appearance of these macros, later appearances generate the abbreviation with a hyperlink to the long form.
The long form is never used in math mode.
Capitalization at the beginning of paragraphs and sentences is (mostly) ensured.
The "\shortacronym" and "\longacronym" macros are drop-in replacements of the "\acronym" macro showing only the short or long form of their acronym.
-\DescribeMacro{\resetacronym}
-\DescribeMacro{\dummyacronym}
-The first use form of the acronym can be enforced by resetting the acronym counter with "\resetacronym"\marg{key}.
-If the acronym counter equals one at the end of the document the short form of the acronym is not introduced.
-Placing a "\dummyacronym"\marg{key} at the end of the document ensures that the short form is introduced.
\subsection{Math}
-The \software{mathtools} \cite{mathtools} and \software{amssymb} \cite{amsfonts} packages are loaded.
-They in turn load the \hologo{AmSLaTeX} \software{amsmath} \cite{amsmath} and \software{amsfonts} \cite{amsfonts} packages.
+The \software{hep-math} \cite{hep-math} and \software{hep-math-font} \cite{hep-math-font} packages are loaded.
\DescribeMacro{\mathbf}
-Bold math, via "\mathbf" is improved by the \software{bm} package \cite{bm}, \ie ($ A b \Gamma \delta \mathbf A \mathbf b \mathbf \Gamma \mathbf \delta$).
+Bold math, via "\mathbf" is improved, \ie ($ A b \Gamma \delta \mathbf A \mathbf b \mathbf \Gamma \mathbf \delta$).
Macros switching to "bfseries" such as "\section"\marg{text} are ensured to also typeset math in bold.
\DescribeMacro{\text}
The "\text"\marg{text} macro makes it possible to write text within math mode, \ie ($ \text A \text b \text \Gamma \text \delta \text{\textbf A} \text{\textbf b} \text{\textbf \Gamma} \text{\textbf \delta}$).
@@ -409,10 +319,9 @@ The math sans serif alphabet is redefined to be italic sans serif if the main te
\DescribeMacro{\mathscr}
The "\mathcal" font \ie ($\mathcal{ABCD}$) is accompanied by the "\mathscr" font \ie ($\mathscr{ABCD}$).
\DescribeMacro{\mathbb}
-The "\mathbb" font is improved by the \software{doublestroke} package \cite{dsfont} and adjusted depending on the "sansserif" option \ie ($\mathbb{Ah1}$).
+The "\mathbb" font is adjusted depending on the "sansserif" option \ie ($\mathbb{Ah1}$).
\DescribeMacro{\mathfrak}
Finally, the "\mathfrak" font is also available \ie ($\mathfrak{AaBb12}$).
-Details about the font handling in \hologo{TeX} can be found in \ccite{fntguide}.
\DescribeMacro{\nicefrac}
\DescribeMacro{\flatfrac}
@@ -433,143 +342,13 @@ The imaginary unit $\i$ and the differential $\d$ are defined using this functio
For longer paper it can be useful to re-number the equation in accordance with the section numbering "\numberwithin{equation}{section}".
\DescribeMacro{subequations}
In order to further reduce the size the of equation counter it can be useful to wrap "align" environments with multiple rows in a "subequations" environment.
-Both macros are provided by the \software{amsmath} package.
-
-\DescribeMacro{eqnarray}
-The depreciated "eqnarray" environment is undefined as long this behaviour is not prevented by the "eqnarray" package option.
-The "split", "multline", "align", "multlined", "aligned", "alignedat", and "cases" environments of the \software{amsmath} and \software{mathtools} packages should be used instead.
-
-\DescribeMacro{equation}
-Use the "equation" environment for short equations.
-\begin{columns}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\begin{equation}
- left = right \ .
-\end{equation}
-\end{verbatim}
-\column
-\begin{equation}
-\framebox[2em]{left\strut} = \framebox[7em]{right\strut} \ .
-\end{equation}
-\end{columns}
-
-\DescribeMacro{multline}
-Use the "multline" environment for longer equations.
-\begin{columns}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\begin{multline}
- left = right 1 \\
- + right 2 \ .
-\end{multline}
-\end{verbatim}
-\column
-\begin{multline}
-\framebox[2em]{left\strut} = \framebox[7em]{right 1\strut} \\
-\framebox[7em]{+ right 2\strut} \ .
-\end{multline}
-\end{columns}
-
-\DescribeMacro{split}
-Use the "split" sub environment for equations in which multiple equal signs should be aligned.
-\begin{columns}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\begin{equation} \begin{split}
- left &= right 1 \\
- &= right 2 \ .
-\end{split} \end{equation}
-\end{verbatim}
-\column
-\begin{equation}
-\begin{split}
-\framebox[2em]{left\strut} &= \framebox[7em]{right 1\strut} \\
-&= \framebox[7em]{right 2\strut} \ .
-\end{split}
-\end{equation}
-\end{columns}
-
-\DescribeMacro{align}
-Use the "align" environment for the vertical alignment and horizontal distribution of multiple equations.
-\begin{columns}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\begin{subequations} \begin{align}
- left &= right \ , &
- left &= right \ , \\
- left &= right \ , &
- left &= right \ .
-\end{align} \end{subequations}
-\end{verbatim}
-\column
-\begin{subequations}
-\begin{align}
-\framebox[2em]{left\strut} &= \framebox[3em]{right\strut} \ , &
-\framebox[2em]{left\strut} &= \framebox[3em]{right\strut} \ , \\
-\framebox[2em]{left\strut} &= \framebox[3em]{right\strut} \ , &
-\framebox[2em]{left\strut} &= \framebox[3em]{right\strut} \ .
-\end{align}
-\end{subequations}
-\end{columns}
-
-\DescribeMacro{aligned}
-Use the "aligned" environment within a "equation" environment if the aligned equations should be labeled with a single equation number.
-
-\DescribeMacro{multlined}
-Use the "multlined" environment if either "split" or "align" contain very long lines.
-\begin{columns}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\begin{equation} \begin{split}
- left &= right 1 \\ &=
- \begin{multlined}[t]
- right 2 \\ + right 3 \ .
- \end{multlined}
-\end{split} \end{equation}
-\end{verbatim}
-\column
-\begin{equation}
-\begin{split}
-\framebox[2em]{left\strut} &= \framebox[7em]{right 1\strut} \\ &=
- \begin{multlined}[t]
- \framebox[7em]{right 2\strut} \\
- \framebox[7em]{+ right 3\strut} \ .
-\end{multlined}
-\end{split}
-\end{equation}
-\end{columns}
-
-\DescribeMacro{alignat}
-Use the "alignat" environment together with the "\mathllap" macro for the alignment of multiple equations with vastly different lengths.
-\begin{columns}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\begin{subequations}
-\begin{alignat}{2}
- left &= long right && \ , \\
- le. 2 &= ri. 2 \ , &
- \mathllap{le. 3 = ri. 3} & \ .
-\end{alignat}
-\end{subequations}
-\end{verbatim}
-\column
-\begin{subequations}
-\begin{alignat}{2}
-\framebox[2em]{left\strut} &=
-\framebox[11em]{long right\strut} && \ , \\
-\framebox[2em]{le.\ 2\strut}
-&= \framebox[2.5em]{ri.\ 2\strut} \ , &
-\mathllap{\framebox[2em]{le.\ 3\strut}
-= \framebox[2.5em]{ri.\ 3\strut}} & \ .
-\end{alignat}
-\end{subequations}
-\end{columns}
-
-As a rule of thumb if you have to use "\notag", "\nonumber", or perform manual spacing via "\quad" you are probably using the wrong environment.
-
-\subsubsection{Physics}
\DescribeMacro{\unit}
\DescribeMacro{\inv}
-The correct spacing for units, \cf \cref{eq:greek}, is provided by the macro "\unit"\oarg{value} \marg{unit} from the \software{units} package \cite{units} which can also be used in text mode.
+The correct spacing for units, \cf \cref{eq:greek}, is provided by the macro "\unit"\oarg{value} \marg{unit} which can also be used in text mode.
The macro "\inv"\oarg{power}\marg{text} allows to avoid math mode also for inverse units such as \unit[5]{\inv{fb}} typeset via "\unit[5]{\inv{fb}}".
-Greek letters are adjusted to always be italic and upright in math and text mode, respectively, using the \software{fixmath} \cite{fixmath} and \software{alphabeta} \cite{alphabeta} packages.
+Greek letters are adjusted to always be italic and upright in math and text mode, respectively, using the \software{hep-math-font} \cite{hep-math-font} package.
This allows differentiations like
\begin{align} \label{eq:greek}
\sigma &= \unit[5]{fb} \ , & &\mbox{at \unit[5]{\sigma} C.L.} \ , & \mu &= \unit[5]{cm} \ , & l &= \unit[5]{\mu m} \ .
@@ -580,10 +359,10 @@ Additionally, Greek letters can also be directly typed using Unicode.
\DescribeMacro{\pdv}
\DescribeMacro{\comm}
\DescribeMacro{\order}
-The \software{physics} package \cite{physics} provides additional macros such as
+The \software{hep-math} package \cite{hep-math} provides additional macros such as
\begin{align}
&\ev{\phi} \ ,
-&&\pdv[n]{x}[f] \ ,
+&&\pdv[f]{x}[y]^2 \ ,
&&\comm{A}{B} \ ,
&&\order{x^2} \ ,
&&\eval{x}_0^\infty \ ,
@@ -592,7 +371,7 @@ The \software{physics} package \cite{physics} provides additional macros such as
\DescribeMacro{\cancel}
\DescribeMacro{\slashed}
-The "\cancel"\marg{characters} macro from the \software{cancel} package \cite{cancel} and the "\slashed" \marg{character} macro from the \software{slashed} package \cite{slashed} allow to $\cancel{\text{cancel}}$ math and use the Dirac slash notation \ie $\slashed \partial$, respectively.
+The "\cancel"\marg{characters} macro and the "\slashed" \marg{character} macro allow to $\cancel{\text{cancel}}$ math and use the Dirac slash notation \ie $\slashed \partial$, respectively.
\DescribeMacro{\overleftright}
A better looking over left right arrow is defined \ie $\overleftright{\partial}$.
@@ -601,63 +380,18 @@ A better looking over left right arrow is defined \ie $\overleftright{\partial}$
\DescribeEnv{figure}
\DescribeEnv{table}
-Automatic float placement is adjusted to place a single float at the top of pages and to reduce the number of float pages, using the \hologo{LaTeX} macros.
-
-"\setcounter{bottomnumber}{0}" \hfill no floats at the bottom of a page (default 1) \\
-"\setcounter{topnumber}{1}" \hfill a single float at the top of a page (default 2) \\
-"\setcounter{dbltopnumber}{1}" \hfill same for full widths floats in two-column mode \\
-"\renewcommand{\textfraction}{.1}" \hfill large floats are allowed (default 0.2)\\
-"\renewcommand{\topfraction}{.9}" \hfill (default 0.7) \\
-"\renewcommand{\dbltopfraction}{.9}" \hfill (default 0.7) \\
-"\renewcommand{\floatpagefraction}{.8}" \hfill float pages must be full (default 0.5)
-
-Additionally, manual float placement is deactivated but can be reactivated using the "manualplacement" package option.
-It is however recommended to archive the desired design by adjusting above macros.
+Automatic float placement is adjusted to place a single float at the top of pages and to reduce the number of float pages, using the \software{hep-float} package \cite{hep-float}.
The most useful float placement is usually archived by placing the float \emph{in front} of the paragraph it is referenced in first.
-\DescribeMacro{\raggedright}
-The float environments have been adjusted to center their content.
-The usual behaviour can be reactivated using "\raggedright".
-
-\begin{table}
-\begin{panels}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\begin{panels}{2}
- code
-\panel
- \begin{tabular}...\end{tabular}
-\end{panels}
-\end{verbatim}
-\caption{Code for this panel environment.}
-\label{tab:panels}
-\panel
-\begin{tabular}{cccc}
-\toprule
-\multicolumn{2}{c}{one}& \multicolumn{2}{c}{two} \\ \cmidrule(r){1-2} \cmidrule(l){3-4}
-\multirow{2}{*}{a} & b & c & d \\
- & b & c & d \\
-\bottomrule
-\end{tabular}
-\caption{The \protecting{"booktabs"} and \protecting{"multirow"} features.}
-\label{tab:booktabs}
-\end{panels}
-\caption{Example use of the \protecting{"panels"} environment in Panel \subref{tab:panels} and the features from the \software{booktabs} and \software{multirow} packages in Panel \subref{tab:booktabs}.
-} \label{tab:table}
-\end{table}
\DescribeEnv{panels}
\DescribeMacro{\panel}
-The "panels" environment makes use of the \software{subcaption} package \cite{subcaption}.
-It provides sub-floats and takes as mandatory argument either the number of sub-floats (default~2) or the width of the first sub-float as fraction of the "\linewidth".
+The "panels" environment provides sub-floats and takes as mandatory argument either the number of sub-floats (default~2) or the width of the first sub-float as fraction of the "\linewidth".
Within the "\begin{panels}"\oarg{vertical alignment}\marg{width} environment the "\panel" macro initiates a new sub-float.
In the case that the width of the first sub-float has been given as an optional argument to the "panels" environment the "\panel"\marg{width} macro takes the width of the next sub-float as mandatory argument.
-The example code is presented in \cref{tab:panels}.
-
-\DescribeEnv{tabular}
-The \software{booktabs} \cite{booktabs} and \software{multirow} \cite{multirow} packages are loaded enabling publication quality tabulars such as in \cref{tab:booktabs}.
\DescribeMacro{\graphic}
\DescribeMacro{\graphics}
-The \software{graphicx} package \cite{graphicx} is loaded and the "\graphic"\oarg{width}\marg{figure} macro is defined, which is a wrapper for the "\includegraphics"\marg{figure} macro and takes the figure width as fraction of the "\linewidth" as optional argument (default~1).
+The "\graphic"\oarg{width}\marg{figure} macro is defined, which is a wrapper for the "\includegraphics"\marg{figure} macro and takes the figure width as fraction of the "\linewidth" as optional argument (default~1).
If the graphics are located in a sub-folder its path can be indicated by "\graphics"\marg{subfolder}.
\subsection{Bibliography} \label{sec:bibliography}
@@ -667,7 +401,7 @@ If the graphics are located in a sub-folder its path can be indicated by "\graph
The \software{biblatex} package \cite{biblatex} is loaded for bibliography management.
The user has to add the line "\bibliography"\marg{my.bib} to the preamble of the document and "\printbibliography" at the end of the document.
The bibliography is generated by \software{Biber} \cite{biber}.
-"biblatex" is extended to be able to cope with the "collaboration" and "reportNumber" fields provided by \online{https://inspirehep.net}{inspirehep.net} and a bug in the volume number is fixed.
+\software{biblatex} is extended by the \software{hep-bibliography} package \cite{hep-bibliography} to be able to cope with the "collaboration" and "reportNumber" fields provided by \online{https://inspirehep.net}{inspirehep.net} and a bug in the volume number is fixed.
Additionally, the PubMed IDs are recognized and \online{https://ctan.org}{ctan.org}, \online{https://github.com}{github.com}, \online{https://gitlab.com}{gitlab.com}, \online{https://bitbucket.org}{bitbucket.org}, \online{https://www.launchpad.net}{launchpad.net}, \online{https://sourceforge.net}{sourceforge.net}, and \online{https://hepforge.org}{hepforge.org} are valid "eprinttype"s.
\DescribeMacro{erratum}
Errata can be included using the "related" feature.
@@ -708,141 +442,12 @@ The \software{arxiv-collector} python script \cite{arxiv-collector} alleviates t
% \clearpage
% \appendix
%
-% \section{Math alphabet allocation}
-%
-% \bgroup
-% \makeatletter
-% \renewcommand{\arraystretch}{0}
-% \setlength{\tabcolsep}{0pt}
-% \nodecimals
-% \nohexoct
-% \fntcolwidth=0pt
-% \setlength\arrayrulewidth{0pt}
-%
-% \begin{figure}
-% \begin{panels}[t]{.22}
-% \fonttable{rm-\ifhep@serif lmr\else lmss\fi10}
-% \caption{Text}
-% \panel{.22}
-% \fontrange{0}{127}
-% \fonttable{\ifhep@serif lm\else cmbr\fi mi10}
-% \caption{Math}\vspace{2ex}
-% \fonttable{\ifhep@serif lm\else cmbr\fi sy10}
-% \caption{Symbol}
-% \panel{.352}
-% \fontrange{0}{127}
-% \fonttable{\ifhep@serif\else ss\fi msam10}
-% \caption{AMS a}\vspace{2ex}
-% \fonttable{\ifhep@serif\else ss\fi msbm10}
-% \caption{AMS b}
-% \panel{.19}
-% \fontrange{0}{127}
-% \fonttable{eufm10}
-% \caption{Euler fraktur}\vspace{2ex}
-% \fontrange{64}{95}
-% \fonttable{eusm10}
-% \caption{Euler caligraphy}\vspace{2ex}
-% \fonttable{MnSymbolS10}
-% \caption{Minion caligraphy}\vspace{2ex}
-% \fonttable{ds\ifhep@serif rom\else ss\fi10}
-% \caption{Doublestroke}
-% \end{panels}
-% \caption{Basic math fonts}
-% \end{figure}
-%
-% \begin{figure}
-% \hspace*{-2cm}%
-% \begin{panels}[t]{.3}
-% \fontrange{0}{127}
-% \fonttable{cm\ifhep@serif\else ss\fi ex10}
-% \caption{Computer modern}
-% \panel{.22}
-% \fontrange{0}{143}
-% \fonttable{MnSymbolE5}
-% \caption{Mn Symbol E 1}
-% \panel{.6}
-% \fontrange{144}{215}
-% \fonttable{MnSymbolE5}
-% \caption{Mn Symbol E 2}\vspace{2ex}
-% \begin{minipage}{.48\linewidth}
-% \fontrange{0}{127}\fonttable{MnSymbolF10}
-% \caption{Mn Symbols F}
-% \end{minipage}%
-% \begin{minipage}{.5\linewidth}
-% \fontrange{0}{47}\fonttable{\ifhep@serif\else ss\fi esint10}
-% \caption{Extended set of integrals}
-% \end{minipage}
-% \end{panels}
-% \caption{Math extension fonts}
-% \end{figure}
-%
-% \begin{figure}
-% \begin{panels}[t]{.26}
-% \fonttable{MnSymbolA10}
-% \caption{Mn Symbol A}
-% \panel{.26}
-% \fonttable{MnSymbolB10}
-% \caption{Mn Symbol B}
-% \panel{.26}
-% \fonttable{MnSymbolC10}
-% \caption{Mn Symbol C}
-% \panel{.2}
-% \fonttable{MnSymbolD10}
-% \caption{Mn Symbol D}
-% \end{panels}
-% \makeatother
-% \caption{Minion symbol fonts}
-% \end{figure}
-% \egroup
-%
-% Of the 16 available math alphabets, \hologo{TeX} loads four by default
-% \begin{enumdescript}[start=0,label=\arabic*)]
-% \item{OT1} \label{it:math text} Text (latin, upper case greek, numerals, text symbols)
-% \item{OML} \label{it:math italic} Math Italic (latin, greek, numerals, text symbols)
-% \item{OMS} \label{it:math symbol} Symbol ("\mathcal", operators)
-% \item{OMX} \label{it:math extension} Math Extension (big operators, delimiters)
-% \end{enumdescript}
-% The text font \ref{it:math text}\strut\ of \CM is \textbf{cmr10} "\OT1/cmr/m/n/10", which is replaced by \LM to be \textbf{rm-lmr10} "\OT1/lmr/m/n/10", the "sansserif" option uses \textbf{rm-lmss10} "\OT1/lmss/m/n/10".
-% The italic math font \ref{it:math italic} of \CM is \textbf{cmmi10} "\OML/cmm/m/it/"\allowbreak"10", and is replaced by \LM to be \textbf{lmmi10} "\OML/lmm/m/it/10", the "sansserif" options uses \textbf{cmbrmi10} "\OML/cmbrm/m/it/10" from the \software{cmbright} package \cite{cmbright}.
-% The symbol font \ref{it:math symbol}\strut\ of \CM is \textbf{cmsy10} "\OMS/cmsy/m/n/10", and is replaced by \LM to be \textbf{lmsy10} "\OMS/lmsy/m/n/10", the "sansserif" options uses \textbf{cmsssy10} "\OMS/cmsssy/m/n/10" from the \software{sansmathfonts} package \cite{sansmathfonts}.
-% The extension font \ref{it:math extension}\strut\ of \CM is \textbf{cmex10} "\OMX/cmex/m/n/5", and is replaced by the \software{exscale} package \cite{exscale} to be \textbf{cmex10} "\OMX/cmex/m/n/10", the "sansserif" option loads \textbf{cmssex10} "\OMX/cmssex/m/n/10".
-% The \software{amssymb} (\software{amsfonts}) packages \cite{amssymb} load two more symbol fonts
-% \begin{enumdescript}[start=4,label=\arabic*)]
-% \item{msam10} \label{it:math ams a} "\U/msa/m/n/10" AMS symbol font A (special math operators)
-% \item{msbm10} \label{it:math ams b} "\U/msb/m/n/10" AMS symbol font B ("\mathbb", negated operators)
-% \end{enumdescript}
-% The "sansserif" option replaces them with \textbf{ssmsam10} "\U/ssmsa/m/n/10" and \textbf{ssmsbm10} "\U/ssmsb/m/n/10" from the \software{sansmathfonts} package \cite{sansmathfonts}, respectively.
-% The \software{bm} package \cite{bm} loads the bold version for the fonts \labelcref{it:math text,it:math italic,it:math symbol}.
-%
-% Other math alphabets are only loaded on demand, \eg "\mathsf" uses a sans serif font and "\mathbf" without the \software{bm} package uses a bold font.
-% The "\mathscr" macro uses the script font from the \software{mathrsfs} package \cite{mathrsfs}
-% \begin{enumdescript}[start=9,label=\arabic*)]
-% \item{rsfs10} "\U/rsfs/m/n/10" Math script font (capital letters)
-% \end{enumdescript}
-% The "\mathbb" macro loads the double stroke font from the \software{dsfont} package \cite{dsfont}, this can be prevented with the "symbols=ams" option.
-% \begin{enumdescript}[start=10,label=\arabic*)]
-% \item{dsrom10} "\U/dsrom/m/n/10" Double stroke font
-% \end{enumdescript}
-% The "\mathfrak" macro loads the fractur font from the \software{amssymb} package \cite{amssymb}
-% \begin{enumdescript}[start=11,label=\arabic*)]
-% \item{eufm10} "\U/euf/m/n/10" Math fraktur (Basic Latin)
-% \end{enumdescript}
-%
-% The \software{hep-paper} package uses nine of the available 16 math alphabets.
-% This number can be reduced by three using "\newcommand{\bmmax}{0}" from the \software{bm} package \cite{bm} and brought down to the default of four with the option "symbols=false".
-%
-% The "symbols=minion" options replaces the fonts \labelcref{it:math symbol,it:math extension,it:math ams a,it:math ams b} with corresponding fonts from the \software{MnSymbol} package \cite{MnSymbol}.
-% Additionally, two more symbol alphabets are allocated, the \software{bm} package \cite{bm} loads one more font and now "\mathcal" triggers the use of one additional alphabet.
-% Hence, the minion option uses three to four more math alphabets than a usual setup.
-%
% \section{Options}
%
-%<*package|title|font|math|floats|acronyms|bibliography>
%<*package>
%
-% Load the \software{pdftexcmds} \cite{pdftexcmds} and \software{kvoptions} \cite{kvoptions} packages and define a "hep" namespace.
+% Load the \software{kvoptions} package \cite{kvoptions} and define a "hep" namespace.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{pdftexcmds}
\RequirePackage{kvoptions}
\SetupKeyvalOptions{
family=hep,
@@ -936,7 +541,7 @@ The \software{arxiv-collector} python script \cite{arxiv-collector} alleviates t
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{glossaries}
-% Provide the "glossaries" option able to turn of the use of the \software{glossaries} package \cite{glossaries}.
+% Provide the "glossaries" option able to turn of the use of the \software{hep-acronym} package \cite{hep-acronym}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareBoolOption[true]{glossaries}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -1106,393 +711,38 @@ The \software{arxiv-collector} python script \cite{arxiv-collector} alleviates t
% Set the SISSA compatibility options.
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifhep@sissa
- \setkeys{hep}{title=false, bibliography=false}
+ \setkeys{hep}{defaults, title=false, bibliography=false}
\PassOptionsToPackage{
colorlinks=true, linktocpage=true, pdfproducer=medialab, pdfa=true,
urlcolor=blue, anchorcolor=blue, citecolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
linkcolor=blue, menucolor=blue, pagecolor=blue
}{hyperref}
- \PassOptionsToPackage{reset}{geometry}
\AtBeginDocument{\renewcommand{\foreignabbrfont}{}}
\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Set the JHEP compatibility options.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifhep@jhep
- \voffset 0in
- \hoffset 0in
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%</package>
%
% \section{Font}
%
-%<*package|font>
-%
% Set the whole text to sans serif if requested.
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<font>\newif\ifhep@serif\hep@seriftrue
\ifhep@serif\else
\renewcommand{\familydefault}{\sfdefault}
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\ifxetexorluatex}
-% Load the \software{ifluatex} \cite{ifluatex} and \software{ifxetex} \cite{ifxetex} packages.
-% Define the "\ifxetexorluatex" conditional checking if the package is executed by \hologo{LuaLaTeX} or \hologo{XeLaTeX}.
+% Load the hep-font package.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{ifluatex}
-\RequirePackage{ifxetex}
-\newif\ifxetexorluatex
-\ifxetex\xetexorluatextrue
-\else
- \ifluatex\xetexorluatextrue
- \else\xetexorluatexfalse
- \fi
-\fi
+\RequirePackage[lining=\ifhep@lining true\else false \fi]{hep-font}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% Pick the correct font encoding depending on the engine used and load the \software{fontenc} package \cite{fontenc} with this encoding.
-% For details of the font encoding see \cite{encguide}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifxetexorluatex
- \def\hep@encoding{TU}
-\else
- \def\hep@encoding{T1}
-\fi
-\RequirePackage[\hep@encoding]{fontenc}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Fix the remaining \CM fonts \cite{fix-cm}, load the \LM font via \software{cfr-lm} \cite{cfr-lm} supported also by \software{lmodern} \cite{lmodern}, the \software{textcomp} extension \cite{textcomp}, and the \software{microtype} font optimization \cite{microtype}.
-% Adjust the figures according to the "lining" option and ensure that tables always use lining, using the \software{etoolbox} package \cite{etoolbox}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{fix-cm}
-\RequirePackage{microtype}
-%<font>\newif\ifhep@lining
-\ifxetexorluatex
- \RequirePackage{nfssext-cfr}
- \RequirePackage{lmodern}
-\else
- \ifhep@lining
- \RequirePackage[rm={lining},sf={lining},tt={lining}]{cfr-lm}
- \else
- \RequirePackage{cfr-lm}
- \fi
-\fi
-\RequirePackage{etoolbox}
-% \AtBeginEnvironment{tabular}{\tlstyle}
-\RequirePackage{textcomp}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Define bold and sans serif small caps font shapes using the \software{fontspec} package \cite{fontspec}.
-% The font abbreviations are
-% \begin{description}[nosep]
-% \item[lmr] \LM regular font
-% \item[lmss] \LM sans serif font
-% \item[cmss] \CM sans serif font
-% \item[xcmss] Extended \CM sans serif font (from the \software{sansmathfonts} package \cite{sansmathfonts})
-% \item[bx] Bold extended series
-% \item[b] Bold series
-% \item[m] Medium weight and width series
-% \item[c] Medium weight, condensed width series
-% \item[sc] Caps and small caps font shape
-% \end{description}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\hep@sf@fontshape}[3]{%
- \DeclareFontShape{\hep@encoding}{\sfdefault}{#1}{#2}{#3}{}%
-}
-\newcommand{\hep@rm@fontshape}[3]{%
- \DeclareFontShape{\hep@encoding}{\rmdefault}{#1}{#2}{#3}{}%
-}
-\ifxetexorluatex
- \RequirePackage{fontspec}
- \setmainfont{Latin Modern Roman}[
- UprightFeatures={SmallCapsFont={[lmromancaps10-regular.otf]}},
- BoldFeatures={
- SmallCapsFeatures={Letters=SmallCaps},
- SmallCapsFont={[cmunbx.otf]}
- }
- ]
- \hep@sf@fontshape{bx}{sc}{<->cmssbxcsc10}{}
- \hep@sf@fontshape{b}{sc}{<->cmssbxcsc10}{}
- \hep@sf@fontshape{m}{scit}{<->cmsscsci10}{}
- \hep@sf@fontshape{m}{sc}{%
- <-9>cmsscsc8<9-10>cmsscsc9<10->cmsscsc10%
- }{}
-\else
- \rmfamily
- \ifhep@lining
- \RequirePackage{slantsc}
- \hep@rm@fontshape{b}{sc}{<->ssub*cmr/bx/sc}{}
- \hep@rm@fontshape{bx}{sc}{<->ssub*cmr/bx/sc}{}
- \hep@rm@fontshape{b}{scsl}{<->ssub*cmr/bx/scsl}{}
- \hep@rm@fontshape{bx}{scsl}{<->ssub*cmr/bx/scit}{}
- \hep@rm@fontshape{b}{scit}{<->ssub*cmr/bx/scsl}{}
- \hep@rm@fontshape{bx}{scit}{<->ssub*cmr/bx/scit}{}
- \else
- \DeclareFontFamily{\hep@encoding}{hfor}{}
- \DeclareFontShape{\hep@encoding}{hfor}{bx}{sc}{
- <-6>hfoxc0500<6-7>hfoxc0600<7-8>hfoxc0700<8-9>hfoxc0800
- <9-10>hfoxc0900<10-12>hfoxc1000<12-17>hfoxc1200<17->hfoxc1728
- }{}
- \DeclareFontShape{\hep@encoding}{hfor}{bx}{scsl}{
- <-6>hfooc0500<6-7>hfooc0600<7-8>hfooc0700<8-9>hfooc0800
- <9-10>hfooc0900<10-12>hfooc1000<12-17>hfooc1200<17->hfooc1728
- }{}
- \hep@rm@fontshape{b}{sc}{<->ssub*hfor/bx/sc}{}
- \hep@rm@fontshape{bx}{sc}{<->ssub*hfor/bx/sc}{}
- \hep@rm@fontshape{bx}{scsl}{<->ssub*hfor/bx/scsl}{}
- \hep@rm@fontshape{b}{scit}{<->ssub*hfor/bx/scsl}{}
- \hep@rm@fontshape{bx}{scit}{<->ssub*hfor/bx/scsl}{}
- \hep@rm@fontshape{b}{scsl}{<->ssub*hfor/bx/scsl}{}
- \fi
- \sffamily
- \hep@sf@fontshape{m}{sc}{<->ssub*xcmss/m/sc}{}
- \hep@sf@fontshape{b}{sc}{<->ssub*xcmss/bx/sc}{}
- \hep@sf@fontshape{bx}{sc}{<->ssub*xcmss/bx/sc}{}
- \hep@sf@fontshape{m}{scit}{<->ssub*xcmss/m/scit}{}
- \hep@sf@fontshape{b}{scit}{<->ssub*xcmss/bx/scit}{}
- \hep@sf@fontshape{bx}{scit}{<->ssub*xcmss/bx/scit}{}
- \hep@sf@fontshape{m}{scsl}{<->ssub*xcmss/m/scit}{}
- \hep@sf@fontshape{b}{scsl}{<->ssub*xcmss/bx/scit}{}
- \hep@sf@fontshape{bx}{scsl}{<->ssub*xcmss/bx/scit}{}
- \hep@sf@fontshape{m}{ui}{<->cmssu10}{}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Load the \software{inputenc} package \cite{inputenc}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifxetexorluatex\else
- \RequirePackage[utf8]{inputenc}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%</package|font>
%
% \subsection{Math fonts}
%
-%<*package|font>
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<font>\RequirePackage{pdftexcmds}
-%<font>\def\hep@symbols{true}
-%<font>\RequirePackage{amstext}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Define conditionals based on the "symbols" package option.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newif\ifhep@symbols
-\ifnum\pdf@strcmp{\hep@symbols}{false}=0\else\hep@symbolstrue\fi
-\newif\ifhep@ams
-\ifnum\pdf@strcmp{\hep@symbols}{ams}=0 \hep@amstrue\fi
-\newif\ifhep@minion
-\ifnum\pdf@strcmp{\hep@symbols}{minion}=0 \hep@miniontrue\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Load the \software{fixmath} \cite{fixmath} and \software{textalpha} \cite{textalpha} packages ensuring that upper Greek letters in math mode are italic and providing upright Greek letters in text mode, respectively.
-% Ensure that both "\text" and "\mathrm" produce upright Greek letters.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifhep@symbols
- \RequirePackage{fixmath}
- \RequirePackage{textalpha}
- \def\hep@greek#1{%
- \expandafter\let\csname math%
- \expandafter\@gobble\string#1\endcsname=#1%
- \edef#1{%
- \noexpand\TextOrMath{%
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname text%
- \expandafter\@gobble\string#1\endcsname%
- }{%
- \noexpand\ifnum\noexpand\fam=0
- \noexpand\text{%
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname text%
- \expandafter\@gobble\string#1\endcsname%
- }%
- \noexpand\else
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname math%
- \expandafter\@gobble\string#1\endcsname%
- \noexpand\fi
- }%
- }%
- }
- \hep@greek\alpha \hep@greek\beta \hep@greek\gamma
- \hep@greek\delta \hep@greek\epsilon \hep@greek\zeta
- \hep@greek\eta \hep@greek\theta \hep@greek\iota
- \hep@greek\kappa \hep@greek\lambda \hep@greek\mu
- \hep@greek\nu \hep@greek\xi \hep@greek\pi
- \hep@greek\rho \hep@greek\sigma \hep@greek\tau
- \hep@greek\upsilon \hep@greek\phi \hep@greek\chi
- \hep@greek\psi \hep@greek\omega
- \hep@greek\Gamma \hep@greek\Delta \hep@greek\Theta
- \hep@greek\Lambda \hep@greek\Xi \hep@greek\Pi
- \hep@greek\Sigma \hep@greek\Upsilon \hep@greek\Phi
- \hep@greek\Psi \hep@greek\Omega
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Ensure that this works also after loading other fonts packages such as \software{cfr-lm} using \software{substitutefont} \cite{substitutefont}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifxetexorluatex
- % missing code
- \else
- \RequirePackage{substitutefont}
- \substitutefont{LGR}{\rmdefault}{lmr}
- \DeclareFontFamily{LGR}{\rmdefault}{}
- \DeclareFontShape{LGR}{\rmdefault}{b}{n}{<->ssub*lmr/bx/n}{}
- \DeclareFontShape{LGR}{\rmdefault}{b}{sc}{<->ssub*lmr/bx/sc}{}
- \substitutefont{LGR}{\ttdefault}{lmtt}
- \DeclareFontFamily{LGR}{\ttdefault}{}
- \DeclareFontShape{LGR}{\ttdefault}{b}{n}{<->ssub*lmtt/bx/n}{}
- \substitutefont{LGR}{\sfdefault}{lmss}
- \DeclareFontFamily{LGR}{\sfdefault}{}
- \DeclareFontShape{LGR}{\sfdefault}{b}{n}{<->ssub*lmss/bx/n}{}
- \DeclareFontShape{LGR}{\sfdefault}{b}{sc}{<->ssub*lmss/bx/sc}{}
- \fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Either load the \software{MnSymbol} package \cite{MnSymbol} or the the \software{exscale} package in order to fix Latin Modern "lmex" fonts.
-% Additionally, load the \software{amssymb} package \cite{amsfonts} which provides further math symbols and also loads the \software{amsfonts} package \cite{amsfonts}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifhep@minion
- \RequirePackage{MnSymbol}
- \else
- \RequirePackage{exscale}
- \RequirePackage{amssymb}
- \fi
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\mathsf}
-% If the "sansserif" package option is active use the \software{cmbright} font \cite{cmbright} and code adjusted from the \software{sansmathfonts} package \cite{sansmathfonts}.
-% Ensure that "\mathsf" is italic as well as sans serif and sans for sans and sans serif documents, respectively.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifhep@serif
- \newcommand\hep@font@sf{cmbrm}
- \DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathsf}{OML}{\hep@font@sf}{m}{it}
- \SetMathAlphabet{\mathsf}{bold}{OML}{\hep@font@sf}{b}{it}
-\else
- \newcommand\hep@font@sf{lmr}
- \newcommand\hep@font@text{lmss}
- \newcommand\hep@font@math{cmbrm}
- \newcommand\hep@font@symbol{cmsssy}
- \newcommand\hep@font@extra{cmssex}
- \newcommand\hep@font@amsa{ssmsa}
- \newcommand\hep@font@amsb{ssmsb}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Declare font substitutions.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \DeclareFontSubstitution{OML}{\hep@font@math}{m}{it}
- \ifhep@symbols\ifhep@minion\else
- \DeclareFontSubstitution{OMS}{\hep@font@symbol}{m}{n}
- \DeclareFontSubstitution{OMX}{\hep@font@extra}{m}{n}
- \fi\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Declare the symbol fonts.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \DeclareSymbolFont{operators}{OT1}{\hep@font@text}{m}{n}
- \DeclareSymbolFont{letters}{OML}{\hep@font@math}{m}{it}
- \ifhep@symbols\ifhep@minion\else
- \DeclareSymbolFont{symbols}{OMS}{\hep@font@symbol}{m}{n}
- \DeclareSymbolFont{largesymbols}{OMX}{\hep@font@extra}{m}{n}
- \fi\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Set bold symbol fonts.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \SetSymbolFont{operators}{bold}{OT1}{\hep@font@text}{b}{n}
- \SetSymbolFont{letters}{bold}{OML}{\hep@font@math}{b}{it}
- \ifhep@symbols\ifhep@minion\else
- \SetSymbolFont{symbols}{bold}{OMS}{\hep@font@symbol}{b}{n}
- \fi\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Adjust the fonts loaded by the \software{amsfonts} \cite{amsfonts} and \software{esint} \cite{esint} packages.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifhep@symbols\ifhep@minion\else
- \DeclareSymbolFont{AMSa}{U}{\hep@font@amsa}{m}{n}
- \DeclareSymbolFont{AMSb}{U}{\hep@font@amsb}{m}{n}
- \fi\fi
- \AtBeginDocument{%
- \@ifpackageloaded{esint}{%
- \DeclareSymbolFont{largesymbolsA}{U}{ssesint}{m}{n}
- }{}
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Declare the symbol font alphabets.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet{\mathrm}{operators}
- \DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet{\mathnormal}{letters}
- \ifhep@minion\else
- \DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet{\mathcal}{symbols}
- \fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Declare "\mathit".
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathit}{OML}{\hep@font@text}{m}{it}
- \SetMathAlphabet\mathit{bold}{OML}{\hep@font@text}{bx}{it}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Declare "\mathtt".
-% \begin{macrocode}
-% \DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathtt}{OT1}{cmtl}{m}{n}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Declare "\mathsf".
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathsf}{OML}{\hep@font@sf}{m}{it}
- \SetMathAlphabet{\mathsf}{bold}{OML}{\hep@font@sf}{bx}{it}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% End of "sansserif".
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\mathbf}
-% Load the \software{bm} package \cite{bm} for superior boldmath.
-% Make math symbols bold whenever they appear in bold macros such as "\section"\marg{text}.
+% Load the hep-math-font package.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifhep@symbols
- \RequirePackage{bm}
- \AtBeginDocument{\let\mathbf\bm}
- \g@addto@macro\bfseries{\boldmath}
+\RequirePackage[symbols=\hep@symbols]{hep-math-font}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\mathtt}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathtt}{OT1}{lmtt}{m}{n}
- \SetMathAlphabet{\mathtt}{bold}{OT1}{lmtt}{bx}{n}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\mathscr}
-% Provid the "\mathscr" math script font from the \software{mathrsfs} package \cite{mathrsfs}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathscr}{U}{rsfs}{m}{n}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\mathbb}
-% Redefine the the "\mathbb" math blackboard style font according to the \prefix{sans}{serif} option with the font from the \software{dsfont} package \cite{dsfont}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifhep@minion
- \DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathbb}{U}{%
- \ifhep@serif dsrom\else dsss\fi%
- }{m}{n}
- \else
- \ifhep@ams\else
- \SetMathAlphabet{\mathbb}{normal}{U}{%
- \ifhep@serif dsrom\else dsss\fi%
- }{m}{n}
- \fi
- \fi
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%</package|font>
%
% \subsection{Font size} \label{sec:font size}
%
-%<*package>
-%
% Undefine previously defined font sizes and load the \hologo{LaTeX} font size file corresponding to the font size option.
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifhep@defaults\else
@@ -1511,152 +761,8 @@ The \software{arxiv-collector} python script \cite{arxiv-collector} alleviates t
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{Text}
-%
-% Load the \software{babel} package \cite{babel} for hyphenation and the recommended \software{csquotes} package \cite{csquotes}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage[\hep@lang]{babel}
-\RequirePackage[autostyle]{csquotes}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\underline}
-% Load the \software{ulem} package \cite{ulem} for hyphenable underlined text.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage[normalem]{ulem}
-\let\underline\uline
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%\begin{macro}{\vs}
-% Load the \software{foreign} package \cite{foreign} in order to highlight abbreviations and vocabularies from foreign languages.
-% Add the missing "\vs" command.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifnum\pdf@strcmp{\hep@lang}{american}=0
- \newcommand{\hep@lang@foreign}{USenglish}
-\else
- \ifnum\pdf@strcmp{\hep@lang}{USenglish}=0
- \newcommand{\hep@lang@foreign}{USenglish}
- \else
- \newcommand{\hep@lang@foreign}{british}
- \fi
-\fi
-\RequirePackage[all, \hep@lang@foreign]{foreign}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\vs{\xperiodafter{{\foreignabbrfont{vs}}}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% The \software{foreign} package relies on the \software{xspace} package \cite{xspace}.
-% Ensure that "\xspace" is compatible with the "\enquote" macro from the \software{csquote} package.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\xspaceaddexceptions{\csq@qclose@i}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%\begin{macro}{\no}
-% Define the macro "\no"\marg{number} for the use of \textnumero\ with appropriate spacing.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\no}[1]{\textnumero~#1}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%\begin{macro}{\software}
-% Define a macro for software with optional version information "\software"\linebreak[1]\oarg{version}\linebreak[1]\marg{name}, using the \software{relsize} package \cite{relsize}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{relsize}
-\newcommand{\software}[2][\hspace{-\fontdimen2\font}]{%
- {\smaller[.5]\textsc{#2}~#1}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%</package>
-%<*package|title|bibliography>
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\online}
-% \begin{macro}{\email}
-% Define the "\online"\marg{text}\marg{url} macro combining the features of the "\href" and the "\url" macros.
-% Define a macro for typesetting emails.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand{\online}[2]{\ttfamily{#2}}%
-\newcommand{\hep@email}[1]{\online{mailto:#1}{#1}}
-\providecommand\email{\hep@email}
-\AtEndOfPackage{\@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{%
- \renewcommand{\online}[2]{\href{#1}{\nolinkurl{#2}}}%
- }{}
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%</package|title|bibliography>
-%<*package>
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\prefix}
-% Define the "\prefix"\marg{prefix}\marg{word} macro ensuring the correct linebreak in \prefix{prefix}{word}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\prefix}[2]{(#1\mbox{-)}\allowbreak #2}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Lists}
-%
-% Load the \software{enumitem} package \cite{enumitem}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage[inline]{enumitem}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{environment}{inlinelist}
-% Define an inline list environment.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newlist{inlinelist}{enumerate*}{1}
-\setlist*[inlinelist,1]{%
- label=\roman*), itemjoin={,\ }, itemjoin*={, and\ }, after=.%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
-%
-% \begin{environment}{enumdescript}
-% Define an enumdescript list environment.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newlist{enum@descript}{enumerate}{2}
-\setlist[enum@descript]{label=\arabic*.}
-\newenvironment{enumdescript}[1][]{
-\begin{enum@descript}[#1]
- \let\hep@item\item
- \renewcommand{\item}[2][]{
- \ifx&##1&\hep@item\else\hep@item[##1]\fi
- \textbf{##2}\ifx##2\empty\else~\fi\@ifnextchar\par\@gobble\relax
- }
-}{\end{enum@descript}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
-%
-%</package>
-%<*package|bibliography>
-%
-% \begin{environment}{commalist}
-% Define a commalist environment.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{xparse}
-\ExplSyntaxOn
-\NewDocumentEnvironment{commalist}{O{\space}+b}{
- \hep@comma@list:n{#2}
-}{#1}
-\seq_new:N \hep@items@sequence
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \hep@comma@list:n #1{
- \seq_set_split:Nnn \hep@items@sequence{\item}{#1}
- \seq_pop_left:NN \hep@items@sequence \l_tmpa_tl
- \seq_use:Nnnn \hep@items@sequence{~and~}{,~}{,~and~}
-}
-\ExplSyntaxOff
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
-%
-%</package|bibliography>
-%
% \section{Geometry}
%
-%<*package>
-%
% Load the \software{geometry} package \cite{geometry} and adjust the text width and height.
% This step must happen after readjusting the font size in \cref{sec:font size}.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1695,596 +801,36 @@ The \software{arxiv-collector} python script \cite{arxiv-collector} alleviates t
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
-%</package>
-%
-% \section{Math}
-%
-%<*package|math>
-%
-% Load the \software{mathtools} package \cite{mathtools} which loads the \software{amsmath} package \cite{amsmath}.
-% Allow page breaks within equations if necessary.
-% Adjust the thick and med mu skips slightly.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<package>\ifhep@physics
-%<math>\newif\ifhep@lining\hep@liningtrue
-%<math>\newif\ifhep@eqnarray\hep@eqnarraytrue
-\RequirePackage{mathtools}
-\allowdisplaybreaks[1]
-\thickmuskip=5mu plus 3mu minus 1mu
-\medmuskip=4mu plus 2mu minus 3mu
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%</package|math>
-%<*package|math|acronyms>
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\mathdef}
-% Define the "\mathdef"\marg{name}\oarg{arguments}\marg{macro} macro which \prefix{re}{defines} macros in math mode only.
-% This macro is implemented using the \software{xparse} package \cite{xparse}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{xparse}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand{\mathdef}{mO{0}m}{%
- \expandafter\let\csname hep@text\string#1\endcsname=#1
- \expandafter\newcommand\csname hep@math\string#1\endcsname[#2]{#3}
- \DeclareRobustCommand#1{%
- \ifmmode
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\next\csname%
- hep@math\string#1\endcsname%
- \else
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\next\csname%
- hep@text\string#1\endcsname%
- \fi
- \next
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%</package|math|acronyms>
-%<*package|math>
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\i}
-% Provide an upright imaginary unit in math mode.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\AtBeginDocument{\mathdef{\i}{\operatorname{i}}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\overline}
-% Redefine "\overline" to be a text macro using the \software{ulem} package \cite{ulem}.
-% Extend it as a math macro with the original definition from the \software{amsmath} package \cite{amsmath}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{ulem}
-\def\overline#1{{\renewcommand{\ULdepth}{-1.9ex}{}\uline{#1}}}
-\DeclareRobustCommand{\over@line}[1]{\@@overline{#1}}
-\mathdef{\overline}{\over@line}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\oset}
-% Define a new overset macro "\oset"\oarg{offset}\marg{over}\marg{base}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\oset}[3][-1pt]{%
- \text{\raisebox{.2ex}{$\mathop{#3}\limits^{%
- \vbox to#1{\kern-2\ex@\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle#2$}\vss}%
- }$}}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\overleftright}
-% Define a over left right arrow "\overleftright"\marg{base}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\overleftright}[1]{\oset{\leftrightarrow}{#1}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{eqnarray}
-% Undefine the "eqnarray" environment if not prevented by package option.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifhep@eqnarray\else
- \let\eqnarray\@undefined
- \let\endeqnarray\@undefined
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Operators}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\tr}
-% \begin{macro}{\Tr}
-% \begin{macro}{\rank}
-% \begin{macro}{\erf}
-% \begin{macro}{\Res}
-% \begin{macro}{\sgn}
-% \begin{macro}{\sgn}
-% \begin{macro}{\diag}
-% Provide the "\diag", "\sgn", and other operators.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\tr}{tr}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\Tr}{Tr}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\rank}{rank}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\erf}{erf}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\Res}{Res}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\sgn}{sgn}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\diag}{diag}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \begin{macro}{\Re}
-% \begin{macro}{\Im}
-% Redefine the real and imaginary projectors.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\Re\relax\DeclareMathOperator{\Re}{Re}
-\let\Im\relax\DeclareMathOperator{\Im}{Im}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \subsubsection{Trigonometric functions}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\cos\undefined\DeclareMathOperator{\cos}{cos\vphantom{i}}
-\let\tan\undefined\DeclareMathOperator{\tan}{tan\vphantom{i}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\arccsc}{arccsc}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\arcsec}{arcsec}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\arccot}{arccot}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\asin}{asin}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\acos}{acos}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\atan}{atan}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\acsc}{acsc}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\asec}{asec}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\acot}{acot}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\csch}{csch}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\sech}{sech}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Units and fractions}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\unit}
-% Load the \software{units} package \cite{units} which provides the "\units" and "\nicefrac" macros.
-% Patch the "\unit" and "\unitfrac" macros to work with lining numerals using the \software{xpatch} package \cite{xpatch}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{units}
-\RequirePackage{xpatch}
-\ifhep@lining\else
- \xpatchcmd{\unit}{\else#1}{%
- \else\ifthenelse{\boolean{mmode}}{#1}{\textl{#1}}%
- }{}{}
- \xpatchcmd{\unitfrac}{\else#1}{%
- \else\ifthenelse{\boolean{mmode}}{#1}{\textl{#1}}%
- }{}{}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\inv}
-% Provide a macro for the inverse, useful in combination with the unit macro in text mode.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\inv}[2][1]{#2\ensuremath{^{-#1}}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\flatfrac}
-% Flat fraction.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX{\hep@flatfrac}[2]{.}{.}{%
- #1\delimsize/\makeleftdelim#2%
-}
-\NewDocumentCommand{\flatfrac}{somm}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{%
- \hep@flatfrac*{#3}{#4}%
- }{%
- \IfNoValueTF{#2}{\,\makeleftdelim#3/\makeleftdelim#4\,%
- }{%
- \hep@flatfrac[#2]{#3}{#4}%
- }%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\textfrac}
-% Provide the "\textfrac" macro.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\textfrac}[2]{\ensuremath{\nicefrac{\text{#1}}{\text{#2}}}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Differentials and derivatives}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\differential}
-% \begin{macro}{\d}
-% Provide a differential "\d".
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\makedifferential}[1]{\mathop{}\!#1}
-\providecommand{\differentialsymbol}{d}
-\newcommand{\differential}{\makedifferential\differentialsymbol}
-\AtBeginDocument{\mathdef{\d}{\differential}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \begin{macro}{\makederivative}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\makederivative[2]{
- \NewDocumentCommand{#1}{somso}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{##4}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{##1}{\nicefrac}{\frac}%
- }{%
- \IfBooleanTF{##1}{\flatfrac}{\dfrac}%
- }{%
- \makedifferential#2\IfValueT{##2}{^{##2}}\IfValueT{##5}{##5}%
- }{%
- \makedifferential#2{##3}\IfValueT{##2}{^{##2}}%
- }%
- }
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\derivative}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\makederivative{\derivative}{d}
-\newcommand\dv{\derivative}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \begin{macro}{\variation}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\variation{\makedifferential\delta}
-\newcommand\var{\variation}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \begin{macro}{\functionalderivative}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\makederivative{\functionalderivative}{\delta}
-\newcommand\fdv{\functionalderivative}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \begin{macro}{\makepartialderivative}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{etoolbox}
-\newcommand\makepartialderivative[2]{
- \NewDocumentCommand{#1}{sO{}O{}msoo}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{##5}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{##1}{\nicefrac}{\frac}%
- }{%
- \IfBooleanTF{##1}{\flatfrac}{\dfrac}%
- }{%
- \makedifferential#2\IfValueTF{##7}{%
- \ifblank{##2}{
- \ifblank{##3}{^2}{^{\the\numexpr##3+1\relax}}%
- }{%
- \ifblank{##3}{%
- ^{\the\numexpr##2+1\relax}}{^{{\the\numexpr##2+##3\relax}}%
- }%
- }%
- }{\IfValueT{##2}{^{##2}}}\IfValueT{##6}{##6}%
- }{%
- \makedifferential#2{##4}\IfValueT{##2}{^{##2}}%
- \IfValueT{##7}{#2##7\IfValueT{##3}{^{##3}}}%
- }%
- }
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \begin{macro}{\partialderivative}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\makepartialderivative{\partialderivative}{\partial}
-\newcommand\pdv{\partialderivative}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\cancel}
-% \begin{macro}{\slashed}
-% Additionally, load the \software{cancel} \cite{cancel} and \software{slashed} \cite{slashed} packages which provide the "\cancel" and "\slashed" macros.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{cancel}
-\RequirePackage{slashed}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Paired delimiters}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\left}
-% \begin{macro}{\right}
-% Load the \software{mleftright} package \cite{mleftright} and adjust the spacing around "\left" and "\right".
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{mleftright}
-\mleftright
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\abs}
-% \begin{macro}{\norm}
-% \begin{macro}{\pnorm}
-% Absolute value and norm.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\noargumentsymbol}{\:\cdot\:}
-\newcommand{\optionalargument}[1]{\ifblank{#1}{\noargumentsymbol}{#1}}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\abs[1]\lvert\rvert{\optionalargument{#1}}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\norm[1]\lVert\rVert{\optionalargument{#1}}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterXPP\hep@pnorm[2]{}\lVert\rVert{_{#1}}{#2}
-\NewDocumentCommand{\pnorm}{som}{%
- \IfValueTF{#2}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{\hep@pnorm*}{\hep@pnorm}{#2}%
- }{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{\norm*}{\norm}%
- }{\optionalargument{#3}}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \begin{macro}{\order}
-% Order symbol and macro.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand{\ordersymbol}{\mathcal{O}}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterXPP\order[1]{\ordersymbol}(){}{#1}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \begin{macro}{\evaluated}
-% \begin{macro}{\eval}
-% Vertical evaluation bar
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiter{\hep@evaluated}{.}{\rvert}
-\NewDocumentCommand{\evaluated}{som}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{%
- \hep@evaluated*{#3}%
- }{%
- \IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3\rvert}{\hep@evaluated[#2]{#3}}%
- }%
-}
-\newcommand\eval{\evaluated}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \subsubsection{Set and Probability}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\midbar}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\makeleftdelim{\mathopen{}}
-\providecommand{\midbar}[1][]{%
- \nonscript\:#1\vert\allowbreak\nonscript\:\makeleftdelim%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \begin{macro}{\suchthat}
-% \begin{macro}{\set}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand\suchthat{\midbar}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\set[1]\{\}{%
- \renewcommand\suchthat{\midbar[\delimsize]}#1%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \begin{macro}{\probabilitysymbol}
-% \begin{macro}{\given}
-% \begin{macro}{\Pr}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand{\probabilitysymbol}{\operatorname{Pr}}
-\providecommand\given{\midbar}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterXPP\hep@Pr[1]{%
- \probabilitysymbol}(){}{%
- \renewcommand\given{\midbar[\delimsize]}#1%
-}
-\let\Pr\relax
-\NewDocumentCommand{\Pr}{so}{%
- \IfValueTF{#2}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{\hep@Pr*}{\hep@Pr}{#2}%
- }{%
- \probabilitysymbol%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \subsubsection{Commutators}
+% \section{Text}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\innerproduct}
-% \begin{macro}{\poissonbracket}
-% \begin{macro}{\commutator}
-% \begin{macro}{\anticommutator}
-% Poissonbracket, commutator and anti-commutator.
+% Load the \software{hep-text} package \cite{hep-text}.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\innerproduct[2]{%
- \langle}{\rangle}{\optionalargument{#1},\optionalargument{#2}%
-}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\poissonbracket[2]{%
- \lbrace}{\rbrace}{\optionalargument{#1},\optionalargument{#2}%
-}
-\newcommand\pb{\poissonbracket}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\commutator[2]{%
- \lbrack}{\rbrack}{\optionalargument{#1},\optionalargument{#2}%
-}
-\newcommand\comm{\commutator}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\anticommutator[2]{%
- \lbrace}{\rbrace}{\optionalargument{#1},\optionalargument{#2}%
-}
-\newcommand\acomm{\anticommutator}
+\RequirePackage[lang=\hep@lang]{hep-text}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \subsubsection{Bra-ket notation}
+% \section{Math}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand\braketspace{\mskip1mu}
-\newcommand\hep@midvert{%
- \braketspace\delimsize\vert\braketspace\makeleftdelim%
-}
+\ifhep@physics\RequirePackage{hep-math}\fi
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\braket}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\braket[2]{\langle}{\rangle}{\braketspace#1\hep@midvert#2\braketspace}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \begin{macro}{\bra}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterXPP\hep@bra[1]{%
- }{\langle}{\rvert}{\braketspace}{\braketspace#1\braketspace%
-}
-\NewDocumentCommand{\bra}{smt\ket sgt\ketbra sgg}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#6}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{\braket*{#2}{#8}}{\braket{#2}{#8}}%
- \IfBooleanTF{#7}{\bra*{#9}}{\bra{#9}}%
- }{
- \IfBooleanTF{#3}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{\braket*}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#4}{\braket*}{\braket}}{#2}{#5%
- }%
- }{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{\hep@bra*}{\hep@bra}{#2}%
- }%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \begin{macro}{\ket}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterXPP\ket[1]{%
- \braketspace}{\lvert}{\rangle}{}{\braketspace\makeleftdelim#1\braketspace%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \begin{macro}{\ketbra}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\NewDocumentCommand{\ketbra}{smm}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{%
- \ket*{#2}\bra*{#3}%
- }{%
- \ket{#2}\bra{#3}%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \begin{macro}{\matrixelement}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\matrixelement[3]{%
- \langle}{\rangle}{\braketspace#1\hep@midvert#2\hep@midvert#3\braketspace%
-}
-\newcommand\matrixel{\matrixelement}
-\newcommand\mel{\matrixelement}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \begin{macro}{\expectationvalue}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\hep@expvalue[1]{\langle}{\rangle}{\braketspace#1\braketspace}
-\NewDocumentCommand{\expectationvalue}{som}{%
- \IfNoValueTF{#2}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{\hep@expvalue*}{\hep@expvalue}{#3}%
- }{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{\matrixelement*}{\matrixelement}{#2}{#3}{#2}%
- }%
-}
-\newcommand\ev{\expectationvalue}
-\newcommand\vev[1]{\expectationvalue[0]{#1}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% End of "physics" conditional.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<package>\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%</package|math>
-%
% \section{Floats}
%
-%<*package|floats>
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<floats>\newif\ifhep@manualplacement\hep@manualplacementfalse
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
% Adjust the \hologo{LaTeX} float placement defaults
% \begin{macrocode}
-\setcounter{bottomnumber}{0} % 1
-\setcounter{topnumber}{1} % 2
-\setcounter{dbltopnumber}{1} % 2
-\renewcommand{\topfraction}{.9} % .7
-\renewcommand{\dbltopfraction}{.9} % .7
-\renewcommand{\textfraction}{.1} % .2
-\renewcommand{\floatpagefraction}{.8} % .5
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{environment}{figure}
-% \begin{environment}{table}
-% Center the content of "figure" and "table" environments.
-% Ignore the manual placement if the "manualplacement" option is set to false.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\hep@figure\figure%
-\let\end@hep@figure\endfigure%
-\let\hep@table\table%
-\let\end@hep@table\endtable%
-\ifhep@manualplacement%
- \renewenvironment{figure}[1][tbp]{%
- \hep@figure[#1]\centering%
- }{\end@hep@figure}%
- \renewenvironment{table}[1][tbp]{%
- \hep@table[#1]\centering%
- }{\end@hep@table}%
-\else%
- \renewenvironment{figure}[1][]{%
- \hep@figure\centering%
- }{\end@hep@figure}%
- \renewenvironment{table}[1][]{%
- \hep@table\centering%
- }{\end@hep@table}
-\fi%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
-% \end{environment}
-%
-%</package|floats>
-%
-% \subsection{Sub-floats}
-%
-%<*package>
+\RequirePackage[
+ manualplacement=\ifhep@manualplacement true\else false \fi
+]{hep-float}
+% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\ifhep@journal}
% Define a new journal conditional.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifhep@journal
\ifhep@sissa\hep@journaltrue
-\else
- \ifhep@revtex\hep@journaltrue
- \else
- \ifhep@pos\hep@journaltrue
- \else
- \ifhep@springer\hep@journaltrue
+\else\ifhep@revtex\hep@journaltrue
+ \else\ifhep@pos\hep@journaltrue
+ \else\ifhep@springer\hep@journaltrue
\else\hep@journalfalse
\fi
\fi
@@ -2312,63 +858,7 @@ The \software{arxiv-collector} python script \cite{arxiv-collector} alleviates t
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
%
-%</package>
-%<*package|floats>
-%
-% Load the \software{subcaption} package \cite{subcaption}.
-% Provide the old "\subcaption@minipage" macro.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage[subrefformat=parens]{subcaption}
-\captionsetup{font=small}
-\captionsetup[sub]{font=small}
-\providecommand*\subcaption@minipage[2]{%
- \minipage#1{#2}\setcaptionsubtype\relax%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{environment}{panels}
-% \begin{macro}{\panel}
-% Define the "panels" environment and the "\panel" macro.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\hep@panels@space}{20}
-\newenvironment{panels}[2][b]{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Define an internal macro for global behaviour.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \newcommand{\begin@subcaption@minipage}[2][b]{%
- \caption@withoptargs\subcaption@minipage[##1]{##2}%
- \centering\vskip 0pt%
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Define the "\panel" macro for the case that the number of panels is given.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifdim#2pt>1pt%
- \newcommand{\hep@panel@space}{%
- (1-#2+\hep@panels@space)/\hep@panels@space%
- }%
- \newcommand{\panel}[1][b]{%
- \endminipage\hfill\begin@subcaption@minipage[#1]{%
- \linewidth/#2*\hep@panel@space%
- }%
- }%
- \begin@subcaption@minipage[#1]{\linewidth/#2*\hep@panel@space}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Define the "\panel" macro for the case that the width of the panel is given.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \else%
- \newcommand{\panel}[2][b]{%
- \endminipage\hfill\begin@subcaption@minipage[#1]{##2\linewidth}%
- }%
- \begin@subcaption@minipage[#1]{#2\linewidth}%
- \fi%
-}{\endminipage}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{environment}
-%
-%</package|floats>
-%<*package>
-%
-% Reajust the captions to the revtex class using the \software{ragged2e} package \cite{ragged2e}.
+% Readjust the document captions to look like the original revtex captions using the \software{ragged2e} package \cite{ragged2e}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifhep@revtex
\RequirePackage{ragged2e}
@@ -2380,895 +870,20 @@ The \software{arxiv-collector} python script \cite{arxiv-collector} alleviates t
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
%
-%</package>
-%
-% \subsection{Tables}
-%
-%<*package|floats>
-%
-% \begin{environment}{tabular}
-% Enhance tabulars with the \software{booktabs} and \software{multirow} packages \cite{booktabs, multirow}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{booktabs}
-\RequirePackage{multirow}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
-
-% \subsection{Figures}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\graphic}
-% Provide the "\graphic" macro for the inclusion of figures using the \software{graphicx} package \cite{graphicx}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{graphicx}
-\providecommand{\tikzsetnextfilename}[1]{}
-\newcommand{\graphic}[2][1]{\tikzsetnextfilename{#2}{%
- \centering\includegraphics[width=#1\linewidth]{#2}\par%
-}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\graphics}
-% Provide the "\graphics" macro for the inclusion of figures located in a subfolder.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\graphics}[1]{\graphicspath{{./#1/}}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%</package|floats>
-%
% \section{Title page}
%
-%<*package|title>
-%
-% Redefine previous macros just for the title package.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newif\ifhep@first%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%</package|title>
-%<*package>
-%
-% Define title internal conditionals outside of main conditional.
-% TODO: replace this hack
% Begin of "title" conditional.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newif\ifnewaffil%
-\ifhep@title
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%</package>
-%<*package|title>
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\hep@multi@ref}
-% Transform reference list to list of references.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\hep@multi@ref}[1]{%
- \hep@firsttrue%
- \forcsvlist{%
- \ifhep@first\hep@firstfalse\else\textsuperscript,\fi\ref%
- }{#1}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% Redefine the email macro for the title page.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\renewcommand{\email}[2][]{\unskip\thanks[#1]{\hep@email{#2}}}%
-\AtBeginDocument{
- \let\hep@maketitle\maketitle
- \renewcommand\maketitle{\hep@maketitle\let\email\hep@email}
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Preprint and title}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Preprint}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\preprintfont}
-% Define the "\preprintfont" macro.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\hep@preprint@font\relax
-\newcommand{\preprintfont}[1]{\def\hep@preprint@font{#1}}
-\preprintfont{\scshape\small}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\preprint}
-% Define the "\preprint" macro using the \software{varwidth} package \cite{varwidth}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\hep@preprint\relax
-\newcommand\preprint[1]{\def\hep@preprint{#1}}
-\RequirePackage{varwidth}
-\newcommand{\hep@preprint@box}{%
- \begin{varwidth}{\textwidth}%
- \hep@preprint@font\hep@preprint%
- \end{varwidth}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\placepreprint}
-% Places a preprint number in the top right corner of the title page using the \software{atbegshi} \cite{atbegshi} and \software{picture} \cite{picture} packages.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<title>\RequirePackage{calc}
-\RequirePackage{atbegshi}
-\RequirePackage{picture}
-\newcommand{\placepreprint}{%
- \AtBeginShipoutFirst{%
- \put(
- \textwidth+\oddsidemargin-\widthof{\hep@preprint@box},
- -2pt-\topmargin-\heightof{\hep@preprint@box}
- ){\normalfont\hep@preprint@box}
- }
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Series}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\series}
-% Define a series title.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\preseries}[1]{\def\hep@pre@series{#1}}
-\newcommand{\series}[1]{\def\hep@series{#1}}
-\newcommand{\postseries}[1]{\def\hep@post@series{#1}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\seriesfont}
-% Allow to change the fontface of the series title.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\hep@series@font\relax
-\newcommand{\seriesfont}[1]{\def\hep@series@font{#1}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% Set the default series title layout.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\preseries{\begin{center}\Large\hep@series@font}
-\postseries{\par\end{center}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Title}
-%
-% Extend the title using the \software{titling} package \cite{titling}.
-% Fix the footnote indent.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{titling}
-\setlength{\thanksmarkwidth}{1.5em}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\maketitlehooka}
-% Place the preprint and the series title using "\maketitlehooka".
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\renewcommand{\maketitlehooka}{%
- \placepreprint\vspace{-\bigskipamount}%
- \@ifundefined{hep@series}{}{%
- \hep@pre@series\hep@series\hep@post@series%
- }%
- \vspace{-\bigskipamount}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\titlefont}
-% Allow to change the fontface of the the title.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\hep@title@font\relax
-\newcommand{\titlefont}[1]{\def\hep@title@font{#1}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% Set default title layout.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\pretitle{\begin{center}\LARGE\hep@title@font}
-\posttitle{\par\end{center}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-
-% \subsubsection{Subtitle}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\subtitle}
-% Define a subtitle.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\presubtitle}[1]{\def\hep@pre@sub@title{#1}}
-\newcommand{\subtitle}[1]{\def\hep@sub@title{#1}}
-\newcommand{\postsubtitle}[1]{\def\hep@post@sub@title{#1}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \begin{macro}{\subtitlefont}
-% Allow to change the fontface of the subtitle.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\hep@subtitle@font\relax
-\newcommand{\subtitlefont}[1]{\def\hep@subtitle@font{#1}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% Set default subtitle layout.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\presubtitle{\begin{center}\Large\hep@subtitle@font}
-\postsubtitle{\par\end{center}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Authors and Editors}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Editors}
-%
-% Define editors, similar to authors using the \software{authblk} package.
-% Enable the handling of multiple authors with different affiliations using the \software{authblk} package \cite{authblk}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{authblk}
-\newcounter{editors}
-\newcommand\hep@editorlist{}
-\newcommand\hep@editors{}
+\ifhep@title\RequirePackage{hep-title}\fi
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\editor}
-% Copy of the "authblk" author code adjusted for editors.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\editor[2][]{%
- \ifnewaffil%
- \addtocounter{affil}{1}%
- \edef\AB@thenote{\arabic{affil}}%
- \fi%
- \if\relax#1\relax%
- \def\AB@note{\AB@thenote}%
- \else%
- \def\AB@note{#1}\setcounter{Maxaffil}{0}%
- \fi%
- \ifnum\value{editors}>1\relax%
- \@namedef{@sep\number\c@editors}{\Authsep}%
- \fi%
- \addtocounter{editors}{1}%
- \begingroup%
- \let\protect\@unexpandable@protect \let\and\AB@pand%
- \def\thanks{\protect\thanks}\def\footnote{\protect\footnote}%
- \@temptokena=\expandafter{\hep@editors}{%
- \def\\{%
- \protect\\[\@affilsep]\protect\Affilfont\protect\AB@resetsep%
- }%
- \xdef\hep@editor{\AB@blk@and#2}%
- \ifnewaffil%
- \gdef\AB@las{}\gdef\AB@lasx{\protect\Authand}\gdef\AB@as{}%
- \xdef\hep@editors{\the\@temptokena\AB@blk@and}%
- \else%
- \xdef\hep@editors{\the\@temptokena\AB@as\AB@au@str}%
- \global\let\AB@las\AB@lasx\gdef\AB@lasx{\protect\Authands}%
- \gdef\AB@as{\Authsep}%
- \fi%
- \gdef\AB@au@str{#2}%
- }%
- \@temptokena=\expandafter{\hep@editorlist}%
- \let\\=\editorcr%
- \xdef\hep@editorlist{%
- \the\@temptokena%
- \protect\@nameuse{@sep\number\c@editors}%
- \protect\Authfont#2%
- \if\relax#1\relax\else%
- \protect\hep@multi@ref{\AB@note}%
- \fi%
- }%
- \endgroup%
- \ifnum\value{editors}>2\relax%
- \@namedef{@sep\number\c@editors}{\Authands}%
- \fi%
- \newaffilfalse%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\editorfont}
-% Allow to change the fontface of the editors.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\hep@editor@font\relax
-\newcommand{\editorfont}[1]{\def\hep@editor@font{#1}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\preditor}
-% \begin{macro}{\postditor}
-% Set editor style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\preeditor}[1]{\def\hep@pre@editor{#1}}
-\newcommand{\posteditor}[1]{\def\hep@post@editor{#1}}
-\newcommand{\editortitle}[2]{
- \def\hep@editor@title{#1}
- \def\hep@editor@title@pl{#2}
-}
-\newcommand{\editortitlefont}[1]{\def\hep@editor@title@font{#1}}
-\newcommand{\preeditortitle}[1]{\def\hep@pre@editor@title{#1}}
-\newcommand{\posteditortitle}[1]{\def\hep@post@editor@title{#1}}
-\editortitle{Editor}{Editors}
-\editortitlefont{\itshape}
-\preeditortitle{\hep@editor@title@font}
-\posteditortitle{: }
-\preeditor{%
- \begin{center}%
- \large\hep@editor@font\lineskip.5em%
- \begin{tabular}[t]{c}{%
- \hep@pre@editor@title%
- \ifnum\value{editors}>1\relax%
- \hep@editor@title@pl%
- \else%
- \hep@editor@title%
- \fi%
- \hep@post@editor@title%
- }%
-}
-\posteditor{\end{tabular}\par\end{center}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\maketitlehookb}
-% Show subtitle and editor.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\renewcommand{\maketitlehookb}{%
- \@ifundefined{hep@sub@title}{}{%
- \hep@pre@sub@title\hep@sub@title\hep@post@sub@title%
- }%
- \smallskip%
- \ifx\hep@editorlist\AB@empty\else%
- \hep@pre@editor\hep@editorlist\hep@post@editor%
- \fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Authors}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\author}
-% Allow absent author field.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-% \author{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% Switch authblk to a label ref system for affiliations.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<title>\RequirePackage{xpatch}
-\xpatchcmd{\author}{%
- \protect\Authfont#2\AB@authnote{\AB@note}%
-}{%
- \protect\Authfont#2%
- \if\relax#1\relax\else\unskip\protect\hep@multi@ref{\AB@note}\fi%
-}{}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\authorfont}
-% Allow to change the fontface of the individual parts of the title.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\hep@author@font\relax
-\newcommand{\authorfont}[1]{\def\hep@author@font{#1}}
-\renewcommand\Authfont{\hep@author@font}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% Set default author fontface.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\authortitle}[2]{
- \def\hep@author@title{#1}
- \def\hep@author@title@pl{#2}
-}
-\newcommand{\authortitlefont}[1]{\def\hep@author@title@font{#1}}
-\newcommand{\preauthortitle}[1]{\def\hep@pre@author@title{#1}}
-\newcommand{\postauthortitle}[1]{\def\hep@post@author@title{#1}}
-\authortitle{Author}{Authors}
-\authortitlefont{\itshape}
-\preauthortitle{\hep@author@title@font}
-\postauthortitle{: }
-\preauthor{%
- \begin{center}%
- \large\hep@author@font\lineskip.5em%
- \begin{tabular}[t]{c}{%
- \ifnum\value{editors}>0\relax%
- \hep@pre@author@title%
- \ifnum\value{authors}>1\relax%
- \hep@author@title@pl\else\hep@author@title%
- \fi\hep@post@author@title%
- \fi%
- }%
-}
-\postauthor{\end{tabular}\par\end{center}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Affiliation}
-%
-% Patch the "\affiliation" macro to comply with the label ref system.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcounter{affiliation}
-\renewcommand{\theaffiliation}{%
- \textsuperscript{\normalfont\alph{affiliation}}%
-}
-\xpatchcmd{\affil}{%
- \AB@affilnote{\AB@note}%
-}{%
- \protect\refstepcounter{affiliation}\protect\label{\AB@note}%
- \if\relax#1\relax\else\protect\ref{\AB@note}\fi%
-}{}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\affiliationfont}
-% Allow to change the fontface of affiliation.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\hep@affiliation@font\relax
-\newcommand{\affiliationfont}[1]{\def\hep@affiliation@font{#1}}
-%<title>\newif\ifhep@lining\hep@liningtrue
-\ifhep@lining
- \renewcommand{\Affilfont}{\small\hep@affiliation@font}
-\else
- \renewcommand{\Affilfont}{\small\ostyle\hep@affiliation@font}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\affiliation}
-% Define the "\affiliation" macro, ensure that linebreaks happen after a comma.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\hep@penalty{\if@twocolumn85\else50\fi}
-\newcommand\hep@active@comma{,\penalty-\hep@penalty\relax}
-\newcommand\hep@cat@comma@active{\catcode`\,\active}
-{\hep@cat@comma@active\gdef,{\hep@active@comma}}
-\newcommand\hep@affil[1]{%
- \endgroup\@flushglue=0pt plus .5\linewidth\affil{#1}%
-}
-\def\hep@affil@opt[#1]#2{%
- \endgroup\@flushglue=0pt plus .5\linewidth\affil[#1]{#2}%
-}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\hep@affiliation{%
- \@ifnextchar[{\hep@affil@opt}{\hep@affil}%
-}
-\newcommand{\affiliation}{%
- \begingroup\hep@cat@comma@active\hep@affiliation%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Date and Abstract}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Date}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\date}
-% Allow absent date field.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\date{\vspace{-4ex}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\datefont}
-% Allow to change the fontface of the individual parts of the title.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\hep@date@font\relax
-\newcommand{\datefont}[1]{\def\hep@date@font{#1}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% Set the default "date" fontface.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\predate{\begin{center}\hep@date@font}
-\postdate{\par\end{center}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Abstract}
-%
-% \begin{environment}{abstract}
-% Adjust the "abstract" environment to not start with indentation.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifundefined{abstract}{}{%
- \let\hep@abstract\abstract%
- \renewcommand\abstract{\hep@abstract\noindent\ignorespaces}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
-% \begin{environment}{abstract*}
-% Add a "abstract*" environment for two column mode taking also care of placing the title using the \software{environ} \cite{environ} and \software{abstract} \cite{abstract} packages.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \if@twocolumn
- \RequirePackage{environ}
- \RequirePackage{abstract}
- \renewcommand{\abstitleskip}{-3ex}
- \NewEnviron{abstract*}{%
- \twocolumn[\maketitle\vspace{-5ex}%
- \begin{onecolabstract}\noindent\BODY\end{onecolabstract}%
- \vspace{.5cm}]\saythanks%
- }%
- \else
- \newenvironment{abstract*}{%
- \maketitle\begin{abstract}%
- }{%
- \end{abstract}%
- }
- \fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
-%
-% \subsection{Thanks}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\thanks} Redefine thank to have a optional argument for a reference label.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\hep@thanks\thanks
-\AtEndDocument{\let\thanks\hep@thanks}
-% \AddToHook{begindocument/begin}{\let\thanks\hep@thanks}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\thanks[2][]{%
- \AfterEndPreamble{%
-% \AddToHook{begindocument/end}{%
- \if\relax#1\relax%
- \footnotemark%
- \else%
- \renewcommand\thefootnote{\textsuperscript{\@fnsymbol\c@footnote}}%
- \protect\refstepcounter{footnote}\protect\label{#1}%
- \renewcommand\thefootnote{\@arabic\c@footnote}%
- \fi%
- \protected@xdef\@thanks{%
- \@thanks\protect\footnotetext[\the\c@footnote]{#2}%
- }
- \if@twocolumn
- \protected@xdef\@bs@thanks{%
- \@bs@thanks\protect\footnotetext[\the\c@footnote]{#2}%
- }%
- \fi%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%</package|title>
-%<*package>
-%
-% End of "title" conditional.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-
% \section{Bibliography}
%
-% Check if bibliography management is requested.
+% Check if bibliography management is requested using the \software{pdftexcmds} package \cite{pdftexcmds}.
% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{pdftexcmds}
\ifnum\pdf@strcmp{\hep@bibliography}{false}=0\else
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%</package>
-%<*package|bibliography>
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<bibliography>\def\hep@bibliography{numeric-comp}
-%<bibliography>\newif\ifhep@journal\hep@journalfalse
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\bibliography}
-% Load the \software{biblatex} package \cite{biblatex} with the datamodel defined in \cref{sec:data model}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage[style=\hep@bibliography, datamodel=hep-paper]{biblatex}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{hep-paper}
-% Provide the "\DeclareSortingTemplate" macro for older "biblatex" installations.
-% Define a new sorting template that sorts only multi key "\cite" entries according to their date and leaves the rest of the bibliography entries in the order they appear in the text.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand{\DeclareSortingTemplate}{\DeclareSortingScheme}
-\DeclareSortingTemplate{hep-paper}{
- \sort{\citeorder}
- \sort[final]{\field{sortkey}}
- \sort{\field{sortyear} \field{year} \literal{9999}}
- \sort{\field{month}}
- \sort{\field{eprint} \field{doi}}
- \sort{\field{sorttitle} \field{title}}
- \sort{\field{subtitle} \field{volume}}
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% Use the new sorting scheme and abbreviat all first names.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{
- sorting=hep-paper,
- safeinputenc,
- giveninits=true,
- maxbibnames=7
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Shrink the biblography in two column mode.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifhep@journal\else
- \if@twocolumn
- \AtBeginBibliography{\small}
- \setlength\biblabelsep{\labelsep}
- \fi
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{translationof}
-% Redefine the "translationof" string to fit better to documents without a original title.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DefineBibliographyStrings{english}{translationof={Original}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{erratum}
-% Add new bibliography string \enquote{Erratum} for the use in the "relatedtype" field.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\NewBibliographyString{erratum,erratums}
-\DefineBibliographyStrings{english}{erratum={Erratum},erratums={Errata}}
-\providecommand{\relateddelimerratum}{\addsemicolon\space}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% Activate the Oxford comma when using "british" and separate title and subtitle with a colon.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DefineBibliographyExtras{british}{\def\finalandcomma{\addcomma}}
-\renewcommand{\subtitlepunct}{\addcolon\addspace}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\printbibliography}
-% Allow the bibliography to be printed sloppy
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\hep@printbibliography\printbibliography
-\renewcommand{\printbibliography}{\sloppy\hep@printbibliography}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \subsection{Sourcemap}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\reg@exp@one}
-% \begin{macro}{\reg@exp@two}
-% \begin{macro}{\reg@exp@url}
-% \begin{macro}{\reg@exp@pmc}
-% Define regular expressions in order to deal with inconsistent journal title and volume naming as well as \URL protocols and the PMCID.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\reg@exp@one}{\regexp{\A(\p{L}+)?\d+(\p{L}+)?\Z}}
-\newcommand{\reg@exp@two}{\regexp{\A(\p{L}+)?(\d+)(\p{L}+)?\Z}}
-\newcommand{\reg@exp@url}{\regexp{\A(ht|f)tp(s)?:\/\/}}
-\newcommand{\reg@exp@pmc}{\regexp{\A(PMC)?}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\DeclareSourcemap}
-% Use the "\DeclareSourcemap" feature.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareSourcemap{%
- \maps[datatype=bibtex, overwrite=true]{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{collaboration}
-% Read the collaboration information if present.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \map{%
- \step[fieldsource=Collaboration, final=true]%
- \step[fieldset=collaboration, origfieldval, final=true]
- }%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{reportnumber}
-% Read the pre-print information if present.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \map{%
- \step[fieldsource=reportNumber, final=true]%
- \step[fieldset=reportnumber, origfieldval, final=true]
- }%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{journal}
-% Move letters from the volume field to the journal field.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \map[overwrite]{
- \pertype{article}
- \step[fieldsource=volume, match=\reg@exp@one, final]
- \step[fieldsource=volume, match=\reg@exp@two, replace={$2}]
- \step[fieldsource=journal, fieldtarget=journaltitle]
- \step[fieldset=journaltitle, fieldvalue={\space$1$2}, append=true]
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{url}
-% Remove the protocol from \URL.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \map{
- \step[fieldsource=url, final=true]
- \step[fieldset=protocollessurl, origfieldval, final=true]
- \step[fieldsource=protocollessurl, match=\reg@exp@url, replace={}]
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{pmc}
-% Remove the PMC from the PMCID.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \map{
- \step[fieldsource=pmcid, final=true]
- \step[fieldset=pmc, origfieldval, final=true]
- \step[fieldsource=pmc, match=\reg@exp@pmc, replace={}]
- }
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\letbibmacro}
-% Provide the "\letbibmacro" macro for old "biblatex" installations.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand{\letbibmacro}[2]{\csletcs{abx@macro@#1}{abx@macro@#2}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{collaboration}
-% Execute the author macro even if only the collaboration information if present and override the author information with collaboration information if present.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\renewbibmacro*{author/translator+others}{%
- \ifboolexpr{
- test \ifuseauthor and (
- not test {\ifnameundef{author}} or
- not test {\iffieldundef{collaboration}}
- )
- }
- {\usebibmacro{author}}
- {\usebibmacro{translator+others}}
-}
-\letbibmacro{hep@bib@author}{author}
-\renewbibmacro*{author}{%
- \iffieldundef{collaboration}{%
- \usebibmacro{hep@bib@author}}{\textit{\printfield{collaboration}}%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{In:}
-% Remove spurious \enquote{In:} if no journal is present.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\renewbibmacro*{in:}{%
- \iffieldundef{journaltitle}{}{\printtext{\bibstring{in}\intitlepunct}}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{reportnumber}
-% Print the "reportnumber" as commalist
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<bibliography>\RequirePackage{relsize}
-\DeclareFieldFormat{reportnumber}{%
- \edef\commalistbody{\forcsvfield{%
- \egroup\noexpand\item\unexpanded{\bgroup\smaller[.5]\textsc}
- }{reportnumber}}%
- \expandafter\commalist\commalistbody\egroup\endcommalist%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{url}
-% Show \URLs without the protocol.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareFieldFormat{url}{%
- \mkbibacro{URL}\addcolon\space\online{#1}{\thefield{protocollessurl}}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\bib@online}
-% Private "\bib@online" macro
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\bib@online}[2]{%
- \ifhyperref{\online{#1}{#2}}{\nolinkurl{#2}}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{pmid}
-% \begin{macro}{pmcid}
-% Present PubMed IDs.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareFieldFormat{pmid}{%
- \mkbibacro{PM}\addcolon\space%
- \bib@online{https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/#1}{#1}%
-}
-\DeclareFieldFormat{pmc}{%
- \mkbibacro{PMC}\addcolon\space%
- \bib@online{https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC#1}{#1}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{pmcid}
-% \begin{macro}{pmid}
-% \begin{macro}{reportnumber}
-% Add the pre-print and PubMed information if present.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\letbibmacro{hep-doi+eprint+url}{doi+eprint+url}
-\renewbibmacro*{doi+eprint+url}{%
- \usebibmacro{hep-doi+eprint+url}
- \iffieldundef{pmc}{%
- \iffieldundef{pmid}{}{\printfield{pmid}\newunit}%
- }{\printfield{pmc}\newunit}
- \iffieldundef{reportnumber}{}{%
- \newunitpunct\textnumero\intitlepunct%
- \printfield{reportnumber}\newunit%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \subsection{Eprints}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\new@eprint}
-% Private "\new@eprint" macro
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\NewDocumentCommand{\new@eprint}{smm}{
- \DeclareFieldFormat{eprint:#2}{%
- \newcommand{\@path}{\IfBooleanT{#1}{\thefield{eprintclass}/}##1}%
- #2\addcolon\space\bib@online{#3/\@path}{\@path}%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{CTAN}
-% Add CTAN as a eprint option
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\new@eprint{CTAN}{https://ctan.org/pkg}
-\DeclareFieldAlias{eprint:ctan}{eprint:CTAN}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{GitHub}
-% Add GitHub as a eprint option
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\new@eprint*{GitHub}{https://github.com}
-\DeclareFieldAlias{eprint:github}{eprint:GitHub}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{GitLab}
-% Add GitLab as a eprint option
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\new@eprint*{GitLab}{https://gitlab.com}
-\DeclareFieldAlias{eprint:gitlab}{eprint:GitLab}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{Bitbucket}
-% Add Bitbucket as a eprint option
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\new@eprint*{Bitbucket}{https://bitbucket.org}
-\DeclareFieldAlias{eprint:bitbucket}{eprint:Bitbucket}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{Launchpad}
-% Add Launchpad as a eprint option
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\new@eprint{Launchpad}{https://launchpad.net}
-\DeclareFieldAlias{eprint:launchpad}{eprint:Launchpad}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{SourceForge}
-% Add SourceForge as a eprint option
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\new@eprint{SourceForge}{https://sourceforge.net/projects}
-\DeclareFieldAlias{eprint:launchpad}{eprint:SourceForge}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{HEPForge}
-% Add HEPForge as a eprint option
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareFieldFormat{eprint:hepforge}{%
- HEPForge\addcolon\space\bib@online{https://#1/hepforge.org}{#1}%
-}
-\DeclareFieldAlias{eprint:HEPForge}{eprint:hepforge}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%</package|bibliography>
-%<*package>
-%
-% End check for bibliography option.
-% \begin{macrocode}
+ \RequirePackage[style=\hep@bibliography]{hep-bibliography}
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -3443,388 +1058,317 @@ The \software{arxiv-collector} python script \cite{arxiv-collector} alleviates t
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% Begin of bibliography if.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifnum\pdf@strcmp{\hep@bibliography}{false}=0\else
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Define bibstrings for reference names.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\NewBibliographyString{refname}
-\NewBibliographyString{refsname}
-\DefineBibliographyStrings{english}{%
- refname = {reference},
- refsname = {references}
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{\ccite}
-% \begin{macro}{\Ccite}
-% Define \emph{clever} citation macros.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareCiteCommand{\ccite}{%
- \ifnum\thecitetotal=1
- \bibstring{refname}%
- \else%
- \bibstring{refsname}%
- \fi%
- \addnbspace\bibopenbracket%
- \usebibmacro{cite:init}\usebibmacro{prenote}%
-}{\usebibmacro{citeindex}\usebibmacro{cite:comp}}{}{%
- \usebibmacro{cite:dump}\usebibmacro{postnote}%
- \bibclosebracket%
-}
-
-\newrobustcmd*{\Ccite}{\bibsentence\ccite}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% End of biblatex if.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-
% \section{Acronyms}
%
% Define acronyms if not deactivated.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifhep@glossaries
% \end{macrocode}
%
-%</package>
-%<*package|acronyms>
-%
-% Acronyms are implemented with the \software{glossaries-extra} package \cite{glossaries-extra} which is an extension of the \software{glossaries} package \cite{glossaries} and must be loaded after the \software{hyperref} package in \cref{sec:hyperlinks}.
+% Acronyms are implemented in the \software{hep-acronym} package \cite{hep-acronym} and must be loaded after the \software{hyperref} package in \cref{sec:hyperlinks}.
% Set the abbreviation style.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage[nostyles]{glossaries-extra}
-\setabbreviationstyle{long-hyphen-short-hyphen}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The entry count feature is used.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\glsenableentrycount
-\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}{1}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Provide macros for older "glossaries-extra" installations.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\AtEndOfPackage{
- \@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{
- \providecommand{\glsxtrusefield}[2]{\@gls@entry@field{#1}{#2}}
- \providecommand{\glsxtrsetfieldifexists}[3]{\glsdoifexists{#1}{#3}}
- \providecommand{\gGlsXtrSetField}[3]{%
- \glsxtrsetfieldifexists{#1}{#2}{%
- \csgdef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@#2}{#3}%
- }%
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Hyperlinks from the abbreviation to their definition in the text are set.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{nohyperfirst}{true}
- \renewcommand*{\glsdonohyperlink}[2]{{%
- \glsxtrprotectlinks\edef\fieldvalue{%
- \glsxtrusefield{\glslabel}{hastarget}%
- }%
- \ifdefstring\fieldvalue{true}{#2}{%
- \gGlsXtrSetField{\glslabel}{hastarget}{true}%
- \glsdohypertarget{#1}{#2}%
- }%
- }}
- }{\providecommand{\pdfstringdefDisableCommands}[1]{}}
-}
+\ifhep@glossaries\RequirePackage{hep-acronym}\fi
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\begin@sentence}
-% Mark the beginning of a paragraph as if it would follow a full stop using the \software{everyhook} package \cite{everyhook}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage[excludeor]{everyhook}
-\newcommand{\begin@sentence}{1001}
-\PushPostHook{par}{{\spacefactor=\begin@sentence}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+%</package>
%
-% \begin{macro}{\frenchspacing}
-% Adjust the "\frenchspacing" macro to be compatibel with this idea.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\frenchspacing{%
- \sfcode`\.\begin@sentence \sfcode`\?\begin@sentence
- \sfcode`\!\begin@sentence \sfcode`\:\begin@sentence
- \sfcode`\;\@m \sfcode`\,\@m
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \section{Tests}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\if@begin@of@sentence}
-% Provide a macro checking for the beginning of a sentence by examining the length of the preceeding space.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\if@begin@of@sentence}[2]{\leavevmode\protecting{%
- \ifboolexpr{ test {\ifnumcomp{\spacefactor}{=}{3000}} or%
- test {\ifnumcomp{\spacefactor}{=}{2000}} or%
- test {\ifnumcomp{\spacefactor}{=}{\begin@sentence}}%
- }{#1}{#2}%
-}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \subsection{JHEP}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\acronym}
-% The "\acronym"\meta{*}\oarg{typeset abbreviation}\marg{abbreviation}\meta{*}\marg{definition}\oarg{plural\linebreak[4] definition} macro is defined.
-% \begin{enumerate}[nosep, label=\#\arabic*]
-% \item star for omitting the \enquote{s} in the short plural
-% \item optional typeset abbreviation
-% \item mandatory abbreviation
-% \item star for restoring the \hologo{TeX} default for space after text macros
-% \item mandatory long form
-% \item optional plural long form
-% \end{enumerate}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<acronyms>\RequirePackage{xspace}
-\NewDocumentCommand{\acronym}{somsmo}{
- \newabbreviation[
- type=\acronymtype,
- sort=#3,
- \glsshortpluralkey=\IfBooleanTF{#1}{#3}{\IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3s}{#2s}},
- longplural=\IfNoValueTF{#6}{#5s}{#6}
- ]{#3}{\IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3}{#2}}{#5}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Provide the singular acronym macro.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \expandafter\newcommand\csname#3\endcsname[1][]{%
- \if@begin@of@sentence{%
- \ifglsused{#3}{\cgls{#3}[##1]}{\cGls{#3}[##1]}%
- }{\cgls{#3}[##1]}%
- \ifnum\glsentrycurrcount{#3}>1\relax
- \IfBooleanTF{#4}{}{\@\xspace}%
- \else\@\xspace\fi
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Expand the singular acronym macro in \PDF labels.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \pdfstringdefDisableCommands{\expandafter\def\csname#3\endcsname{%
- \IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3}{#2} }%
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Provide the singular acronym macro in math mode.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \expandafter\mathdef\csname#3\endcsname{%
- \text{\glsxtrshort{#3}}\@gls@increment@currcount{#3}%
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Provide the plural acronym macro.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \expandafter\newcommand\csname#3s\endcsname[1][]{%
- \if@begin@of@sentence{\cGlspl{#3}[##1]}{\cglspl{#3}[##1]}%
- \IfBooleanTF{#4}{}{\@\xspace}%
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Expand the plural acronym macro in \PDF labels.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \pdfstringdefDisableCommands{\expandafter\def\csname#3s\endcsname{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{#3}{\IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3s}{#2s}} }%
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Provide the plural acronym macro in math mode.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \expandafter\mathdef\csname#3s\endcsname{%
- \text{\glsxtrshortpl{#3}}\@gls@increment@currcount{#3}%
- }
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+%<*testJHEP>
%
-% \begin{macro}{\shortacronym}
-% The "\shortacronym" never expands into the long form.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\NewDocumentCommand{\shortacronym}{somsmo}{
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Provide the singular acronym macro.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \expandafter\newcommand\csname#3\endcsname[1][]{%
- \IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3}{#2}\IfBooleanTF{#4}{}{\@\xspace}##1%
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Expand the singular acronym macro in \PDF labels.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \pdfstringdefDisableCommands{\expandafter\def\csname#3\endcsname{%
- \IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3}{#2} }%
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Provide the singular acronym macro in math mode.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \expandafter\mathdef\csname#3\endcsname{%
- \text{\IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3}{#2}}%
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Provide the plural acronym macro.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \expandafter\newcommand\csname#3s\endcsname[1][]{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{#3}{\IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3s}{#2s}}%
- \IfBooleanTF{#4}{}{\@\xspace}##1%
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Expand the plural acronym macro in \PDF labels.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \pdfstringdefDisableCommands{\expandafter\def\csname#3s\endcsname{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{#3}{\IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3s}{#2s}} }%
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Provide the plural acronym macro in math mode.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \expandafter\mathdef\csname#3s\endcsname{%
- \text{\IfBooleanTF{#1}{#3}{\IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3s}{#2s}}}%
- }%
-}
+\documentclass[a4paper, 11pt]{article}
+
+\usepackage{jheppub}
+\usepackage[lang=english]{hep-paper}
+\usepackage[math]{blindtext}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\title{Title}
+
+\emailAdd{first@email.com}
+\author[a]{First author}
+\emailAdd{second@email.com}
+\author[b]{Second author}
+\affiliation[a]{First affiliation}
+\affiliation[b]{Second affiliation}
+
+\abstract{\blindtext}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\Blinddocument
+
+\end{document}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\longacronym}
-% The "\longacronym" never shows the abbreviated form.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\NewDocumentCommand{\longacronym}{somsmo}{
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Provide the singular acronym macro.
-% \begin{macrocode}acronyms
- \expandafter\newcommand\csname#3\endcsname[1][]{%
- \if@begin@of@sentence{\MakeUppercase#5}{#5}%
- \IfBooleanTF{#4}{}{\@\xspace}##1%
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Expand the singular acronym macro in \PDF labels.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \pdfstringdefDisableCommands{\expandafter\def\csname#3\endcsname{#5 }}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Provide the plural acronym macro.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \expandafter\newcommand\csname#3s\endcsname[1][]{%
- \if@begin@of@sentence{%
- \IfNoValueTF{#6}{\MakeUppercase#5s}{\MakeUppercase#6}%
- }{%
- \IfNoValueTF{#6}{#5s}{#6}}\IfBooleanTF{#4}{}{\@\xspace}##1%
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Expand the plural acronym macro in \PDF labels.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \pdfstringdefDisableCommands{\expandafter\def\csname#3s\endcsname{%
- \IfNoValueTF{#6}{#5s}{#6} }%
- }
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% Silence warning if no acronyms are defined.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\renewcommand*{\@gls@write@entrycounts}{%
- \immediate\write\@auxout{%
- \string\providecommand*{\string\@gls@entry@count}[2]{}
- }%
- \count@=0\relax
- \forallglsentries{\@glsentry}{%
- \glshasattribute{\@glsentry}{entrycount}{%
- \ifglsused{\@glsentry}{%
- \immediate\write\@auxout{%
- \string\@gls@entry@count{\@glsentry}{%
- \glsentrycurrcount{\@glsentry}%
- }
- }%
- }{}\advance\count@ by \@ne
- }{}%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{\resetacronym}
-% \begin{macro}{\dummyacronym}
-% Add two macros for acronym management.
+%</testJHEP>
+%
+% \subsection{JCAP}
+%
+%<*testJCAP>
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\resetacronym}[1]{\protect\glsreset{#1}}
-\newcommand{\dummyacronym}[1]{\protect\glsunset{#1}}
+\documentclass[a4paper, 11pt]{article}
+
+\usepackage{jcappub}
+\usepackage[lang=english]{hep-paper}
+\usepackage[math]{blindtext}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\title{Title}
+
+\emailAdd{first@email.com}
+\author[a]{First author}
+\emailAdd{second@email.com}
+\author[b]{Second author}
+\affiliation[a]{First affiliation}
+\affiliation[b]{Second affiliation}
+
+\abstract{\blindtext}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\Blinddocument
+
+\end{document}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{abstract}
-% Adjust the "abstract" environment to reset all acronym counters.
+%</testJCAP>
+%
+% \subsection{AMSArt}
+%
+%<*testAMSArt>
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifundefined{endabstract}{}{%
- \let\end@hep@abstract\endabstract%
- \renewcommand\endabstract{\glsresetall\end@hep@abstract}%
-}
+\documentclass{amsart}
+
+\usepackage[lang=english]{hep-paper}
+\usepackage[math]{blindtext}
+
+\title{title}
+
+\author{Author}
+\address{Address 1}
+\email{first@email.com}
+\author{Author 2}
+\email{second@email.com}
+\address{Address 2}
+
+\date{date}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\begin{abstract}
+\blindtext
+\end{abstract}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\Blinddocument
+
+\end{document}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents}
-% \begin{macro}{\listoffigures}
-% \begin{macro}{\listoftables}
-% Adjust the "\tableofcontents" macro to never show the long form of acronyms.
+%</testAMSArt>
+%
+% \subsection{Beamer}
+%
+%<*testBeamer>
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\hep@table@of@contents\tableofcontents
-\renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
- \glsunsetall\hep@table@of@contents\glsresetall%
-}
-\let\hep@list@of@figures\listoffigures
-\renewcommand\listoffigures{%
- \glsunsetall\hep@list@of@figures\glsresetall%
-}
-\let\hep@list@of@tables\listoftables
-\renewcommand\listoftables{%
- \glsunsetall\hep@list@of@tables\glsresetall%
-}
+\documentclass{beamer}
+
+\usepackage[lang=english]{hep-paper}
+\usepackage[math]{blindtext}
+
+\title{Title}
+\subtitle{Subtitle}
+\author{Author}
+\institute{Institute}
+\date{Event}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\frame{\titlepage}
+
+\begin{frame}{Frame title}
+\blindtext
+\end{frame}
+
+\end{document}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\acronyms}
-% Add a possibility to have different groups of acronyms.
+%</testBeamer>
+%
+% \subsection{PoS}
+%
+%<*testPoS>
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\NewDocumentCommand{\acronyms}{om}{%
- \IfNoValueTF{#1}{
- \newglossary{#2}{#2.in}{#2.out}{#2}%
- \renewcommand{\acronymtype}{#2}%
- }{
- \newglossary{#1}{#1.in}{#1.out}{#2}%
- \renewcommand{\acronymtype}{#1}%
- }
+\documentclass{PoS}
+
+\usepackage[lang=english,title=false]{hep-paper}
+\usepackage[math]{blindtext}
+
+\title{Title}
+
+\author{First author \thanks{first@email.com}}
+\author{
+\speaker{Second author is speaker}\\
+First affiliation\\
+E-mail: \email{second@email.com}
}
+\author{Third author \thanks{\email{third@email.com}}\\Second affiliation}
+\author{Fourth author\\Third affiliation}
+\FullConference{Full conference}
+\ShortTitle{Short title}
+
+\begin{abstract}
+\blindtext
+\end{abstract}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\Blinddocument
+
+\end{document}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
%
-%</package|acronyms>
-%<*package>
+%</testPoS>
+%
+% \subsection{RevTeX}
+%
+%<*testRevTeX>
%
-% End of glossaries if.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\fi
+\documentclass[
+ aps,
+ prl,
+ reprint,
+ nofootinbib,
+ nobibnotes,
+ superscriptaddress,
+ preprintnumbers,
+]{revtex4-2}
+
+\usepackage{hep-paper}
+\usepackage[math]{blindtext}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\title{Title}
+
+\author{First author}
+\email[E-mail me at: ]{first@email.com}
+\affiliation{First affiliation}
+\author{Second author}
+\email{second@email.com}
+\affiliation{Second affiliation}
+\affiliation{Third affiliation}
+\author{Third author}
+\affiliation{Fourth affiliation}
+
+\begin{abstract}
+\blindtext
+\end{abstract}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\Blinddocument
+
+\end{document}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-%</package>
-%</package|title|font|math|floats|acronyms|bibliography>
+%</testRevTeX>
%
-% \section{Biblatex datamodel file} \label{sec:data model}
+% \subsection{Springer}
%
-%<*datamodel>
+%<*testSpringer>
%
-% \begin{macro}{collaboration}
-% \begin{macro}{pmid}
-% \begin{macro}{pmcid}
-% \begin{macro}{pmc}
-% \begin{macro}{reportnumber}
-% \begin{macro}{protocollessurl}
-% Define the "dbx" file containing the "hep-paper" datamodel.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareDatamodelFields[type=field, datatype=literal]{
- collaboration, pmid, pmcid, pmc,
-}
-\DeclareDatamodelFields[type=field, format=xsv, datatype=literal]{
- reportnumber,
+\documentclass[twocolumn,epjc3]{svjour3}
+
+\usepackage[lang=english]{hep-paper}
+\usepackage[math]{blindtext}
+
+\journalname{Journal name}
+
+\title{Title\thanksref{title}}
+
+\titlerunning{Short title}
+
+\subtitle{Subtitle}
+
+\thankstext{title}{Title thanks}
+
+\authorrunning{Short form of author list}
+
+\thankstext{email1}{e-mail: first@email.com}
+\thankstext{email2}{e-mail: second@email.com}
+
+\institute{
+ First address \label{address1} \and
+ Second address \label{address2} \and
+ \emph{Present Address:} if needed\label{address3}
}
-\DeclareDatamodelFields[type=field, datatype=uri]{protocollessurl}
-\DeclareDatamodelEntryfields{
- collaboration, pmid, pmcid, pmc, reportnumber, protocollessurl,
+
+\date{Received: date / Accepted: date}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\author{
+ First Author\thanksref{email1,address1} \and
+ Second Author\thanksref{email2,address2,address3}
}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\begin{abstract}
+\blindtext
+\end{abstract}
+
+\Blinddocument
+
+\end{document}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%</testSpringer>
+%
+% \section{Readme}
+%
+%<*readme>
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+# The `hep-paper` package
+
+A `LaTeX` package for publications in High Energy Physics.
+
+## Introduction
+
+The `hep-paper` package aims to provide a single style file containing most configurations and macros necessary to write appealing publications in High Energy Physics.
+Instead of reinventing the wheel by introducing newly created macros `hep-paper` preferably loads third party packages as long as they are lightweight enough.
+
+For usual publications it is enough to load additionally to the `article` class without optional arguments only the `hep-paper` package.
+
+ \documentclass{article}
+ \usepackage{hep-paper}
+
+## Author
+
+Jan Hajer
+
+## License
+
+This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the `LaTeX` Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+The latest version of this license is in `http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt` and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-%</datamodel>
+%</readme>
%
% \Finale
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/hep-paper-implementation.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/hep-paper-implementation.pdf
index 78579b5c8d..1e07e61803 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/hep-paper-implementation.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/hep-paper-implementation.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/hep-paper.ins b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/hep-paper.ins
index c5a565faac..03850f582c 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/hep-paper.ins
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-paper/hep-paper.ins
@@ -29,13 +29,14 @@ LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
\generate{
\file{hep-paper-documentation.tex}{\from{hep-paper-implementation.dtx}{documentation}}
\file{hep-paper.sty}{\from{hep-paper-implementation.dtx}{package}}
- \file{hep-title.sty}{\from{hep-paper-implementation.dtx}{title}}
- \file{hep-font.sty}{\from{hep-paper-implementation.dtx}{font}}
- \file{hep-math.sty}{\from{hep-paper-implementation.dtx}{math}}
- \file{hep-floats.sty}{\from{hep-paper-implementation.dtx}{floats}}
- \file{hep-acronyms.sty}{\from{hep-paper-implementation.dtx}{acronyms}}
- \file{hep-bibliography.sty}{\from{hep-paper-implementation.dtx}{bibliography}}
- \file{hep-paper.dbx}{\from{hep-paper-implementation.dtx}{datamodel}}
+ \file{hep-paper-test-amsart.tex}{\from{hep-paper-implementation.dtx}{testAMSArt}}
+ \file{hep-paper-test-beamer.tex}{\from{hep-paper-implementation.dtx}{testBeamer}}
+ \file{hep-paper-test-jcap.tex}{\from{hep-paper-implementation.dtx}{testJCAP}}
+ \file{hep-paper-test-jhep.tex}{\from{hep-paper-implementation.dtx}{testJHEP}}
+ \file{hep-paper-test-pos.tex}{\from{hep-paper-implementation.dtx}{testPoS}}
+ \file{hep-paper-test-revtex.tex}{\from{hep-paper-implementation.dtx}{testRevTeX}}
+ \file{hep-paper-test-springer.tex}{\from{hep-paper-implementation.dtx}{testSpringer}}
+ \nopreamble\nopostamble\file{README-hep-paper.md}{\from{hep-paper-implementation.dtx}{readme}}
}
\Msg{*********************************************************}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/README.md b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f815820aeb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+
+
+# The `hep-text` package
+
+List and text extensions
+
+## Introduction
+
+The `hep-text` package extends `LaTeX` lists using the `enumitem package and provides some text macros.
+
+The package can be loaded by `\usepackage{hep-text}`.
+
+## Author
+
+Jan Hajer
+
+## License
+
+This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the `LaTeX` Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+The latest version of this license is in `http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt` and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/bibliography.bib b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/bibliography.bib
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e5117be3d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/bibliography.bib
@@ -0,0 +1,1055 @@
+@article{hep-paper,
+title = "The |hep-paper| package",
+subtitle = "Publications in high energy physics",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2019",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-paper",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
+@manual{hep-paper-1,
+doi = "10.5281/zenodo.3606436",
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "janhajer",
+eprint = "hep-paper",
+}
+
+@article{hep-acronym,
+title = "The |hep-acronym| package",
+subtitle = "An acronym extension for glossaries",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2021",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-acronyms",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
+@article{hep-bibliography,
+title = "The |hep-bibliography| package",
+subtitle = "Bibliographies for high energy physics",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2021",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-bibliography",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
+@article{hep-float,
+title = "The |hep-float| package",
+subtitle = "Convenience package for float placement",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2021",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-float",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
+@article{hep-font,
+title = "The |hep-font| package",
+subtitle = "Latin modern extended by computer modern",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2021",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-font",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
+@article{hep-math-font,
+title = "The |hep-math-font| package",
+subtitle = "Extended Greek and sans serif math",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2021",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-math-font",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
+@article{hep-math,
+title = "The |hep-math| package",
+subtitle = "Extended math macros",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2021",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-math",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
+@article{hep-text,
+title = "The |hep-text| package",
+subtitle = "List and text extensions",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2021",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-text",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
+@article{hep-title,
+title = "The |hep-title| package",
+subtitle = "Extensions for the title page",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2021",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-title",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
+@article{kvoptions,
+title = "The |kvoptions| package",
+subtitle = "Key value format for package options",
+author = "Heiko Oberdiek",
+year = "2004",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "kvoptions",
+related = "kvoptions-1",
+}
+
+@manual{kvoptions-1,
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "ho-tex",
+eprint = "kvoptions",
+}
+
+@article{cleveref,
+title = "The |cleveref| package",
+subtitle = "Intelligent cross-referencing",
+author = "Toby Cubitt",
+date = "2006",
+url = "http://dr-qubit.org/cleveref",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "cleveref",
+}
+
+@article{foreign,
+title = "The |foreign| package for \hologo{LaTeX2e}",
+subtitle = "Systematic treatment of \enquote{foreign} words in documents",
+author = "Philip G. Ratcliffe",
+date = "2012",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "foreign",
+}
+
+@article{geometry,
+title = "The |geometry| package",
+subtitle = "Flexible and complete interface to document dimensions",
+author = "David Carlisle and Hideo Umeki",
+date = "1996",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "geometry",
+related = "geometry-1",
+}
+
+@manual{geometry-1,
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "davidcarlisle",
+eprint = "geometry",
+}
+
+@article{a4wide,
+title = "The |a4wide| package",
+subtitle = "\enquote{Wide} a4 layout",
+author = "Alexander Holt and Jean-François Lamy",
+date = "1986",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "a4wide",
+note = "depreciated and not used",
+}
+
+@article{microtype,
+title = "The |microtype| package",
+subtitle = "Subliminal refinements towards typographical perfection",
+author = "Robert Schlicht",
+date = "2004",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "microtype",
+}
+
+@article{authblk,
+title = "A \hologo{LaTeX} Package to Prepare Author and Affiliation Blocks",
+subtitle = "Support for footnote style author/affiliation",
+author = "Patrick W. Daly",
+date = "2001",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "authblk",
+}
+
+@article{bm,
+title = "The |bm| package",
+subtitle = "Access bold symbols in maths mode",
+author = "David Carlisle and Frank Mittelbach",
+collaboration = "\hologo{LaTeX} Team",
+date = "1993",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "bm",
+}
+
+@article{empheq,
+title = "The |empheq| package",
+author = "Lars Madsen and Morten Høgholm and Will Robertson and Joseph Wright",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "empheq",
+}
+
+@article{mathtools,
+title = "The |mathtools| package",
+subtitle = "Mathematical tools to use with |amsmath|",
+author = "Lars Madsen and Morten Høgholm and Will Robertson and Joseph Wright",
+date = "2004",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "mathtools",
+}
+
+@article{amsmath,
+title = "The |amsmath| package",
+subtitle = "AMS mathematical facilities for \hologo{LaTeX}",
+collaboration = "\hologo{LaTeX} Team",
+date = "1994",
+url = "https://ams.org/tex/amslatex",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "amsmath",
+}
+
+@article{amstext,
+title = "The |amstext| package",
+subtitle = "Typeset text fragments in mathematics",
+collaboration = "\hologo{LaTeX} Team",
+date = "1995",
+url = "https://ams.org/tex/amslatex",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "amstext",
+}
+
+@article{amsfonts,
+title = "The |amsfonts| package",
+subtitle = "\hologo{TeX} fonts from the American Mathematical Society",
+author = "Michael Downes and David M. Jones and Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Schöpf",
+collaboration = "American Mathematical Society",
+date = "1995",
+url = "https://ams.org/tex/amsfonts",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "amsfonts",
+}
+
+@article{amssymb,
+title = "The |amssymb| package",
+author = "Michael Downes and David M. Jones and Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Schöpf",
+collaboration = "American Mathematical Society",
+date = "1995",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "amsfonts",
+}
+
+@article{slashed,
+title = "The |slashed| package",
+subtitle = "Put a slash through characters",
+author = "David Carlisle",
+date = "1987",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "slashed",
+}
+
+@article{physics,
+title = "The |physics| package",
+subtitle = "Macros supporting the Mathematics of Physics",
+author = "Sergio C. de la Barrera",
+date = "2012",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "physics",
+}
+
+@article{units,
+title = "The |units| and |nicefrac| packages",
+subtitle = "Typeset units",
+author = "Axel Reichert",
+date = "1998",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "units",
+}
+
+@article{subcaption,
+title = "The |subcaption| package",
+subtitle = "Support for sub-captions",
+author = "Axel Sommerfeldt",
+date = "2007",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "subcaption",
+related = "caption-1",
+}
+
+@article{caption,
+title = "The |caption| package",
+subtitle = "Customising captions in floating environments",
+author = "Axel Sommerfeldt",
+date = "1994",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "caption",
+related = "caption-1",
+}
+
+@manual{caption-1,
+eprinttype = "gitlab",
+eprintclass = "axelsommerfeldt",
+eprint = "caption",
+}
+
+
+@article{biblatex,
+title = "The |biblatex| Package",
+subtitle = "Sophisticated Bibliographies in \hologo{LaTeX}",
+author = "Philipp Lehman and Joseph Wright and Audrey Boruvka and Philip Kime",
+date = "2006",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "biblatex",
+related = "biblatex-1",
+}
+
+@manual{biblatex-1,
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "plk",
+eprint = "biblatex",
+}
+
+@article{hyperref,
+title = "Hypertext marks in \hologo{LaTeX}: a manual for |hyperref|",
+subtitle = "Extensive support for hypertext in \hologo{LaTeX}",
+author = "Sebastian Rahtz and Heiko Oberdiek",
+collaboration = "\hologo{LaTeX3} Project",
+date = "1995",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hyperref",
+related = "hyperref-1",
+}
+
+@manual{hyperref-1,
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "latex3",
+eprint = "hyperref",
+}
+
+@article{graphicx,
+title = "Packages in the \enquote{graphics} bundle",
+subtitle = "Enhanced support for graphics",
+author = "David Carlisle and Sebastian Rahtz",
+date = "1994",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "graphicx",
+}
+
+@article{booktabs,
+title = "The |booktabs| package",
+subtitle = "Publication quality tables in \hologo{LaTeX}",
+author = "Danie Els and Simon Fear",
+date = "1995",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "booktabs",
+}
+
+@article{multirow,
+title = "The |multirow|, |bigstrut| and |bigdelim| packages",
+subtitle = "Create tabular cells spanning multiple rows",
+author = "Piet van Oostrum and Jerry Leichter",
+date = "1994",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "multirow",
+}
+
+@article{fixmath,
+title = "The |fixmath| package for \hologo{LaTeX2e}",
+subtitle = "Make maths comply with ISO 31-0:1992 to ISO 31-13:1992",
+author = "Walter Schmidt",
+date = "2000",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "fixmath",
+}
+
+@article{alphabeta,
+title = "The |alphabeta| package",
+subtitle = "LICR macros and encoding definition files for Greek",
+author = "Günter Milde",
+date = "2013",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "greek-fontenc",
+}
+
+@article{textalpha,
+title = "The |textalpha| package",
+subtitle = "LICR macros and encoding definition files for Greek",
+author = "Günter Milde",
+date = "2010",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "greek-fontenc",
+}
+
+@article{arxiv-collector,
+title = "|arxiv-collector|",
+subtitle = "A little Python script to collect \hologo{LaTeX} sources for upload to the arXiv",
+author = "Dougal Sutherland",
+date = "2018",
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "dougalsutherland",
+eprint = "arxiv-collector",
+}
+
+@article{biber,
+title = "\hologo{biber}",
+subtitle = "Backend processor for Bib\hologo{LaTeX}",
+author = "François Charette and Philip Kime",
+date = "2009",
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "plk",
+eprint = "biber",
+related = "biber-1",
+}
+
+@manual{biber-1,
+eprinttype = "sourceforge",
+eprint = "biblatex-biber",
+}
+
+@article{lmodern,
+title = "Latin Modern Family of Fonts",
+subtitle = "Latin modern fonts in outline formats",
+date = "2003",
+author = "B. Jackowski and J.M. Nowacki",
+url = "http://gust.org.pl/projects/e-foundry/latin-modern",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "lm",
+}
+
+@article{ifluatex,
+title = "The |ifluatex| package",
+subtitle = "Provides the |\textbackslash ifluatex| switch",
+author = "Heiko Oberdiek",
+collaboration = "\hologo{LaTeX} Team",
+date = "2007",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "ifluatex",
+}
+
+@article{ifxetex,
+title = "The |iftex| package",
+subtitle = "Am I running under \hologo{XeTeX}?",
+collaboration = "\hologo{LaTeX} Team",
+author = "Will Robertson",
+date = "2006",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "ifxetex",
+related = "ifxetex-1",
+}
+
+@manual{ifxetex-1,
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "latex3",
+eprint = "iftex",
+}
+
+@article{fontspec,
+title = "The |fontspec| package",
+subtitle = "Advanced font selection in \hologo{XeLaTeX} and \hologo{LuaLaTeX}",
+author = "Will Robertson and Khaled Hosny",
+date = "2004",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "fontspec",
+}
+
+@article{fontenc,
+title = "The |fontenc| package",
+subtitle = "Standard package for selecting font encodings",
+collaboration = "\hologo{LaTeX} Team",
+author = "Frank Mittelbach and Robin Fairbairns and Werner Lemberg",
+date = "1995",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "fontenc",
+}
+
+@article{inputenc,
+title = "The |inputenc| package",
+subtitle = "Accept different input encodings",
+collaboration = "\hologo{LaTeX} Team",
+author = "Frank Mittelbach and Alan Jeffrey",
+date = "1989",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "inputenc",
+}
+
+@article{textcomp,
+title = "The |textcomp| package",
+subtitle = "\hologo{LaTeX} support for the Text Companion fonts",
+collaboration = "\hologo{LaTeX} Team",
+author = "Sebastian Rahtz",
+date = "1995",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "textcomp",
+}
+
+@article{enumitem,
+title = "Customizing lists with the |enumitem| package",
+subtitle = "Control layout of itemize, enumerate, description",
+author = "Javier Bezos",
+date = "2003",
+url = "https://texnia.com/enumitem.html",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "enumitem",
+related = "enumitem-1",
+}
+
+@manual{enumitem-1,
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "jbezos",
+eprint = "enumitem",
+}
+
+@article{atbegshi,
+title = "The |atbegshi| package",
+subtitle = "Execute stuff at |shipout| time",
+author = "Heiko Oberdiek",
+date = "2007",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "atbegshi",
+related = "atbegshi-1",
+}
+
+@manual{atbegshi-1,
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "ho-tex",
+eprint = "atbegshi",
+}
+
+@article{picture,
+title = "The |picture| package",
+subtitle = "Dimens for picture macros",
+author = "Heiko Oberdiek",
+date = "2006",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "picture",
+related = "picture-1",
+}
+
+@manual{picture-1,
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "ho-tex",
+eprint = "picture",
+}
+
+@article{varwidth,
+title = "The |varwidth| package",
+subtitle = "A variable-width minipage",
+author = "Donald Arseneau",
+date = "2003",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "varwidth",
+}
+
+@article{csquotes,
+title = "The |csquotes| Package",
+subtitle = "Context sensitive quotation facilities",
+author = "Philipp Lehman and Joseph Wright",
+date = "2003",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "csquotes",
+}
+
+@article{babel,
+title = "|Babel| Localization and internationalization",
+subtitle = "Multilingual support for Plain \hologo{TeX} or \hologo{LaTeX}",
+author = "Johannes Braams and Javier Bezos and at al.",
+date = "1989",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "babel",
+related = "babel-1",
+}
+
+@manual{babel-1,
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "latex3",
+eprint = "babel",
+}
+
+@article{polyglossia,
+title = "The |polyglossia| package",
+author = "Arthur Reutenauer and François Charette and Elie Roux and Bastien Roucariès and Jürgen Spitzmüller",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "polyglossia",
+}
+
+@article{parskip,
+title = "The |parskip| package",
+subtitle = "Layout with zero |\textbackslash parindent|, non-zero |\textbackslash parskip|",
+author = "Robin Fairbairns and Frank Mittelbach and H. Partl",
+date = "1989",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "parskip",
+related = "parskip-1",
+}
+
+@manual{parskip-1,
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "FrankMittelbach",
+eprint = "fmitex",
+}
+
+
+@article{fntguide,
+title = "\hologo{LaTeX2e}\ font selection",
+subtitle = "Docmentation of \hologo{LaTeX} font commands",
+collaboration = "\hologo{LaTeX} Team",
+date = "1995",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "fntguide",
+}
+
+@article{euenc,
+title = "The Experimental Unicode `EUx’ Encodings",
+author = "Will Robertson and Elie Roux and Khaled Hosny",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "euenc",
+}
+
+@article{soul,
+title = "The |soul| package",
+subtitle = "Hyphenation for letterspacing, underlining, and more",
+author = "Melchior Franz",
+date = "1998",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "soul",
+}
+
+@article{ulem,
+title = "The |ulem| package",
+subtitle = "Package for underlining",
+author = "Donald Arseneau",
+date = "1989",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "ulem",
+}
+
+@article{glossaries,
+title = "The |glossaries| package",
+subtitle = "Create glossaries and lists of acronyms",
+author = "Nicola Talbot",
+date = "2007",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "glossaries",
+}
+
+@article{glossaries-extra,
+title = "The |glossaries-extra| package",
+subtitle = "An extension to the |glossaries| package",
+author = "Dickimaw Books, Nicola Talbot",
+date = "2015",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "glossaries-extra",
+}
+
+@article{xparse,
+title = "The |xparse| package",
+subtitle = "A generic document command parser",
+author = "Frank Mittelbach and Chris Rowley and David Carlisle",
+collaboration = "\hologo{LaTeX3} Project",
+date = "1999",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "xparse",
+}
+
+@article{pdftexcmds,
+title = "The |pdftexcmds| package",
+subtitle = "\hologo{LuaTeX} support for \hologo{pdfTeX} utility functions",
+author = "Heiko Oberdiek",
+date = "2007",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "pdftexcmds",
+}
+
+@article{fix-cm,
+title = "The |fix-cm| package",
+subtitle = "Permit Computer Modern fonts at arbitrary sizes",
+author = "Frank Mittelbach and David Carlisle and Chris Rowley and Walter Schmidt",
+date = "1993",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "fix-cm",
+}
+
+@article{revtex,
+title = "The REV\hologo{TeX} class",
+subtitle = "Styles for various Physics Journals",
+author = "Mark Doyle and Arthur Ogawa",
+collaboration = "American Physical Society",
+date = "1999",
+url = "https://journals.aps.org/revtex",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "revtex",
+}
+
+@article{encguide,
+title = "\hologo{LaTeX} font encodings",
+subtitle = "Documentation of \hologo{LaTeX} font encodings",
+author = "Frank Mittelbach and Robin Fairbairns and Werner Lemberg",
+collaboration = "\hologo{LaTeX3} Project Team",
+date = "1995",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "encguide",
+}
+
+@article{sfmath,
+title = "The |sfmath| package",
+subtitle = "Sans-serif mathematics",
+author = "Olaf Dietrich",
+date = "2005",
+url = "https://dtrx.de/od/tex/sfmath",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "sfmath",
+}
+
+@article{relsize,
+title = "The |relsize| package",
+subtitle = "Set the font size relative to the current font size",
+author = "Donald Arseneau and Matt Swift",
+date = "2011",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "relsize",
+}
+
+@article{everyhook,
+title = "The |everyhook| package",
+subtitle = "Hooks for standard \hologo{TeX} token lists",
+author = "Stephen Checkoway",
+date = "2010",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "everyhook",
+}
+
+
+@article{sansmathfonts,
+title = "The |sansmathfonts| package",
+subtitle = "Correct placement of accents in sans-serif maths",
+author = "Ariel Barton",
+date = "2013",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "sansmathfonts",
+}
+
+@article{xspace,
+title = "The |xspace| package",
+subtitle = "Define commands that appear not to eat spaces",
+author = "David Carlisle and Morten Høgholm",
+collaboration = "\hologo{LaTeX} Team",
+date = "1993",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "xspace",
+}
+
+@article{ragged2e,
+title = "The |ragged2e|-package",
+subtitle = "Alternative versions of \enquote{ragged}-type commands",
+author = "Martin Schröder",
+date = "1996",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "ragged2e",
+related = "ragged2e-1",
+}
+
+@manual{ragged2e-1,
+eprinttype = "gitlab",
+eprintclass = "hagenbuch",
+eprint = "ragged2e",
+}
+
+@article{url,
+title = "The |url| package",
+subtitle = "Verbatim with URL-sensitive line breaks",
+author = "Donald Arseneau",
+date = "1996",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "url",
+}
+
+@article{jhep,
+title = "The |JHEP| package",
+collaboration = "SISSA Medialab",
+date = "1997",
+url = "https://jhep.sissa.it/jhep/help/JHEP_TeXclass.jsp",
+}
+
+@article{jcap,
+title = "The |JCAP| package",
+collaboration = "SISSA Medialab",
+date = "2002",
+url = "https://jcap.sissa.it/jcap/help/JCAP_TeXclass.jsp",
+}
+
+@article{bbm-macros,
+title = "A package for using the |bbm| fonts in math environment",
+author = "Torsten Hilbrich",
+date = "1994",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "bbm-macros",
+related = "bbm"
+}
+
+@article{bbm,
+title = "|bbm|",
+subtitle = "\enquote{Blackboard-style} cm fonts",
+author = "Gilles Robert",
+date = "1993",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "bbm",
+}
+
+@article{arxiv,
+title = "arXiv",
+subtitle = "free distribution service and an open archive for scholarly articles",
+url = "https://arxiv.org",
+author = "Paul Ginsparg",
+collaboration = "arXiv Team",
+year = "1991",
+organization = "Cornell University",
+}
+
+@article{dsfont,
+title = "The |doublestroke| font",
+subtitle = "Typeset mathematical double stroke symbols",
+author = "Olaf Kummer",
+date = "1995",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "doublestroke",
+}
+
+@article{mleftright,
+title = "The |mleftright| package",
+subtitle = "Variants of delimiters that act as maths open/close",
+author = "Heiko Oberdiek",
+date = "2010",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "mleftright",
+}
+
+@article{urwchancal,
+title = "A virtual font for URW Chancery Math",
+subtitle = "Use URW's clone of Zapf Chancery as a maths alphabet",
+author = "Michael Sharpe",
+date = "2011",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "urwchancal",
+}
+
+@article{footnotebackref,
+title = "The |footnotebackref| package",
+subtitle = "Back-references from footnotes",
+author = "Holger Lange",
+date = "2012",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "footnotebackref",
+}
+
+@article{cancel,
+title = "The |cancel| package",
+subtitle = "Place lines through maths formulae",
+author = "Donald Arseneau",
+date = "2013",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "cancel",
+}
+
+@article{beamer,
+title = "The |beamer| class",
+subtitle = "A \hologo{LaTeX} class for producing presentations and slides",
+author = "Till Tantau and Joseph Wright and Vedran Miletić",
+date = "2003",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "beamer",
+related = "beamer-1",
+}
+
+@manual{beamer-1,
+eprinttype = "github",
+eprintclass = "josephwright",
+eprint = "beamer",
+}
+
+@article{exscale,
+title = "The |exscale| package",
+subtitle = "Implements scaling of the \enquote{cmex} fonts",
+author = "Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Schöpf",
+date = "1993",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "exscale",
+}
+
+@article{mathrsfs,
+title = "The |mathrsfs| package",
+subtitle = "Support for using RSFS fonts in maths",
+author = "Jörg Knappen",
+date = "1995",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "mathrsfs",
+}
+
+@article{esint,
+title = "The |esint| package",
+subtitle = "Extended set of integrals for Computer Modern",
+author = "Eddie Saudrais",
+date = "2005",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "esint",
+}
+
+@article{cmbright,
+title = "The |cmbright| package",
+subtitle = "Using the CM Bright typeface with \hologo{LaTeX}",
+author = "Walter A. Schmidt",
+date = "1996",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "cmbright",
+}
+
+@article{titling,
+title = "The |titling| package",
+subtitle = "Control over the typesetting of the |\textbackslash maketitle| command",
+author = "Peter R. Wilson",
+date = "2000",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "titling",
+}
+
+@article{MnSymbol,
+title = "The |MnSymbol| package",
+subtitle = "Mathematical symbol font for Adobe MinionPro",
+author = "Achim Blumensath",
+date = "2005",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "MnSymbol",
+}
+
+@article{environ,
+title = "The |environ| package",
+subtitle = "A new interface for environments in \hologo{LaTeX}",
+author = "Will Robertson",
+date = "2007",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "environ",
+}
+
+@article{abstract,
+title = "The |abstract| package",
+subtitle = "Control the typesetting of the abstract environment",
+author = "Peter R. Wilson",
+date = "2000",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "abstract",
+}
+
+@article{cfr-lm,
+title = "The |cfr-lm| package",
+subtitle = "Enhanced support for the Latin Modern fonts",
+author = "Clea F. Rees",
+date = "2008",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "cfr-lm",
+}
+
+@article{etoolbox,
+title = "The |etoolbox| package",
+subtitle = "e-\hologo{TeX} tools for \hologo{LaTeX}",
+author = "Philipp Lehman and Joseph Wright",
+date = "2007",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "etoolbox",
+}
+
+@article{substitutefont,
+title = "The |substitutefont| package",
+subtitle = "Easy font substitution",
+author = "Günter Milde",
+date = "2010",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "substitutefont",
+}
+
+@article{svjour,
+title = "The |svjour| package",
+subtitle = "Macros for Springer journals",
+collaboration = "Springer Verlag",
+date = "1997",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "springer",
+}
+
+@article{cm,
+title = "Computer Modern fonts",
+author = "Donald E. Knuth",
+date = "1986",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "cm",
+}
+
+@article{subdepth,
+title = "The |subdepth| package",
+subtitle = "Unify maths subscript height",
+author = "Will Robertson",
+date = "2007",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "subdepth",
+}
+
+@article{xpatch,
+title = "The |xpatch| package",
+subtitle = "Extending etoolbox patching commands",
+author = "Enrico Gregorio",
+date = "2012",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "xpatch",
+}
+
+@article{hfoldsty,
+title = "The |hfoldsty| package",
+subtitle = "Old style numerals with EC fonts",
+author = "Harald Harders",
+date = "2004",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hfoldsty",
+}
+
+@article{slantsc,
+title = "The |slantsc| package",
+subtitle = "Access different-shaped small-caps fonts",
+author = "Harald Harders",
+date = "2003",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "slantsc",
+}
+
+@article{nfssext-cfr,
+title = "The |nfssext-cfr| package",
+subtitle = "Extensions to the \hologo{LaTeX} NFSS",
+author = "Clea F. Rees and Philipp Lehman",
+date = "2003",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "nfssext-cfr",
+}
+
+@article{xstring,
+title = "The |xstring| package",
+subtitle = "String manipulation for \hologo{LaTeX}",
+author = "Christian Tellechea",
+date = "2008",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "xstring",
+}
+
+@article{gregorio:2020,
+title = "\hologo{TeX}, \hologo{LaTeX} and math",
+author = "Enrico Gregorio",
+date = "2020",
+url = "https://latex-project.org/publications/2020-egreg-TUB-tb127gregorio-math.pdf",
+}
+
+@article{soulutf8,
+title = "The |soulutf8| package",
+subtitle = "Permit use of UTF-8 characters in |soul|",
+author = "Heiko Oberdiek",
+date = "2007",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "soulutf8",
+}
+
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/hep-text-documentation.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/hep-text-documentation.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f265ebfabf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/hep-text-documentation.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/hep-text-implementation.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/hep-text-implementation.dtx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6821c13e77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/hep-text-implementation.dtx
@@ -0,0 +1,363 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2019 by Jan Hajer
+% -----------------------------------
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in:
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% \fi
+%
+% \iffalse
+
+%<package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2005/12/01]
+%<package>\ProvidesPackage{hep-text}[2021/09/01 v1.0 Some text macros]
+%<documentation>\ProvidesFile{hep-text-documentation.tex}[2021/09/01 v1.0 HEP-Text documentation]
+%
+%<*documentation>
+
+\RequirePackage[l2tabu, orthodox]{nag}
+
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\AtBeginDocument{\DeleteShortVerb{\|}}
+\AtBeginDocument{\MakeShortVerb{\"}}
+
+\EnableCrossrefs
+\CodelineIndex
+\RecordChanges
+
+\usepackage[parskip]{hep-paper}
+
+\bibliography{bibliography}
+
+\acronym{CM}{computer modern}
+\acronym{LM}{latin modern}
+
+\usepackage{hologo}
+
+\newenvironment{columns}[1][.5]{%
+ \par\vspace{-\bigskipamount}%
+ \begin{minipage}[t]{\linewidth}%
+ \begin{minipage}[t]{#1\linewidth}%
+ \def\column{%
+ \end{minipage}%
+ \begin{minipage}[t]{\linewidth-#1\linewidth}%
+ }%
+}{\end{minipage}\end{minipage}\par}
+
+\MacroIndent=1.5em
+\AtBeginEnvironment{macrocode}{\renewcommand{\ttdefault}{clmt}}
+%</documentation>
+
+%<*driver>
+\expandafter\newif\csname ifshort\endcsname
+\shortfalse
+\begin{document}
+\DocInput{hep-text-implementation.dtx}
+\end{document}
+%</driver>
+%
+% \fi
+%
+% \CheckSum{98}
+%
+% \CharacterTable
+% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%
+% \changes{v1.0}{2019/01/01}{Initial version of the style file.}
+%
+% \ifshort
+%<*documentation>
+% \fi
+%
+\GetFileInfo{hep-text.sty}
+
+\title{The \software{hep-text} package\thanks{This document corresponds to \software{hep-text}~\fileversion.}}
+\subtitle{List and text extensions}
+\author{Jan Hajer \email{jan.hajer@unibas.ch}}
+\date{\filedate}
+
+% \ifshort
+\begin{document}
+% \fi
+
+\newgeometry{vscale=.8, vmarginratio=3:4, includeheadfoot, left=11em, marginparwidth=4.6cm, marginparsep=3mm, right=7em}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\begin{abstract}
+The \software{hep-text} package extends \hologo{LaTeX} lists using the \software{enumitem} package and provides some text macros.
+\end{abstract}
+
+The package can be loaded by "\usepackage{hep-text}".
+
+\DescribeMacro{lang}
+The "lang" option sets the used language and takes the values allowed by the \software{babel} package \cite{babel}, that is loaded for its hyphenation support.
+
+Quotation commands are provided by the \software{csquotes} package \cite{csquotes}.
+\DescribeMacro{\enquote}
+\DescribeMacro{\MakeOuterQuote}
+It provides the convenient macros "\enquote"\marg{text} and "\MakeOuterQuote{}" allowing to leave the choice of quotation marks to \hologo{LaTeX} and use \verb|"| instead of the pair \verb|``| and \verb|''|, respectively.
+
+\DescribeMacro{\eg}
+\DescribeMacro{\vs}
+The \software{foreign} package \cite{foreign} defines macros such as "\eg", "\ie", "\cf", and "\vs" which are typeset as \eg, \ie, \cf, and \vs.
+
+\DescribeMacro{\no}
+The "\no"\marg{number} macro is typeset as \no{123}.
+
+\DescribeMacro{\software}
+The "\software"\oarg{version}\marg{name} macro is typeset as \software[\fileversion]{HEP-Paper}.
+
+\DescribeMacro{\online}
+The "\online"\marg{url}\marg{text} macro combines the features of the "\href"\marg{url}\allowbreak\marg{text}\allowbreak \cite{hyperref} and the "\url"\marg{text} \cite{url} macros, resulting in \eg \online{https://ctan.org/pkg/hep-text}{ctan.org/pkg/hep-text}.
+
+
+\DescribeMacro{inlinelist}
+\DescribeMacro{enumdescript}
+The "inlinelist" and "enumdescript" environments are defined using the \software{enumitem} package \cite{enumitem}.
+\begin{columns}
+\begin{verbatim}
+The three main points are
+\begin{inlinelist}
+ \item one
+ \item two
+ \item three
+\end{inlinelist}
+\end{verbatim}
+\column
+The three main points are
+\begin{inlinelist}
+ \item one
+ \item two
+ \item three
+\end{inlinelist}
+\end{columns}
+\vspace{4ex}
+\begin{columns}[.6]
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{enumdescript}[label=\Roman*)]
+ \item{First} one
+ \item{Second} two
+ \item{Third} three
+\end{enumdescript}
+\end{verbatim}
+\column
+\begin{enumdescript}[label=\Roman*)]
+ \item{First} one
+ \item{Second} two
+ \item{Third} three
+\end{enumdescript}
+\end{columns}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\underline}
+The "\underline" macro is redefined to allow line-breaks using the \software{soulutf8} package \cite{soulutf8}.
+
+% \ifshort
+\printbibliography
+
+\end{document}
+%
+%</documentation>
+% \fi
+%
+% \StopEventually{
+% \printbibliography
+% \PrintChanges
+% }
+%
+% \appendix
+%
+% \section{Implementation}
+%
+%<*package>
+%
+% Load the \software{kvoptions} package \cite{kvoptions} and define a "heptext" namespace.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{kvoptions}
+\SetupKeyvalOptions{
+ family=heptext,
+ prefix=heptext@
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{lang}
+% Define the "lang" option, which takes the values provided by the \software{babel} package \cite{babel}.
+% Make "british" the default language.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareStringOption[british]{lang}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProcessKeyvalOptions*
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Load the \software{babel} package \cite{babel} for hyphenation and the recommended \software{csquotes} package \cite{csquotes}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage[\heptext@lang]{babel}
+\RequirePackage[autostyle]{csquotes}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\underline}
+% Load the \software{soulutf8} package \cite{soulutf8} for hyphenable underlined text.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{soulutf8}
+\let\underline\textul
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\vs}
+% Load the \software{foreign} package \cite{foreign} in order to highlight abbreviations and vocabularies from foreign languages.
+% Add the missing "\vs" command.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{pdftexcmds}
+\ifnum\pdf@strcmp{\heptext@lang}{american}=0
+ \newcommand{\heptext@lang@foreign}{USenglish}
+\else
+ \ifnum\pdf@strcmp{\heptext@lang}{USenglish}=0
+ \newcommand{\heptext@lang@foreign}{USenglish}
+ \else
+ \newcommand{\heptext@lang@foreign}{british}
+ \fi
+\fi
+\RequirePackage[all, \heptext@lang@foreign]{foreign}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\vs{\xperiodafter{{\foreignabbrfont{vs}}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% The \software{foreign} package relies on the \software{xspace} package \cite{xspace}.
+% Ensure that "\xspace" is compatible with the "\enquote" macro from the \software{csquote} package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\xspaceaddexceptions{\csq@qclose@i}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\no}
+% Define the macro "\no"\marg{number} for the use of \textnumero\ with appropriate spacing.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\no}[1]{\textnumero~#1}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\software}
+% Define a macro for software with optional version information "\software"\linebreak[1]\oarg{version}\linebreak[1]\marg{name}, using the \software{relsize} package \cite{relsize}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{relsize}
+\newcommand{\software}[2][\hspace{-\fontdimen2\font}]{%
+ {\smaller[.5]\textsc{#2}~#1}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\online}
+% \begin{macro}{\email}
+% Define the "\online"\marg{text}\marg{url} macro combining the features of the "\href" and the "\url" macros.
+% Define a macro for typesetting emails.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand{\online}[2]{\texttt{#2}}%
+\providecommand{\hep@email}[1]{\online{mailto:#1}{#1}}
+\providecommand\email{\hep@email}
+\AtBeginDocument{\@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{%
+ \renewcommand{\online}[2]{\href{#1}{\nolinkurl{#2}}}%
+ }{}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\prefix}
+% Define the "\prefix"\marg{prefix}\marg{word} macro ensuring the correct linebreak in \prefix{prefix}{word}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\prefix}[2]{(#1\mbox{-)}\allowbreak #2}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Lists}
+%
+% Load the \software{enumitem} package \cite{enumitem}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage[inline]{enumitem}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{inlinelist}
+% Define an inline list environment.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newlist{inlinelist}{enumerate*}{1}
+\setlist*[inlinelist,1]{%
+ label=\roman*), itemjoin={,\ }, itemjoin*={, and\ }, after=.%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{enumdescript}
+% Define an enumdescript list environment.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newlist{enum@descript}{enumerate}{2}
+\setlist[enum@descript]{label=\arabic*.}
+\newenvironment{enumdescript}[1][]{
+\begin{enum@descript}[#1]
+ \let\hep@item\item
+ \renewcommand{\item}[2][]{
+ \ifx&##1&\hep@item\else\hep@item[##1]\fi
+ \textbf{##2}\ifx##2\empty\else~\fi\@ifnextchar\par\@gobble\relax
+ }
+}{\end{enum@descript}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+%</package>
+%
+% \section{Readme}
+%
+%<*readme>
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+# The `hep-text` package
+
+List and text extensions
+
+## Introduction
+
+The `hep-text` package extends `LaTeX` lists using the `enumitem package and provides some text macros.
+
+The package can be loaded by `\usepackage{hep-text}`.
+
+## Author
+
+Jan Hajer
+
+## License
+
+This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the `LaTeX` Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+The latest version of this license is in `http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt` and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%</readme>
+%
+% \Finale
+
+\endinput
+
+% \PrintIndex
+% makeindex -s gglo.ist -o hep-text-implementation.gls hep-text-implementation.glo
+% makeindex -s gglo.ist -o hep-text-implementation.ind hep-text-implementation.idx
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/hep-text-implementation.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/hep-text-implementation.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b46dff176b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/hep-text-implementation.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/hep-text.ins b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/hep-text.ins
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1b8b9381d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/hep-text.ins
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+%% Copyright (C) 2019-2020 by Jan Hajer
+%%
+%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+%% version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later
+%% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%%
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%%
+%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of
+%% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+
+\input docstrip.tex
+\keepsilent
+\usedir{tex/latex/hep-text}
+
+\preamble
+This is a generated file.
+Copyright (C) 2019-2020 by Jan Hajer
+This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later
+version. The latest version of this license is in:
+http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of
+LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+\endpreamble
+
+\generate{
+ \file{hep-text-documentation.tex}{\from{hep-text-implementation.dtx}{documentation}}
+ \file{hep-text.sty}{\from{hep-text-implementation.dtx}{package}}
+ \nopreamble\nopostamble\file{README-hep-text.md}{\from{hep-text-implementation.dtx}{readme}}
+}
+
+\Msg{*********************************************************}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the}
+\Msg{* following file into a directory searched by TeX:}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* \space\space hep-text.sty}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* To produce the documentation run the file}
+\Msg{* hep-text-documentation.dtx through LaTeX.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* Happy TeXing!}
+\Msg{*********************************************************}
+
+\endbatchfile
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/license.md b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/license.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..494f58131f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hep-text/license.md
@@ -0,0 +1,416 @@
+The LaTeX Project Public License
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
+
+LPPL Version 1.3c 2008-05-04
+
+Copyright 1999 2002-2008 LaTeX3 Project
+ Everyone is allowed to distribute verbatim copies of this
+ license document, but modification of it is not allowed.
+
+
+PREAMBLE
+========
+
+The LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL) is the primary license under
+which the LaTeX kernel and the base LaTeX packages are distributed.
+
+You may use this license for any work of which you hold the copyright
+and which you wish to distribute. This license may be particularly
+suitable if your work is TeX-related (such as a LaTeX package), but
+it is written in such a way that you can use it even if your work is
+unrelated to TeX.
+
+The section `WHETHER AND HOW TO DISTRIBUTE WORKS UNDER THIS LICENSE',
+below, gives instructions, examples, and recommendations for authors
+who are considering distributing their works under this license.
+
+This license gives conditions under which a work may be distributed
+and modified, as well as conditions under which modified versions of
+that work may be distributed.
+
+We, the LaTeX3 Project, believe that the conditions below give you
+the freedom to make and distribute modified versions of your work
+that conform with whatever technical specifications you wish while
+maintaining the availability, integrity, and reliability of
+that work. If you do not see how to achieve your goal while
+meeting these conditions, then read the document `cfgguide.tex'
+and `modguide.tex' in the base LaTeX distribution for suggestions.
+
+
+DEFINITIONS
+===========
+
+In this license document the following terms are used:
+
+ `Work'
+ Any work being distributed under this License.
+
+ `Derived Work'
+ Any work that under any applicable law is derived from the Work.
+
+ `Modification'
+ Any procedure that produces a Derived Work under any applicable
+ law -- for example, the production of a file containing an
+ original file associated with the Work or a significant portion of
+ such a file, either verbatim or with modifications and/or
+ translated into another language.
+
+ `Modify'
+ To apply any procedure that produces a Derived Work under any
+ applicable law.
+
+ `Distribution'
+ Making copies of the Work available from one person to another, in
+ whole or in part. Distribution includes (but is not limited to)
+ making any electronic components of the Work accessible by
+ file transfer protocols such as FTP or HTTP or by shared file
+ systems such as Sun's Network File System (NFS).
+
+ `Compiled Work'
+ A version of the Work that has been processed into a form where it
+ is directly usable on a computer system. This processing may
+ include using installation facilities provided by the Work,
+ transformations of the Work, copying of components of the Work, or
+ other activities. Note that modification of any installation
+ facilities provided by the Work constitutes modification of the Work.
+
+ `Current Maintainer'
+ A person or persons nominated as such within the Work. If there is
+ no such explicit nomination then it is the `Copyright Holder' under
+ any applicable law.
+
+ `Base Interpreter'
+ A program or process that is normally needed for running or
+ interpreting a part or the whole of the Work.
+
+ A Base Interpreter may depend on external components but these
+ are not considered part of the Base Interpreter provided that each
+ external component clearly identifies itself whenever it is used
+ interactively. Unless explicitly specified when applying the
+ license to the Work, the only applicable Base Interpreter is a
+ `LaTeX-Format' or in the case of files belonging to the
+ `LaTeX-format' a program implementing the `TeX language'.
+
+
+
+CONDITIONS ON DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+===========================================
+
+1. Activities other than distribution and/or modification of the Work
+are not covered by this license; they are outside its scope. In
+particular, the act of running the Work is not restricted and no
+requirements are made concerning any offers of support for the Work.
+
+2. You may distribute a complete, unmodified copy of the Work as you
+received it. Distribution of only part of the Work is considered
+modification of the Work, and no right to distribute such a Derived
+Work may be assumed under the terms of this clause.
+
+3. You may distribute a Compiled Work that has been generated from a
+complete, unmodified copy of the Work as distributed under Clause 2
+above, as long as that Compiled Work is distributed in such a way that
+the recipients may install the Compiled Work on their system exactly
+as it would have been installed if they generated a Compiled Work
+directly from the Work.
+
+4. If you are the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may, without
+restriction, modify the Work, thus creating a Derived Work. You may
+also distribute the Derived Work without restriction, including
+Compiled Works generated from the Derived Work. Derived Works
+distributed in this manner by the Current Maintainer are considered to
+be updated versions of the Work.
+
+5. If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may modify
+your copy of the Work, thus creating a Derived Work based on the Work,
+and compile this Derived Work, thus creating a Compiled Work based on
+the Derived Work.
+
+6. If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may
+distribute a Derived Work provided the following conditions are met
+for every component of the Work unless that component clearly states
+in the copyright notice that it is exempt from that condition. Only
+the Current Maintainer is allowed to add such statements of exemption
+to a component of the Work.
+
+ a. If a component of this Derived Work can be a direct replacement
+ for a component of the Work when that component is used with the
+ Base Interpreter, then, wherever this component of the Work
+ identifies itself to the user when used interactively with that
+ Base Interpreter, the replacement component of this Derived Work
+ clearly and unambiguously identifies itself as a modified version
+ of this component to the user when used interactively with that
+ Base Interpreter.
+
+ b. Every component of the Derived Work contains prominent notices
+ detailing the nature of the changes to that component, or a
+ prominent reference to another file that is distributed as part
+ of the Derived Work and that contains a complete and accurate log
+ of the changes.
+
+ c. No information in the Derived Work implies that any persons,
+ including (but not limited to) the authors of the original version
+ of the Work, provide any support, including (but not limited to)
+ the reporting and handling of errors, to recipients of the
+ Derived Work unless those persons have stated explicitly that
+ they do provide such support for the Derived Work.
+
+ d. You distribute at least one of the following with the Derived Work:
+
+ 1. A complete, unmodified copy of the Work;
+ if your distribution of a modified component is made by
+ offering access to copy the modified component from a
+ designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy
+ the Work from the same or some similar place meets this
+ condition, even though third parties are not compelled to
+ copy the Work along with the modified component;
+
+ 2. Information that is sufficient to obtain a complete,
+ unmodified copy of the Work.
+
+7. If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may
+distribute a Compiled Work generated from a Derived Work, as long as
+the Derived Work is distributed to all recipients of the Compiled
+Work, and as long as the conditions of Clause 6, above, are met with
+regard to the Derived Work.
+
+8. The conditions above are not intended to prohibit, and hence do not
+apply to, the modification, by any method, of any component so that it
+becomes identical to an updated version of that component of the Work as
+it is distributed by the Current Maintainer under Clause 4, above.
+
+9. Distribution of the Work or any Derived Work in an alternative
+format, where the Work or that Derived Work (in whole or in part) is
+then produced by applying some process to that format, does not relax or
+nullify any sections of this license as they pertain to the results of
+applying that process.
+
+10. a. A Derived Work may be distributed under a different license
+ provided that license itself honors the conditions listed in
+ Clause 6 above, in regard to the Work, though it does not have
+ to honor the rest of the conditions in this license.
+
+ b. If a Derived Work is distributed under a different license, that
+ Derived Work must provide sufficient documentation as part of
+ itself to allow each recipient of that Derived Work to honor the
+ restrictions in Clause 6 above, concerning changes from the Work.
+
+11. This license places no restrictions on works that are unrelated to
+the Work, nor does this license place any restrictions on aggregating
+such works with the Work by any means.
+
+12. Nothing in this license is intended to, or may be used to, prevent
+complete compliance by all parties with all applicable laws.
+
+
+NO WARRANTY
+===========
+
+There is no warranty for the Work. Except when otherwise stated in
+writing, the Copyright Holder provides the Work `as is', without
+warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied, including, but not
+limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a
+particular purpose. The entire risk as to the quality and performance
+of the Work is with you. Should the Work prove defective, you assume
+the cost of all necessary servicing, repair, or correction.
+
+In no event unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing
+will The Copyright Holder, or any author named in the components of the
+Work, or any other party who may distribute and/or modify the Work as
+permitted above, be liable to you for damages, including any general,
+special, incidental or consequential damages arising out of any use of
+the Work or out of inability to use the Work (including, but not limited
+to, loss of data, data being rendered inaccurate, or losses sustained by
+anyone as a result of any failure of the Work to operate with any other
+programs), even if the Copyright Holder or said author or said other
+party has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
+
+
+MAINTENANCE OF THE WORK
+=======================
+
+The Work has the status `author-maintained' if the Copyright Holder
+explicitly and prominently states near the primary copyright notice in
+the Work that the Work can only be maintained by the Copyright Holder
+or simply that it is `author-maintained'.
+
+The Work has the status `maintained' if there is a Current Maintainer
+who has indicated in the Work that they are willing to receive error
+reports for the Work (for example, by supplying a valid e-mail
+address). It is not required for the Current Maintainer to acknowledge
+or act upon these error reports.
+
+The Work changes from status `maintained' to `unmaintained' if there
+is no Current Maintainer, or the person stated to be Current
+Maintainer of the work cannot be reached through the indicated means
+of communication for a period of six months, and there are no other
+significant signs of active maintenance.
+
+You can become the Current Maintainer of the Work by agreement with
+any existing Current Maintainer to take over this role.
+
+If the Work is unmaintained, you can become the Current Maintainer of
+the Work through the following steps:
+
+ 1. Make a reasonable attempt to trace the Current Maintainer (and
+ the Copyright Holder, if the two differ) through the means of
+ an Internet or similar search.
+
+ 2. If this search is successful, then enquire whether the Work
+ is still maintained.
+
+ a. If it is being maintained, then ask the Current Maintainer
+ to update their communication data within one month.
+
+ b. If the search is unsuccessful or no action to resume active
+ maintenance is taken by the Current Maintainer, then announce
+ within the pertinent community your intention to take over
+ maintenance. (If the Work is a LaTeX work, this could be
+ done, for example, by posting to comp.text.tex.)
+
+ 3a. If the Current Maintainer is reachable and agrees to pass
+ maintenance of the Work to you, then this takes effect
+ immediately upon announcement.
+
+ b. If the Current Maintainer is not reachable and the Copyright
+ Holder agrees that maintenance of the Work be passed to you,
+ then this takes effect immediately upon announcement.
+
+ 4. If you make an `intention announcement' as described in 2b. above
+ and after three months your intention is challenged neither by
+ the Current Maintainer nor by the Copyright Holder nor by other
+ people, then you may arrange for the Work to be changed so as
+ to name you as the (new) Current Maintainer.
+
+ 5. If the previously unreachable Current Maintainer becomes
+ reachable once more within three months of a change completed
+ under the terms of 3b) or 4), then that Current Maintainer must
+ become or remain the Current Maintainer upon request provided
+ they then update their communication data within one month.
+
+A change in the Current Maintainer does not, of itself, alter the fact
+that the Work is distributed under the LPPL license.
+
+If you become the Current Maintainer of the Work, you should
+immediately provide, within the Work, a prominent and unambiguous
+statement of your status as Current Maintainer. You should also
+announce your new status to the same pertinent community as
+in 2b) above.
+
+
+WHETHER AND HOW TO DISTRIBUTE WORKS UNDER THIS LICENSE
+======================================================
+
+This section contains important instructions, examples, and
+recommendations for authors who are considering distributing their
+works under this license. These authors are addressed as `you' in
+this section.
+
+Choosing This License or Another License
+----------------------------------------
+
+If for any part of your work you want or need to use *distribution*
+conditions that differ significantly from those in this license, then
+do not refer to this license anywhere in your work but, instead,
+distribute your work under a different license. You may use the text
+of this license as a model for your own license, but your license
+should not refer to the LPPL or otherwise give the impression that
+your work is distributed under the LPPL.
+
+The document `modguide.tex' in the base LaTeX distribution explains
+the motivation behind the conditions of this license. It explains,
+for example, why distributing LaTeX under the GNU General Public
+License (GPL) was considered inappropriate. Even if your work is
+unrelated to LaTeX, the discussion in `modguide.tex' may still be
+relevant, and authors intending to distribute their works under any
+license are encouraged to read it.
+
+A Recommendation on Modification Without Distribution
+-----------------------------------------------------
+
+It is wise never to modify a component of the Work, even for your own
+personal use, without also meeting the above conditions for
+distributing the modified component. While you might intend that such
+modifications will never be distributed, often this will happen by
+accident -- you may forget that you have modified that component; or
+it may not occur to you when allowing others to access the modified
+version that you are thus distributing it and violating the conditions
+of this license in ways that could have legal implications and, worse,
+cause problems for the community. It is therefore usually in your
+best interest to keep your copy of the Work identical with the public
+one. Many works provide ways to control the behavior of that work
+without altering any of its licensed components.
+
+How to Use This License
+-----------------------
+
+To use this license, place in each of the components of your work both
+an explicit copyright notice including your name and the year the work
+was authored and/or last substantially modified. Include also a
+statement that the distribution and/or modification of that
+component is constrained by the conditions in this license.
+
+Here is an example of such a notice and statement:
+
+ %% pig.dtx
+ %% Copyright 2005 M. Y. Name
+ %
+ % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+ % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+ % of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+ % The latest version of this license is in
+ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+ % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+ % version 2005/12/01 or later.
+ %
+ % This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
+ %
+ % The Current Maintainer of this work is M. Y. Name.
+ %
+ % This work consists of the files pig.dtx and pig.ins
+ % and the derived file pig.sty.
+
+Given such a notice and statement in a file, the conditions
+given in this license document would apply, with the `Work' referring
+to the three files `pig.dtx', `pig.ins', and `pig.sty' (the last being
+generated from `pig.dtx' using `pig.ins'), the `Base Interpreter'
+referring to any `LaTeX-Format', and both `Copyright Holder' and
+`Current Maintainer' referring to the person `M. Y. Name'.
+
+If you do not want the Maintenance section of LPPL to apply to your
+Work, change `maintained' above into `author-maintained'.
+However, we recommend that you use `maintained', as the Maintenance
+section was added in order to ensure that your Work remains useful to
+the community even when you can no longer maintain and support it
+yourself.
+
+Derived Works That Are Not Replacements
+---------------------------------------
+
+Several clauses of the LPPL specify means to provide reliability and
+stability for the user community. They therefore concern themselves
+with the case that a Derived Work is intended to be used as a
+(compatible or incompatible) replacement of the original Work. If
+this is not the case (e.g., if a few lines of code are reused for a
+completely different task), then clauses 6b and 6d shall not apply.
+
+
+Important Recommendations
+-------------------------
+
+ Defining What Constitutes the Work
+
+ The LPPL requires that distributions of the Work contain all the
+ files of the Work. It is therefore important that you provide a
+ way for the licensee to determine which files constitute the Work.
+ This could, for example, be achieved by explicitly listing all the
+ files of the Work near the copyright notice of each file or by
+ using a line such as:
+
+ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
+
+ in that place. In the absence of an unequivocal list it might be
+ impossible for the licensee to determine what is considered by you
+ to comprise the Work and, in such a case, the licensee would be
+ entitled to make reasonable conjectures as to which files comprise
+ the Work.
+
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/njuvisual/README.md b/macros/latex/contrib/njuvisual/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bdffe2eb77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/njuvisual/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+The `njuvisual` package
+=======================
+
+The `njuvisual` package provides an interface to display logos related to Nanjing University.
+
+Basic usage
+-----------
+
+ \njuemblem{3cm}{!}
+ \njuname{3cm}{!}
+ \njumotto{!}{3cm}
+ \njuspirit{!}{3cm}
+
+More information can be found in the package documentation.
+
+Contributing
+------------
+
+[Issues](https://github.com/nju-lug/NJUVisual/issues) and
+[pull requests](https://github.com/nju-lug/NJUVisual/pulls)
+are always welcome.
+
+License
+-------
+
+This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
+the [LaTeX Project Public License](http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt),
+either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later
+version.
+
+-----
+
+Copyright (C) 2021 by NJU LUG.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/njuvisual/njuvisual.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/njuvisual/njuvisual.dtx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8d2831c9c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/njuvisual/njuvisual.dtx
@@ -0,0 +1,567 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2021
+% by Nanjing University Linux User Group <nju.lug@yaoge123.cn>
+%
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
+% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
+% license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version
+% of this license is in the file
+%
+% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% The development version of the template can be found at
+%
+% https://github.com/nju-lug/NJUVisual
+%
+% for those people who are interested.
+%
+% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%<*internal>
+\iffalse
+%</internal>
+%
+%<*internal>
+\fi
+\begingroup
+ \def\NameOfLaTeXe{LaTeX2e}
+\expandafter\endgroup\ifx\NameOfLaTeXe\fmtname\else
+\csname fi\endcsname
+%</internal>
+%
+%<*install>
+\input l3docstrip.tex
+\keepsilent
+\askforoverwritefalse
+
+\preamble
+
+Copyright (C) 2021
+by Nanjing University Linux User Group <nju.lug@yaoge123.cn>
+
+This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
+the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license
+or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this
+license is in:
+
+ http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+
+and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
+2005/12/01 or later.
+
+To produce the documentation run the original source files ending with `.dtx'
+through XeTeX.
+
+\endpreamble
+
+\generate{
+ \usedir{tex/latex/njuvisual}
+ \file{\jobname.sty} {\from{\jobname.dtx}{visual}
+ \from{\jobname-curves.dtx}{visual}}
+%</install>
+%<*internal>
+ \usedir{source/latex/njuvisual}
+ \file{\jobname.ins} {\from{\jobname.dtx}{install}}
+%</internal>
+%<*install>
+}
+
+\obeyspaces
+\Msg{*************************************************************}
+\Msg{* *}
+\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the following *}
+\Msg{* files into a directory searched by TeX: *}
+\Msg{* *}
+\Msg{* The recommended directory is TDS:tex/latex/njuvisual *}
+\Msg{* *}
+\Msg{* njuvisual.ins *}
+\Msg{* njuvisual.sty *}
+\Msg{* *}
+\Msg{* To produce the documentation, run the file njuvisual.dtx *}
+\Msg{* through XeLaTeX. *}
+\Msg{* *}
+\Msg{* Happy TeXing! *}
+\Msg{* *}
+\Msg{*************************************************************}
+
+\endbatchfile
+%</install>
+%
+%<*internal>
+\fi
+%</internal>
+%
+%<visual>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+%<visual>\RequirePackage{expl3}
+%<!driver>\GetIdInfo $Id: njuvisual.dtx 0.1.1 2021-11-27 22:30:00 +0800 NJU LUG <nju.lug@yaoge123.cn> $
+%<visual> { LaTeX3 Package for NJU Visual Identity }
+%<visual>\ProvidesExplPackage{njuvisual}
+%<visual>{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription}
+%
+%<*driver>
+\documentclass{ctxdoc}
+\usepackage{multirow,njuvisual}
+\setlist[1]{labelindent=0.5em}
+\begin{document}
+ \DocInput{njuvisual.dtx}
+ \DocInput{njuvisual-curves.dtx}
+ \PrintChanges
+ \PrintIndex
+\end{document}
+%</driver>
+%
+% \fi
+%
+% \title{\color{njuviolet}{The \pkg{njuvisual} package\\ 南京大学视觉形象规范化标准}}
+%
+% \author{^^A
+% Nanjing University Linux User Group
+% \thanks{E-mail: \href{mailto:nju.lug@yaoge123.cn}{nju.lug@yaoge123.cn}}}
+%
+% \date{v0.1.1 \\ Released 2021-11-21}
+%
+% \changes{v0.1}{2021/11/21}{将\pkg{njuvisual}分离为单独宏包。}
+% \changes{v0.1}{2021/11/27}{完成文档编写并发布至 CTAN。}
+%
+% \maketitle
+%
+% \begin{abstract}
+% 南京大学视觉形象规范化标准(\pkg{njuvisual})宏包负责实现\href{https://www.nju.edu.cn/3647/list.htm}{南京大学视觉形象规范化标准}以及各院系制定的配色方案和标识。
+% \end{abstract}
+%
+% \def\abstractname{Abstract}
+% \begin{abstract}
+% The \pkg{njuvisual} package provides an interface to display logos related to Nanjing University.
+% \end{abstract}
+%
+% \clearpage
+%
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \EnableDocumentation
+%
+%
+% \begin{documentation}
+%
+% \section{宏包介绍}
+%
+% \pkg{njuvisual} 用于收录南京大学及其各院系制定的标准色彩及图标,并提供简洁的绘制指令。
+%
+% 本宏包衍生自 \pkg{njuthesis},依赖 \hologo{LaTeX3} 项目
+% 中的 \pkg{expl3}、\pkg{xparse} 和 \pkg{l3keys2e} 宏包。
+% 特别感谢 \pkg{fduthesis} 与 \pkg{zhlipsum} 提供的处理思路。
+%
+% \section{使用方法}
+%
+% \subsection{标准色彩}
+%
+% \begin{function}{\color}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \tn{color}\Arg{颜色}
+% \end{syntax}
+% 使用标准色彩。
+% \end{function}
+%
+% 本宏包定义的所有标准色彩见表~\ref{tab:pre-defined-colors}。
+% \begingroup
+% \def\B#1{\color{#1}$\blacksquare\blacksquare\blacksquare\blacksquare\blacksquare$}
+% \def\M#1{\multirow{2}*{#1}}
+% \def\MN#1{\multirow{4}*{#1}}
+% \begin{table}[htb]
+% \caption{预定义标准色} \label{tab:pre-defined-colors}
+% \centering\small
+% \begin{tabular}{cccc}
+% \toprule
+% 名称 & 颜色名称 & CMYK 数值 & 示例 \\
+% \midrule
+% \MN{南京大学} & |njuviolet| & $0.50, 1 , 0 , 0.40$ & \B{njuviolet} \\
+% & |njumagenta| & $0.05, 1 , 0.55, 0$ & \B{njumagenta} \\
+% & |njublue| & $0.80, 0.50, 0 , 0$ & \B{njublue} \\
+% & |njuyellow| & $0 , 0.30, 1 , 0$ & \B{njuyellow} \\
+% \M{人工智能学院} & |nju-ai-blue| & $0.75, 0.65, 0 , 0$ & \B{nju-ai-blue} \\
+% & |nju-ai-orange| & $0 , 0.75, 1 , 0$ & \B{nju-ai-orange} \\
+% \M{计算机科学与技术系} & |nju-cs-blue| & $0.89, 0.66, 0.13, 0$ & \B{nju-cs-blue} \\
+% & |nju-cs-green| & $0.60, 0.23, 1 , 0$ & \B{nju-cs-green} \\
+% \bottomrule
+% \end{tabular}
+% \end{table}
+% \endgroup
+%
+% \subsection{标准图标}
+%
+% \begin{function}[added=2021-09-24,updated=2021-11-27]{\njuemblem}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \tn{njuemblem}\oarg{选项}\Arg{宽度}\Arg{高度}
+% \end{syntax}
+% 生成徽标,默认生成校徽。参数 \meta{选项} 是可选的。注意各
+% 参数之间不可以有空格。
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}[added=2021-09-24,updated=2021-11-27]{\njuname,\njuname*}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \tn{njuname}\oarg{选项}\Arg{宽度}\Arg{高度}
+% \tn{njuname*}\oarg{选项}\Arg{宽度}\Arg{高度}
+% \end{syntax}
+% 生成名称,带有可选星号的命令会生成英文名称,默认生成校名。要求同上。
+% \end{function}
+%
+% 可选参数 \meta{选项} 可使用两种方式给出:
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item 颜色名称,使用颜色名称即默认生成校徽、校名
+% \item 使用英文半角逗号分隔的键值列表
+% \end{itemize}
+%
+% 其中,键值列表支持的选项见下。
+%
+% \begin{function}[added=2021-11-27]{color,color*}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% color = \meta{主要颜色}
+% color* = \meta{辅助颜色}
+% \end{syntax}
+% 定制图标颜色。
+% \end{function}
+%
+% 对于绝大多数南京大学院系,其图标仅使用两种以内的颜色,因此本宏包仅提供两种颜色选项。
+% 其中的 |color*| 选项一般无需修改,原因在于现有的图标可被总结为下列若干种情况:
+% \begin{description}
+% \item[纯色、透明底色] 如南大徽标,无辅助颜色,|color*| 选项无效
+% \item[纯色、白色] 如现工徽标,辅助颜色默认为白色,无需进行修改
+% \item[双色] 如计科徽标,主要颜色、辅助颜色已预先进行定义,为美观考虑,修改主要颜色时会将图标颜色统一为一种
+% \end{description}
+%
+% \begin{function}[added=2021-11-27]{department}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% department = \meta{院系名称}
+% \end{syntax}
+% 院系名称。
+% \end{function}
+%
+% 为保证无歧义,|department| 选项使用的名称来自于院系官网域名。如化学化工学院域名为\url{https://chem.nju.edu.cn/},其选项名称即为 |chem|。
+%
+% 目前的支持情况如表~\ref{tab:supported-departments-list}所示。对于不支持的院系,本宏包会抛出异常。
+% \begingroup
+% \def\B{\bullet}
+% \begin{table}[htb]
+% \caption{收录院系列表} \label{tab:supported-departments-list}
+% \centering\small
+% \begin{tabular}{cccccccc}
+% \toprule
+% 名称 & 选项名称 & emblem & name & name* \\
+% \midrule
+% 匡亚明学院 & |dii| & \B & & \\
+% 现代工程与应用科学学院 & |eng| & \B & & \\
+% 人工智能学院 & |ai| & \B & & \\
+% 计算机科学与技术系 & |cs| & \B & & \\
+% \bottomrule
+% \end{tabular}
+% \end{table}
+% \endgroup
+%
+% 举例如下:
+% \begin{ctexexam}
+% \njuemblem{!}{3cm} % 默认生成指定大小的紫色南大校徽
+% \njuname{4cm}{!} % 默认生成指定大小的紫色南大中文校名
+% \njuname*{4cm}{!} % 默认生成指定大小的紫色南大英文校名
+% \njuemblem[black]{!}{3cm} % 黑色的南大校徽
+% \njuemblem[department=dii]{!}{4cm} % 紫色匡院徽标
+% \njuemblem[department=cs,color=blue]{!}{3cm} % 纯蓝色计科徽标
+% \end{ctexexam}
+%
+%
+% \begin{function}[added=2021-09-24]{\njumotto}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \tn{njumotto}\oarg{颜色}\Arg{宽度}\Arg{高度}
+% \end{syntax}
+% 生成指定颜色和大小的南京大学校训。
+% \end{function}
+%
+%
+% \begin{function}[added=2021-09-24]{\njuspirit}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \tn{njuspirit}\oarg{颜色}\Arg{宽度}\Arg{高度}
+% \end{syntax}
+% 生成指定颜色和大小的南京大学校风。
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \end{documentation}
+%
+% \EnableImplementation
+%
+% \begin{implementation}
+%
+% \section{实现细节}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<@@=njuvis>
+%<*visual>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{载入宏包}
+%
+% 导入 \pkg{tikz} 宏包,其中已包含 \pkg{xcolor},无需单独加载。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage { tikz }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{定义变量}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\l_@@_color_a_tl,\l_@@_color_b_tl}
+% 存储使用的颜色。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_color_a_tl
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_color_b_tl
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\l_@@_department_tl}
+% 存储院系
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_department_tl
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v0.1}{2021/11/27}{使用键值对处理院系和颜色。}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\keys_define:nn { njuvisual }
+ {
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{color,color*}
+% 颜色。设定初始辅助色为白色
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ color .tl_set:N = \l_@@_color_a_tl,
+ color .initial:n = default,
+ color* .tl_set:N = \l_@@_color_b_tl,
+ color* .initial:n = white,
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{department}
+% 院系
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ department .tl_set:N = \l_@@_department_tl,
+ department .initial:n = nju,
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\c_@@_department_all_clist}
+% 定义南京大学全体院系名单。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\clist_const:Nn \c_@@_department_all_clist
+{ nju, dii, eng, chin, history, philo, jc, law, nubs, sfs, im, sociology,
+ math, physics, astronomy, chem, cs, software, ai, ese, hjxy, sgos,
+ as, life, med, sme, hwxy, arch, marxism, art, edu }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\c_@@_department_emblem_clist}
+% 定义受图标支持的南京大学院系名单。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\clist_const:Nn \c_@@_department_emblem_clist { nju, dii, eng, cs, ai }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\c_@@_department_name_clist}
+% 定义受名称支持的南京大学院系名单。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\clist_const:Nn \c_@@_department_name_clist { nju }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\c_@@_department_color_clist}
+% 定义受色彩支持的南京大学院系名单。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\clist_const:Nn \c_@@_department_color_clist { cs, ai }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% 定义对不支持的院系的报错信息。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\msg_new:nnn { njuvisual } { unsupported-department }
+{ "#1"~ is~ not~ an~ valid~ option~ \\\\
+ Please~ refer~ to~ the~ package~ documentation~ for~ supported~
+ departments~ and~ check~ your~ spelling. \\ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{内部命令}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_set_color:}
+% \changes{v0.1}{2021/11/25}{完善设定颜色的方法。}
+% 设定颜色。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Nn \@@_set_color:
+ {
+ \str_if_eq:VnTF \l_@@_color_a_tl { default }
+ {
+% \end{macrocode}
+% 如果没有单独设定,则使用默认颜色。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \clist_if_in:NVTF \c_@@_department_color_clist \l_@@_department_tl
+ { \tl_set:Nn \l_@@_color_a_tl
+ { \clist_item:cn { c_@@_color_ \l_@@_department_tl _clist } { 1 } }
+ \tl_set:Nn \l_@@_color_b_tl
+ { \clist_item:cn { c_@@_color_ \l_@@_department_tl _clist } { 2 } } }
+ { \tl_set:Nn \l_@@_color_a_tl { njuviolet } }
+ }
+ { \clist_if_in:NVT \c_@@_department_color_clist \l_@@_department_tl
+% \end{macrocode}
+% 将双色图标设定为纯色。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ { \tl_set_eq:NN \l_@@_color_b_tl \l_@@_color_a_tl } }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_tikz_wrapper:nnn}
+% 可变大小的 tikz 容器。\footnote{此处手动调整了列表缩进,实际上\env{arguments}环境的缩进问题已在\href{https://github.com/CTeX-org/ctex-kit/commit/838ebab8378b6b0477f5aece81ace28ae2a8bcd9}{838ebab}提交中修复}
+% \begin{arguments}
+% \item 路径
+% \item 宽度
+% \item 高度
+% \end{arguments}
+% 封装 resizebox 和 tikzpicture 环境,减少重复。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_tikz_wrapper:nnn #1#2#3
+{
+ \resizebox { #2 } { #3 } {
+ \begin{tikzpicture}[y=0.80pt, x=0.80pt, yscale=-1,
+ xscale=1, inner~sep=0pt, outer~sep=0pt] #1
+ \end{tikzpicture} }
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_if_key_value_list:nTF}
+% 判断是否为键值列表,即是否含有 |=|。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_if_key_value_list:nTF #1
+ { \tl_if_in:nnTF {#1} {=} }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_colon}
+% 定义类别为 other 的冒号,用于在 Expl3 中表示路径
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def \@@_colon { \char_generate:nn { 58 } { 12 } }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{用户接口}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\njuemblem}
+% \changes{v0.1}{2021/11/24}{将学校和院系的徽标和名称命令统一。}
+% 定义南京大学标准徽标。
+% \begin{arguments}
+% \item 颜色或者键值对
+% \item 宽度
+% \item 高度
+% \end{arguments}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand \njuemblem { O { njuviolet } m m }
+{
+ \group_begin:
+% \end{macrocode}
+% 根据参数是否含有 |=| 来判断该参数是段落数还是选项列表。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@@_if_key_value_list:nTF { #1 }
+ {
+ \keys_set:nn { njuvisual } { #1 }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% 检查是否受支持。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \clist_if_in:NVTF \c_@@_department_emblem_clist \l_@@_department_tl
+ { \@@_set_color:
+ \@@_tikz_wrapper:nnn
+ { \use:c { @@_path_emblem_ \l_@@_department_tl } } { #2 } { #3 } }
+ { \msg_error:nnx { njuvisual }
+ { unsupported-department } { \l_@@_department_tl } }
+ }
+ { \tl_set:Nn \l_@@_color_a_tl { #1 }
+ \@@_tikz_wrapper:nnn { \@@_path_emblem_nju } { #2 } { #3 } }
+ \group_end:
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\njuname,\njuname*}
+% 定义南京大学标准名称。
+% \begin{arguments}
+% \item 可选星号
+% \item 颜色或者键值对
+% \item 宽度
+% \item 高度
+% \end{arguments}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand \njuname { t* O { njuviolet } m m }
+{
+ \group_begin:
+ \@@_if_key_value_list:nTF { #2 }
+ {
+ \keys_set:nn { njuvisual } { #2 }
+ \clist_if_in:NVTF \c_@@_department_name_clist \l_@@_department_tl
+ {
+ \@@_set_color:
+ \bool_if:NTF { #1 }
+ { \@@_tikz_wrapper:nnn
+ { \use:c { @@_path_name_ #2 _en } } { #3 } { #4 } }
+ { \@@_tikz_wrapper:nnn
+ { \use:c { @@_path_name_ #2 _cn } } { #3 } { #4 } }
+ }
+ { \msg_error:nnx { njuvisual }
+ { unsupported-department } { \l_@@_department_tl } }
+ }
+ {
+ \tl_set:Nn \l_@@_color_a_tl { #2 }
+ \bool_if:NTF { #1 }
+ { \@@_tikz_wrapper:nnn { \@@_path_name_nju_en } { #3 } { #4 } }
+ { \@@_tikz_wrapper:nnn { \@@_path_name_nju_cn } { #3 } { #4 } }
+ }
+ \group_end:
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\njumotto}
+% 定义南京大学校训。
+% \begin{arguments}
+% \item 颜色
+% \item 宽度
+% \item 高度
+% \end{arguments}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand \njumotto { o m m }
+{
+ \group_begin:
+ \tl_set:Nn \l_@@_color_a_tl { #1 }
+ \@@_tikz_wrapper:nnn { \@@_path_motto } { #2 } { #3 }
+ \group_end:
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\njuspirit}
+% 定义南京大学校风。
+% \begin{arguments}
+% \item 颜色
+% \item 宽度
+% \item 高度
+% \end{arguments}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand \njuspirit { o m m }
+{
+ \group_begin:
+ \tl_set:Nn \l_@@_color_a_tl { #1 }
+ \@@_tikz_wrapper:nnn { \@@_path_spirit } { #2 } { #3 }
+ \group_end:
+}
+%</visual>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/njuvisual/njuvisual.ins b/macros/latex/contrib/njuvisual/njuvisual.ins
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a3a3a437a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/njuvisual/njuvisual.ins
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `njuvisual.ins',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% njuvisual.dtx (with options: `install')
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2021
+%% by Nanjing University Linux User Group <nju.lug@yaoge123.cn>
+%%
+%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
+%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license
+%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this
+%% license is in:
+%%
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%%
+%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
+%% 2005/12/01 or later.
+%%
+%% To produce the documentation run the original source files ending with `.dtx'
+%% through XeTeX.
+%%
+\input l3docstrip.tex
+\keepsilent
+\askforoverwritefalse
+
+\preamble
+
+Copyright (C) 2021
+by Nanjing University Linux User Group <nju.lug@yaoge123.cn>
+
+This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
+the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license
+or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this
+license is in:
+
+ http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+
+and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
+2005/12/01 or later.
+
+To produce the documentation run the original source files ending with `.dtx'
+through XeTeX.
+
+\endpreamble
+
+\generate{
+ \usedir{tex/latex/njuvisual}
+ \file{\jobname.sty} {\from{\jobname.dtx}{visual}
+ \from{\jobname-curves.dtx}{visual}}
+}
+
+\obeyspaces
+\Msg{*************************************************************}
+\Msg{* *}
+\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the following *}
+\Msg{* files into a directory searched by TeX: *}
+\Msg{* *}
+\Msg{* The recommended directory is TDS:tex/latex/njuvisual *}
+\Msg{* *}
+\Msg{* njuvisual.ins *}
+\Msg{* njuvisual.sty *}
+\Msg{* *}
+\Msg{* To produce the documentation, run the file njuvisual.dtx *}
+\Msg{* through XeLaTeX. *}
+\Msg{* *}
+\Msg{* Happy TeXing! *}
+\Msg{* *}
+\Msg{*************************************************************}
+
+\endbatchfile
+\GetIdInfo $Id: njuvisual.dtx 0.1.1 2021-11-27 22:30:00 +0800 NJU LUG <nju.lug@yaoge123.cn> $
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `njuvisual.ins'.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/njuvisual/njuvisual.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/njuvisual/njuvisual.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0fe5656c37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/njuvisual/njuvisual.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/README.md b/macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/README.md
index abf44e5efc..71a4d67f46 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/README.md
+++ b/macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/README.md
@@ -42,4 +42,4 @@ Lua-widow-control is licensed under the [_Mozilla Public License_, version 2.0](
Please note that a compiled document is absolutely **not** considered to be an "Executable Form" as defined by the MPL. The use of lua-widow-control in a document does not place **any** obligations on the document's author or distributors. The MPL and CC-BY-SA licenses **only** apply to you if you distribute the lua-widow-control source code or documentation.
---
-_v1.1.0 (2021-11-08)_ <!--%%version %%date-->
+_v1.1.1 (2021-11-26)_ <!--%%version %%date-->
diff --git a/macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lua-widow-control.lua b/macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lua-widow-control.lua
index 62f1867b62..587288e1da 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lua-widow-control.lua
+++ b/macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lua-widow-control.lua
@@ -64,8 +64,8 @@ if lwc.context then
elseif lwc.plain or lwc.latex then
luatexbase.provides_module {
name = lwc.name,
- date = "2021/11/08", --%%date
- version = "1.1.0", --%%version
+ date = "2021/11/26", --%%date
+ version = "1.1.1", --%%version
description = [[
This module provides a LuaTeX-based solution to prevent
diff --git a/macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lua-widow-control.pdf b/macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lua-widow-control.pdf
index f004a1404e..c0107a6278 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lua-widow-control.pdf
+++ b/macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lua-widow-control.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lua-widow-control.sty b/macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lua-widow-control.sty
index ff3781944f..ab6e6ffbc1 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lua-widow-control.sty
+++ b/macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lua-widow-control.sty
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2015/01/01] % Formats built after 2015 include \LuaTeX{}Base
\ProvidesPackage{lua-widow-control}%
- [2021/11/08 v1.1.0] %%version %%date
+ [2021/11/26 v1.1.1] %%version %%date
\setlength{\clubpenalty}{1}
\setlength{\widowpenalty}{1}
diff --git a/macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lua-widow-control.tex b/macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lua-widow-control.tex
index 904ee03c69..cba8ecfe39 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lua-widow-control.tex
+++ b/macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lua-widow-control.tex
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
% SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0+
% SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2021 Max Chernoff
-\wlog{lua-widow-control v1.1.0} %%version
+\wlog{lua-widow-control v1.1.1} %%version
\input ltluatex % \LuaTeX{}Base
diff --git a/macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lwc-documentation.mkxl b/macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lwc-documentation.mkxl
index a4d153de5b..05d9d930f9 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lwc-documentation.mkxl
+++ b/macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lwc-documentation.mkxl
@@ -32,6 +32,7 @@ fonts.handlers.otf.addfeature {
\setupalign[hz, hanging]
\definefontfeature[lining][onum=no,lnum=yes]
+\definefontfeature[allsmall][c2sc=yes, smcp=yes]
\define\lining{\feature[+][lining]}
\starttypescript[lwc-fonts]
@@ -78,7 +79,7 @@ fonts.handlers.otf.addfeature {
\setupstructure[state=start, method=auto]
% Bookmarks
-\placebookmarks[section, subsection, filename][section, subsection, filename][number=no]
+\placebookmarks[section, subsection][section, subsection][number=no]
\setupinteractionscreen[option=bookmark]
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -91,7 +92,7 @@ fonts.handlers.otf.addfeature {
% Acronym styling
\definecharacterkerning[acronymkerning][factor=0.05]
-\definealternativestyle[acronymstyle][{\word\sc\switchtobodyfont[1.1em]\setcharacterkerning[acronymkerning]}][]
+\definealternativestyle[acronymstyle][{\feature[+][allsmall]\switchtobodyfont[1.1em]\setcharacterkerning[acronymkerning]}][]
\definehighlight[acronym][style=acronymstyle]
\startuniqueMPgraphic{warning}
@@ -146,9 +147,9 @@ setbounds currentpicture to boundingbox OverlayBox;
\startsetups[style:section]
\setcharacterkerning[titlekern]
\switchtobodyfont[adventor]
- \word
+ \WORD
\bfb
- \feature[+][smallcaps]
+ \feature[+][allsmall]
\interwordspace=0.4em
\veryraggedcenter
\stopsetups
@@ -169,26 +170,69 @@ setbounds currentpicture to boundingbox OverlayBox;
number=no,
]
-\definehead[filename][subsection][
- alternative=normal,
- style=\ssita,
- before={\blank[big, preference]},
-]
-
% TOC
-\define[3]\TOCcommand{
- \midaligned{
- \llap{#2}
- \hskip 1em
- \rlap{\color[\interactionparameter{color}]{\bf #3}}
- }
+\starttexdefinition protected SectionTOCcommand #1#2#3
+ \startcurrentlistentrywrapper % Make the whole line a link
+ \midaligned{ % Have the title and page number "glued" to the middle
+ \llap{\currentlistentrytitle}
+ \hskip 1em
+ \rlap{\color[\interactionparameter{color}]{\bf \currentlistentrypagenumber}}
+ }
+ \stopcurrentlistentrywrapper
+
+ \par
+
+ \setbox0=\vbox{\framedtext[ % Align the subsection titles under the section title
+ frame=off,
+ width=\dimexpr\textwidth/2 - 0.5em,
+ align={flushright, wide},
+ offset=none,
+ toffset=-\lineheight,
+ ]{
+ \global\firstsubsectiontrue
+ \placelist[subsection][criterium=local]
+ }}
+ \iffirstsubsection
+ \blank[quarterline] % No subsections here
+ \else
+ \box0
+ \fi
+\stoptexdefinition
+
+\newif\iffirstsubsection
+
+\define\tocspace{\hskip 0.5em plus 0.5em minus 0.2em\relax}
+
+\unexpanded\def\toc_link#1{%
+ \startcurrentlistentrywrapper%
+ \hbox{#1}%
+ \stopcurrentlistentrywrapper%
}
+\starttexdefinition protected SubsectionTOCcommand #1#2#3
+ \ss\itx
+ \dontleavehmode
+ \iffirstsubsection
+ \global\firstsubsectionfalse
+ \toc_link{#2}
+ \else
+ \discretionary{}{
+ \toc_link{#2} % No interpunct if the line splits here
+ }{
+ \tocspace{\bfa·}\tocspace\toc_link{#2}
+ }
+ \fi
+\stoptexdefinition
+
\setupcombinedlist[content][list=section]
\setuplist[section][
- alternative=interactive,
- command=\TOCcommand,
- after=\par
+ alternative=command,
+ command=\SectionTOCcommand,
+]
+
+\setuplist[subsection][
+ alternative=command,
+ command=\SubsectionTOCcommand,
]
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
diff --git a/macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lwc-documentation.tex b/macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lwc-documentation.tex
index 40923c3707..a49ab00a53 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lwc-documentation.tex
+++ b/macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/lwc-documentation.tex
@@ -37,20 +37,19 @@
\startdocument[
title=lua-widow-control,
author=Max Chernoff,
- version=1.1.0, %%version
+ version=1.1.1, %%version
github=https://github.com/gucci-on-fleek/lua-widow-control,
ctan=https://www.ctan.org/pkg/lua-widow-control,
]
\Lwc/ is a Plain~\TeX/\LaTeX/\ConTeXt{} package that removes \waos/ without any user intervention. Using the power of \LuaTeX{}, it does so \emph{without} stretching any glue or shortening any pages or columns. Instead, \lwc/ automatically lengthens a paragraph on a page or column where a \woo/ would otherwise occur.
-\subject{Contents}
-\placecontent[criterium=all]
-\page
-
\section{Quick Start}
Ensure that your \TeX~Live/Mik\TeX{} distribution is up-to-date. Then, \LaTeX{} users just need to place \inlineTEX{\usepackage{lua-widow-control}} in the preamble of your document. For more details, see the \goto{Installation and Usage sections}[sec:install].
+\subject{Contents}
+\placecontent[criterium=all]
+
\section{Motivation}
\TeX{} provides top-notch typesetting: even 40 years after its first release, no other program produces higher quality mathematical typesetting, and its paragraph-breaking algorithm is still state-of-the-art. However, its page breaking is not quite as sophisticated as its paragraph breaking and thus suffers from some minor issues.
@@ -198,7 +197,7 @@ Currently, \ConTeXt{} \acronym{MKXL} (\LuaMetaTeX{}) users must manually install
\subsection{Plain \TeX}
-\inlineTEX{\input lua-widow-control}
+\inlineTEX{\input lua-widow-control}
\subsection{\LaTeX}
@@ -314,25 +313,30 @@ Please note that a compiled document is \bold{not} considered to be an \q{Execut
\section[sec:implementation]{Implementation}
\setupbodyfont[10pt]
+\setuphead[subsection][
+ alternative=normal,
+ style=\ssita,
+ before={\blank[big, preference]},
+]
-\filename{lua-widow-control.lua}
+\subsection{lua-widow-control.lua}
\typeLUAfile{../source/lua-widow-control.lua}
-\filename{lua-widow-control.tex}
+\subsection{lua-widow-control.tex}
\typeTEXfile{../source/lua-widow-control.tex}
-\filename{lua-widow-control.sty}
+\subsection{lua-widow-control.sty}
\typeTEXfile{../source/lua-widow-control.sty}
\def\module{\tex{module}}
-\filename{t-lua-widow-control.mkxl}
+\subsection{t-lua-widow-control.mkxl}
\typeTEXfile{../source/t-lua-widow-control.mkxl}
-\filename{Demo from \in{Table}[tab:demo]}
+\subsection{Demo from \in{Table}[tab:demo]}
\typeTEXfile{lwc-documentation-demo-text.tmp}
diff --git a/macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/t-lua-widow-control.mkxl b/macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/t-lua-widow-control.mkxl
index 62d091aea6..78bdf1fc34 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/t-lua-widow-control.mkxl
+++ b/macros/luatex/generic/lua-widow-control/t-lua-widow-control.mkxl
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
%D \module
%D [ file=t-lua-widow-control,
-%D version=1.1.0, %%version
+%D version=1.1.1, %%version
%D title=lua-widow-control,
%D subtitle=\ConTeXt module for lua-widow-control,
%D author=Max Chernoff,
-%D date=2021-11-08, %%date
+%D date=2021-11-26, %%date
%D copyright=Max Chernoff,
%D license=MPL-2.0+,
%D url=https://github.com/gucci-on-fleek/lua-widow-control]
diff --git a/support/TeX4ht/source/ChangeLog b/support/TeX4ht/source/ChangeLog
index 8993f03665..4170cad2cf 100644
--- a/support/TeX4ht/source/ChangeLog
+++ b/support/TeX4ht/source/ChangeLog
@@ -1,7 +1,15 @@
+2021-11-26 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>
+
+ * tex4ht-4ht.tex (adjustbox.4ht): copyright.
+
+2021-11-26 Michal Hoftich <michal.h21@gmail.com>
+
+ * tex4ht-4ht.tex (adjustbox.4ht): fixed Adjusbox support.
+
2021-11-24 Michal Hoftich <michal.h21@gmail.com>
- * tex4ht-4ht.tex (tcolorbox.4ht): delete label name after use, to prevent
- it's use in subsequent Tcolorbox environments.
+ * tex4ht-4ht.tex (tcolorbox.4ht): delete label name after use, to
+ prevent its use in subsequent Tcolorbox environments.
2021-11-23 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>
diff --git a/support/TeX4ht/source/tex4ht-4ht.tex b/support/TeX4ht/source/tex4ht-4ht.tex
index d47a96a81b..8586f345d3 100644
--- a/support/TeX4ht/source/tex4ht-4ht.tex
+++ b/support/TeX4ht/source/tex4ht-4ht.tex
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-% $Id: tex4ht-4ht.tex 1016 2021-11-24 13:29:14Z michal_h21 $
+% $Id: tex4ht-4ht.tex 1019 2021-11-26 21:54:00Z karl $
% tex tex4ht-4ht or ht tex tex4ht-4ht
%
% Copyright 2009-2021 TeX Users Group
@@ -31014,7 +31014,7 @@ The following might be problematic with a caption
\<adjustbox.4ht\><<<
% adjustbox.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
-% Copyright 2019 TeX Users Group
+% Copyright 2019-2021 TeX Users Group
|<TeX4ht license text|>
\NewConfigure{AdjustboxValignTop}{1}
\NewConfigure{AdjustboxValignMiddle}{1}
@@ -31040,10 +31040,12 @@ The following might be problematic with a caption
% suppress trying to draw the frame
\def\adjbox@boxframe#1#2#3{}
-% we should redefine all adjustbox environments, they may produce unvanted artifacts, math mode, etc.
+% patch macro that collects adjustbox contents and draw box. we disable this functionality, as all
+% of this should be handled by CSS
% keys are set, so it should be possible to extract colors or frame size in theory
-% I just haven't found a working solution yet
-\renewenvironment{adjustbox}[1]{\update:adjustbox:id\adjbox@setkeys{#1}\a:Adjustbox}{\b:Adjustbox}
+\long\def\:temp#1#2{\update:adjustbox:id\adjbox@setkeys{#1}\a:Adjustbox #2\b:Adjustbox\endgroup}
+\HLet\@adjustbox\:temp
+
% definitions for macros
% we don't save any colors and just use one configuration for all box types.
diff --git a/support/albatross/README.md b/support/albatross/README.md
index 45c6bd543d..1f00d4325f 100644
--- a/support/albatross/README.md
+++ b/support/albatross/README.md
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ the tool usage.
### Glyphs
-Albatross takes a list of glyphs as input. Two formats are supported:
+Albatross takes a list of glyphs as input. Three formats are supported:
- The glyph itself, e.g, `ß` ([Eszett](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/%C3%9F)).
Internally, the tool will convert it to the corresponding Unicode code point.
@@ -49,6 +49,10 @@ Albatross takes a list of glyphs as input. Two formats are supported:
The `0x` prefix is mandatory. Note that the tool takes the value as case
insensitive, e.g, `0xDF` is equal to `0xdf` (or any case combination thereof).
+- The glyph as a Unicode code point using the multiset union notation, e.g,
+ `U+DF`. The `U+` prefix is mandatory. Be mindful that this notation expects
+ an uppercase `U`.
+
When a list of glyphs is provided, the tool will take a conjunctive approach and
look for fonts that contain all elements in such list (default behaviour). Use
the `-o` flag (or `--or` for the long flag) to look for each glyph separately.
diff --git a/support/albatross/doc/albatross-manual.pdf b/support/albatross/doc/albatross-manual.pdf
index 5953976a42..8f69bd48d2 100644
--- a/support/albatross/doc/albatross-manual.pdf
+++ b/support/albatross/doc/albatross-manual.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/support/albatross/doc/albatross-manual.tex b/support/albatross/doc/albatross-manual.tex
index ea0a689908..1a3c2c5b21 100644
--- a/support/albatross/doc/albatross-manual.tex
+++ b/support/albatross/doc/albatross-manual.tex
@@ -21,6 +21,7 @@
\newcommand{\command}[1]{{\ttfamily#1}}
\newcommand{\glyph}[1]{{\ttfamily#1}}
\newcommand{\hex}[1]{{\ttfamily0x#1}}
+\newcommand{\uno}[1]{{\ttfamily U+#1}}
\newcommand{\val}[1]{{\ttfamily#1}}
\newcommand{\shortopt}[1]{{\ttfamily-#1}}
\newcommand{\longopt}[1]{{\ttfamily{-}{-}#1}}
@@ -105,7 +106,7 @@ tool usage.
\epigraph{What flavour is it?}{\textsc{Monty Python}}
-\albatross\ takes a list of glyphs, separated by spaces, as input. Two formats
+\albatross\ takes a list of glyphs, separated by spaces, as input. Three formats
are supported by the command line tool:
\begin{itemize}[label={--}]
@@ -125,6 +126,15 @@ $ albatross 0xDF
Note that the tool takes the value as case insensitive, e.g, \hex{DF} is equal
to \hex{df} (or any case combination thereof).
+
+\item The glyph as a Unicode code point using the multiset union notation, e.g,
+\uno{DF}. The \uno{} prefix is mandatory.
+
+\begin{Verbatim}[frame=single, fontsize=\small, framesep=3.5mm]
+$ albatross U+DF
+\end{Verbatim}
+
+Be mindful that this notation expects an uppercase \glyph{U}.
\end{itemize}
Formats can be used interchangeably.
@@ -460,7 +470,15 @@ Source Initiative.
\epigraph{How much is it?}{\textsc{Monty Python}}
-\section*{0.3.0 (current)}
+\section*{0.4.0 (current)}
+
+\begin{itemize}[label={--}]
+\item Included support for the Unicode code point using the \uno{} multiset union
+notation, which behaves exactly the same as the \hex{} counterpart. So \glyph{ß},
+\hex{DF} and \uno{DF} denote the same Unicode entity.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\section*{0.3.0 (2021-01-13)}
\subsection*{Changed}
diff --git a/support/albatross/doc/albatross.1 b/support/albatross/doc/albatross.1
index 1f50608e90..bc866cc693 100644
--- a/support/albatross/doc/albatross.1
+++ b/support/albatross/doc/albatross.1
@@ -1,39 +1,52 @@
-.TH ALBATROSS 1 "13 January 2021" "v0.3.0"
+.TH ALBATROSS 1 "27 November 2021" "v0.4.0"
+.
.SH NAME
albatross \- a tool for finding fonts that contain a given (Unicode) glyph.
+.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B albatross
.RI [ options ]
.IR glyphs ...
+.
.SH DESCRIPTION
\fBalbatross\fP is a command line tool for finding fonts that contain a given
-(Unicode) glyph. It relies on Fontconfig, a library for configuring and
-customizing font access.
+(Unicode) glyph.
+It relies on Fontconfig, a library for configuring and customizing font
+access.
.PP
-Albatross takes a list of glyphs as input. Two formats are supported:
+Albatross takes a list of glyphs as input.
+Three formats are supported:
.IP #1
-The glyph itself, e.g, ß (Eszett).
-Internally, the tool will convert it to the corresponding Unicode code point.
+The glyph itself, e.g., \fBß\fP (Eszett).
+Internally, the tool converts it to the corresponding Unicode code point.
.IP #2
-The glyph as a Unicode code point in the hexadecimal notation, e.g, \fC0xDF\fP.
-The \fC0x\fP prefix is mandatory. Note that the tool takes the value as case
-insensitive, e.g, \fC0xDF\fP is equal to \fC0xdf\fP (or any case combination
-thereof).
+The glyph as a Unicode code point in the hexadecimal notation,
+e.g., \fB0xDF\fP.
+The \fB0x\fP prefix is mandatory.
+Note that the tool takes the value as case insensitive, e.g.,
+\fB0xDF\fP is equal to \fB0xdf\fP (or any case combination thereof).
+.IP #3
+The glyph as a Unicode code point using the multiset union notation,
+e.g, \fBU+DF\fP.
+The \fBU+\fP prefix is mandatory.
+Be mindful that this notation expects an uppercase \fBU\fP.
+.
.SH OPTIONS
.IP \fB--show-styles\fP
Show available font styles
.IP \fB--detailed\fP
Show a detailed font list
-.IP \fB--ansi-level\fP [n|a16|a256|tc]
+.IP "\fB--ansi-level\fP [n|a16|a256|tc]"
Set the default ANSI level
-.IP \fB--border-style\fP [1|2|3|4|5|6]
+.IP "\fB--border-style\fP [1|2|3|4|5|6]"
Set the border style
.IP \fB--or\fP
Look for each glyph separately
.IP \fB--version\fP
Show the version and exit
.IP \fB--help\fP
-Show a help message and exit.
+Show a help message and exit
+.
.SH BUGS
Issue tracker at
.UR https://gitlab.com/islandoftex/albatross/-/issues
diff --git a/support/albatross/doc/version.tex b/support/albatross/doc/version.tex
index 9325c3ccda..60a2d3e96c 100644
--- a/support/albatross/doc/version.tex
+++ b/support/albatross/doc/version.tex
@@ -1 +1 @@
-0.3.0 \ No newline at end of file
+0.4.0 \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/installer/ctan-mirrors.pl b/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/installer/ctan-mirrors.pl
index 5d414d716a..44710c437b 100644
--- a/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/installer/ctan-mirrors.pl
+++ b/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/installer/ctan-mirrors.pl
@@ -51,7 +51,6 @@ $mirrors = {
'https://cran.asia/tex/' => 1,
'https://ftp.harukasan.org/CTAN/' => 1,
'https://ftp.kaist.ac.kr/pub/tex-archive/' => 1,
- 'https://mirror.kakao.com/CTAN/' => 1,
'https://mirror.navercorp.com/CTAN/' => 1,
'https://mirror.yongbok.net/ctan/' => 1,
},
@@ -103,7 +102,6 @@ $mirrors = {
'https://ctan.mirror.norbert-ruehl.de/' => 1,
'https://ctan.net/' => 1,
'https://ctan.space-pro.be/tex-archive/' => 1,
- 'https://ftp.agdsn.de/pub/mirrors/latex/dante/' => 1,
'https://ftp.fau.de/ctan/' => 1,
'https://ftp.gwdg.de/pub/ctan/' => 1,
'https://ftp.rrze.uni-erlangen.de/ctan/' => 1,
diff --git a/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb b/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb
index d71e9fa5e7..8d29f25cd4 100644
--- a/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb
+++ b/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ depend container_split_src_files/1
depend frozen/0
depend minrelease/2016
depend release/2021
-depend revision/61155
+depend revision/61161
name 00texlive.image
category TLCore
@@ -4483,7 +4483,7 @@ depend setting_available_architectures:aarch64-linux amd64-freebsd amd64-netbsd
name 00texlive.installer
category TLCore
-revision 61149
+revision 61157
shortdesc TeX Live standalone installer package
longdesc This package defines the files to go into the installer
longdesc archives (install-tl-unx.tar.gz, install-tl.zip) built by the
@@ -7993,10 +7993,10 @@ catalogue-topics bibtex-sty
name academicons
category Package
-revision 56119
+revision 61159
shortdesc Font containing high quality icons of online academic profiles
relocated 1
-longdesc The academicons package provides access in (La)TeX to 112 high
+longdesc The academicons package provides access in (La)TeX to 124 high
longdesc quality icons of online academic profiles included in the free
longdesc "Academicons" font. This package requires either the Xe(La)TeX
longdesc or Lua(La)TeX engine to load the "Academicons" font from the
@@ -8009,7 +8009,7 @@ longdesc font was designed by James Walsh and released (see
longdesc http://jpswalsh.github.io/academicons/) under the open SIL Open
longdesc Font License. This package is a redistribution of the free
longdesc "Academicons" font with specific bindings for (La)TeX. It is
-longdesc inspired and based on the fontawesome" package. The academicons
+longdesc inspired and based on the fontawesome package. The academicons
longdesc package provides the generic \aiicon command to access icons,
longdesc which takes as mandatory argument the name of the desired icon.
longdesc It also provides individual direct commands for each specific
@@ -8017,15 +8017,15 @@ longdesc icon. The full list of icons and their respective names and
longdesc direct commands can be found in the manual. For example,
longdesc \aiicon{googlescholar} yields the same result as
longdesc \aiGoogleScholar.
-containersize 32636
-containerchecksum 87e2c5436f92e288c94d612380a2bd6736a19b7a6ba714c0d33bfad27aaab79cdf264b585e722055b1d8402be5c0001c1d8759ac3b79d6c2759c90d6a36d2f6a
-doccontainersize 103408
-doccontainerchecksum 55f9e0192b8e50126fd573aee69ce5d7f389448f7af9e2973515ae49c552adaadd3eb8f06f019e42d0caa23c2d9a7841ae5fb7f6c0b6eed9a43eb60f7b0dd964
-docfiles size=29
+containersize 34948
+containerchecksum 99d9fb8730b61fe18ce7bdc74777f259f6d322895909dc320555e0db9543c6daf63ad3dbe6231c7f43dd531db3b6dab9cd795a37f97ca8049156235831e1761f
+doccontainersize 98856
+doccontainerchecksum d1e82a45769adb3f000a100523f38a8017f3d060f28cd618792b6ff3df8d782e2fa473c0c7a5f2df5e5c83564aec6db290ab15f0ae414cd82977d1eb6d3aa065
+docfiles size=28
RELOC/doc/fonts/academicons/README details="Readme"
RELOC/doc/fonts/academicons/academicons.pdf details="Package documentation"
RELOC/doc/fonts/academicons/academicons.tex
-runfiles size=21
+runfiles size=22
RELOC/fonts/truetype/public/academicons/academicons.ttf
RELOC/tex/latex/academicons/academicons.sty
RELOC/tex/latex/academicons/tuacademicons.fd
@@ -8033,7 +8033,7 @@ catalogue-contact-repository https://github.com/diogo-fernan/academicons
catalogue-ctan /fonts/academicons
catalogue-license lppl1.3c ofl
catalogue-topics font font-supp-symbol font-symbol font-ttf
-catalogue-version 1.9.0
+catalogue-version 1.9.1
name accanthis
category Package
@@ -286965,7 +286965,7 @@ binfiles arch=x86_64-solaris size=1
name tex4ht
category Package
-revision 61147
+revision 61160
shortdesc Convert (La)TeX to HTML/XML
longdesc A converter from TeX and LaTeX to SGML-based formats such as
longdesc (X)HTML, MathML, OpenDocument, and Docbook, providing a
@@ -286986,10 +286986,10 @@ longdesc files from them is nontrivial, and generally done with the
longdesc Makefile in development, from which the TeX4ht package in TeX
longdesc Live is updated.
depend tex4ht.ARCH
-containersize 920852
-containerchecksum 6c948ceb41152314a3d8e381b3363d0cbe3db895c67f871fb6b6b887db84a0210fd6f12d3e598cab14b4f20423e5c63e233a77b745c9ce1a5bdac240638986fb
+containersize 920912
+containerchecksum 6c5e268f1c99a27be0ca17fc82d1cbd630255d6dccbc913ffdfa4962f4118bac628220f030e2d24211a7269d2368d446baaec09834fcdb2d2dd4247674e6b645
doccontainersize 136384
-doccontainerchecksum 414cb133a53fac039000f1fc86a08141e02263faaaec4ea7dbe6e0d7971cf3b28fce733b563b5c1565c54d9f20836208f60a4f9f6b5a123a22ea1f969c41803e
+doccontainerchecksum e667b3a0eb7a341c7880432dab5b21201457a9118f55f56f3e91ac418d18a505af10c95dd010f92990942b214066d301581011f5e67393c14731fe150b81a1d0
docfiles size=260
texmf-dist/doc/generic/tex4ht/Makefile
texmf-dist/doc/generic/tex4ht/README details="Readme"
@@ -287061,8 +287061,8 @@ docfiles size=260
texmf-dist/doc/generic/tex4ht/mn56.html
texmf-dist/doc/generic/tex4ht/mn5x.png
texmf-dist/doc/generic/tex4ht/mn6x.png
-srccontainersize 1228816
-srccontainerchecksum fd67a680511998c28ae8df1fa8b35d49cee6e51693ac4e8a1aaa1722d482605675ffcb2770a249226aea6c713c188adabd730aaa30227bc14ec5979b6473b88e
+srccontainersize 1234364
+srccontainerchecksum f48c7d53d5c7263760b1a92388368a0d16f373811b2ec9c830b79a6c9244ce5c1941433391cb148a78e8f9a24b79bfc5828ce9d3dc7df88e052ecbee0fe3e79f
srcfiles size=3723
texmf-dist/source/generic/tex4ht/ChangeLog
texmf-dist/source/generic/tex4ht/Makefile
@@ -296892,7 +296892,7 @@ docfiles size=376
name texlive-scripts
category TLCore
-revision 61149
+revision 61157
shortdesc TeX Live infrastructure programs
longdesc Includes install-tl, tl-portable, rungs, etc.; not needed for
longdesc tlmgr to run but still ours. Not included in tlcritical.
@@ -296900,10 +296900,10 @@ depend texlive-scripts.ARCH
depend texlive.infra
execute addMap mathpple.map
postaction shortcut type=menu name="TeX Live command-line" cmd=TEXDIR/tlpkg/installer/tl-cmd.bat
-containersize 108316
-containerchecksum 7b98a4102e23f8ddcb2cb4fa7a0dbf6953163225cca2c134cdaaeb7c836421dfb78d10bf22ab1b39969b6357eb20a6e2cb7ee924ce20521acb5ec514e6a4fec7
-doccontainersize 401284
-doccontainerchecksum 64ec2c75dfa9ebecf4dda253d29e633e696aad779604ede6557846d7f61fdcb2748a9630fb43b4f777b3b929b71c3351cc854d10788a2f6962368c5b126ad2bf
+containersize 108292
+containerchecksum bb253ef1b7438f36f1fdbdb23c8d54370c560fdadeaf95e170e2e404deedba4bcc47bff497a4256a6536ee628af4001751649dd868b894f52ada5d75a06b0aca
+doccontainersize 401280
+doccontainerchecksum a87320b1676150b5adf8650dc9ef235c1fc5fc045e0003f9b120ed2ce09bd4181861491b4e679a6d05b03dad6ae946f988ffc0e589d669b0e0bfa2335fd3f6d5
docfiles size=498
doc.html
texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/fmtutil-sys.1
diff --git a/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.md5 b/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.md5
index 16cfb717d3..37c913882b 100644
--- a/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.md5
+++ b/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.md5
@@ -1 +1 @@
-3c04f4330a390f7323b7afb7396000a0 texlive.tlpdb
+2143fd84703885eb97464c8e2f752bcc texlive.tlpdb
diff --git a/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512 b/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512
index 36a21fee13..990941ac02 100644
--- a/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512
+++ b/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512
@@ -1 +1 @@
-42b6ecd7fab3dd06d11c473d8b804c8e085d4da8ea9a2d3f81757c1462a0c72a4d0ef4f5c042bd74dbf41aa4b79cebfc51df538ab530e91f3913cae7b280d932 texlive.tlpdb
+b3becb9204f0ec6ba2b9b23c65a74db5905387b8401d768119041c062b0b7166ace940a16a4f277324cc533200ba9a27a43369994783bd8ec7bbb6c53461bfbe texlive.tlpdb
diff --git a/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512.asc b/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512.asc
index 76bb1d4c39..59355835a9 100644
--- a/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512.asc
+++ b/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.sha512.asc
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
-iQEcBAEBCgAGBQJhoC/iAAoJEEzhh34ZQ4xwK8gH/if7YAIPxwN7mJxU3dQQw7vc
-91NddLrKHoIryppcpOghgdmDF73FCellMJ4H96MtdUtHHXM6gvkVuwKRkhMBPhHp
-enng7LuLKbkaPoucIIGu1vsuUz3APmh9y8gSMJZmZMZRsO4l5fXzWFBsUkaOXtc3
-m0Z1U6X46cBtUmzYUibFGUpQF6Iys2r9Ho993SQHRsoC9Oiqux2Ia45oIBYZw/5m
-r0fmQYZ+87RyX2Jme/B2qTnd9WpH12lDau5vY2lXb/iw425zaTh70pPZACuq01gI
-704R65DyJs8O/tWWy7Kaqg8PfMJRJrl/crU7uYQOFErlgHvYBc9GvUqSLOTd08c=
-=qr1+
+iQEcBAEBCgAGBQJhoYF5AAoJEEzhh34ZQ4xwMXUH/RaQGVHVQhHWlqCbHfMnwiT+
+l2U7B+8yF4SqqxB6dQgIR3BHvCW0OEqVRQSucAD+qeMZjlNRN4Va/3JG0ilDhzq+
+r+aDEtn8yQFjmZz/TjugRtjVenL1Tix5s4IWLMCk1VSpRYfSkaJXXu4+13a7ad5b
+DyOccgvFSqsLjp/xA20GqK5lgxS/RZhkGTJTKEGMEv9a6h10ar+UN+2dMa6ZQ4zS
+KNKy8UI2fxBuW5WJnln2PMedFpO1lFzd4IHPzM4rMW3DS3oE9ydPXbqdzCU2lmZY
+HTOtdLf7U5cyHAtjbXAGYoiJ1U7tK5jOaPzTiGxvNgTg24F5qZxK1c4hXTh6u/o=
+=sgW4
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
diff --git a/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.xz b/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.xz
index 4b92f83388..fd188c3e33 100644
--- a/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.xz
+++ b/systems/texlive/tlnet/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb.xz
Binary files differ
diff --git a/timestamp b/timestamp
index b007818a38..bf7a2e27a1 100644
--- a/timestamp
+++ b/timestamp
@@ -2,4 +2,4 @@
# The source CTAN of this site's material:
dante.ctan.org
# The year-month-day-hour-minute of this site's material:
-2021-11-27-02-02
+2021-11-28-02-02